i'i'.l¦lm
'y '
il

- I

fi ?r< ;,].-,
¦ hilQK'

YALE
UNIVERSITY LIBRARY

ANNE R.
WHereas Our Trufty and Well-beloved, Sj^chird Smith,
of Our CitY of London, Bookfeller, has humbly re-
prefented unto Us, that he has, with great Labour and Ex-
pence, prepared for the Prefs, a New Edition of the Ser
mons, and other Works, written in Englijh, by the Right
Reverend Father in God, Dr, William Beveridge, Bifhop of
Su Ajaph, Dcceafed; and has therefore humbly befought
Us to grant him Our Royal Privilege and Licence, for the
fole Printing and Publithing thereof, for the Termof Fouf'*
teen Years : We being willing to give all due Encourage
ment to Works of this Nature, tending to the Advancement
of Piety and Learning, are gracioufly pleas'd to condelcend
to his Requeil: And do therefore, by thefe Prefents, grant
him the ['a\i liichard Smith, his Executors, AdminiftratoB^
and Affigns, Our Royal Licence for the fole Printing aiW^
Pffblifhing tlie Evplijh Works of the faid late Bifhop of St. JT-
ftph, for the Term of Fourteen Years, from the Date here
of; ftriftly forbidding all Our Subjetls, within Our King
doms and Dominions, to reprint the fame, either in whole
or in part ; or to import, buy, vend, utter, or diftribute
any Copies thereof, reprinted beyond the Seas, during the
aforefaid Term of Fourteen Years, without the Confent and
Approbation of the faid i?zrf^rd .Jw/ffc, his Heirs, Executors-
and Affigns, under his or their Hands and Seals firft had and
obtained, as they will anfwer the contrary at their Perils. ;
Wherc-oi the Moifter, Wardens, and Company of Smioners,\
are to take Notice, that the fame may be entred in their '
Regifter, and that due Obedience be rendred thereunto. ,
Given nc Our Court at Kenlington, the -ytk Day p/June, 1708.
in the Seventh Year of Our lieign.
By Her Majefty's Command.
SVNDE\LANJ),

Thefaurus Theologicm :
~ " OR, A
Complete Syftem
DIVINITY: Summ'd up in
BRIEF NOTES
UPON
Select Places
OFTHE
£)iij anD ^m xcdameni
WHEREIN
The Sacred TEXT is reduc d under
proper Heads , explained , and illuftr^ted
with the Opinions and Authorities of the
Ancient Fathers, Councils, &c.

By William Beveridge, D.D.
Late Lord Bitliop of S. Afa^h,

VOL. 111.

L 6 N'b 0 k;
Printed by Geo. James; for Rich. S m i t ii iri
Exeter- Exchatiire- in the Strand. M DCC XL

THESAURUS THEOLOGICUS.

Vol. IIL

Ro M. i. ai.
Becaufe that when they knew God^ they
glorified Him not as God^ neither were
tharikfuly &c.

I

Doctrine I.
T is a great Sin not to glorify GOD as GOD.
I. What is it to glorify GOD?
I. Negatively.
tk Not as if we made Him Gloriou?, Exod.
XV. II.
2. Nor as if we added any thing to His
Glory.
2. But Politively.
I . To acknowledge His Glory, Pf4' xix. i .
2. To admire it.
3. To live up to it.
4. To fpcak of it.
II. What is it to glorify G O D as G O D ?
I. To acknowledge Him to be G O D.
I. To be what he is in Himfelf.
I. Of Himfelf a Spirit.
A3 2. Infinite

'Thefaurus Theologicus.

2. Infinite and Incomprehenfible. Sibi
foli ti^titui qudntus peitus., Minnt.
3. Almighty, S. Matth. xix. 16. MuU
ta non fotefiDeus., & Omnifotens efi:,
& idea OmnifotetiSj quia ifia non
fotefi. S. Aug,
4. All- wife, Pfal. cxlvii. 5. Colojf. ii. 3..
5. True, Exod. xxxiv. jj.
6. Good, S. Luk. xviii. 19. Pfal. cxiv,
7,9.
7. Holy^ I 5i?»». ii. 2. P/^/. cxlv. 17.
8. Merciful, Exod. xxxiv. 5.
p. Jult, Py^/. cxlv. ;7.
10. Ompiprefeqt, Pfal cxxxix.
ir. Eternal, £Ar(7«/. iii. 14.
12. One, Deut. vi. 4. Nonnumero.,fed u-
niverfitate.^ Ruifin. -|nS "IIH^^ pStt/
-in« CD'7iy2 imOD. Maimgnid.
'%%. Three in Perfons, i S. >/;. v. 7.
AS-iAtfi\&- -^ iv T Teta-if CTOTd&iiriy '
H -;? ^/a:^ sV(<*? GeoTiK, 5. .Athanaf.
S.Matth. iii. 17, Voce fater, j^atvs
carporey FlatTien ave.
2' To be what he is to us/ ' '
I. OurlVlakcr, Gfw. i. I. Quapropter re-
Bijfime credimus omnia Deum feciffe
de nihilo. S. Aug.
'p OttpPreferyer, >4^?.vii. 28. na.} mtn
3- Our Governour, and the Difpofer of
a}] Things, Pf4. Ixxv. 6. S.Matth.
X. 2p, 30. ¦ ¦¦> ¦
-rt /^"•^.Redeemer, Jfa. xlvii, 4,
Tof(earHimas GOD.. ' '
I. As a^ Hcart-iearching GOD, Pfal,
' " ' '  - "¦ ' »xxxi^

a.

Thefaurus Theohgwus,

CXXXix. 2. ¦"Or/ 'O-^^yvuTu'^ J'ui slfiti t*'(-
Tct cm^ATcu, S, Chryfofi.
Theodoret.
1. A Sin-revenging GOD, Exod. xxxiv. 7.
3. A Sin-pardoning GOD, Pfal. cxxx. 4.
//o/I iii. 5.
3. Hope in Himasan(P/^/.xxvii.i.xlvi.i,2.)
I. All-wife, 2 Pef . ii. 9,
2. Almighty, ,
3. All-gracious,
4. All-faithful God. Promlffa tuafum, &
quis falli timeat, cum promittit Veri
tas ? S. Aug.
4. Rejoice in Him, Phil iv. 4.
I. As a reconciled G O D in^Chrift.
2. A Soul-fatisfying G O D in Himfelf.
5. "Delirc Himas GOD, /y^/. lxxiii.25.
I. As One, without Whom we cannot
but be miferable.
2. As One, in Whom we cannot but be
happy.
6. Love Him as G OD, Beat. vi. 5.
I . As the chiefeft Good in Himfelf, S. Luk.
xviii. 19.
2. The Fountain of all Goodners in the
Creatures.
7. WorfhipHiraas GOD.
I. Him alone, Ifa.xVn. 8.
2. In Spirit and Truth, S. Joh. iv. 24.
8. Serve Him as GOD, S. Matth. v. 16.
S. Joh. XV. 8.
I. Him alone, Ifa. xiii. 8.
2. In all Things,, i Cor. x. 31.
jj. Serve Him as GOD, fo as to do all to
His Glory, i Cor.x. 31.
A 4 Motr/es

8 Thefaurus Theologicus.
I, Motives to it. Confidcr,
I. You are His, not -your own, i Or. vi,
19, 20.
2. You have nothing of your own, all is His,
T Cor. iv. 7.
3. Whatfoever you do, it is by His Strength,
S. Joh. xvi. 5,
4. GOD doth all Things to His own Glory.
I. Creation, Prof. xyi. 4. '
2. Providence, S.Joh.xl^. Exod.ix. 16.
3. Redemption, £/)fce/: i. 5, 6.
§. Every time that we make- not G O D's
Glory our ultimate End, we commit
Idolatry. For,
§. There is Nothing, befides G O D's Glory,-
, worthy to be the End of a rational Soul,
becaufe all Things elfe are belOw it
I S. Pet. iv. 1 1 . Pfal. Ixxiii. 26. '
7. Whatfoever does not fome way tend ta
the Glory of G O D, it is a Sin, Rom.
111. 23. ' ,
2. DireSiions,-
i. Often think of the Greatnefs and Glory
of GOD, Pfal. xcv. 3, xcvi. 4, 10.
cxxxviii. 5. and cxlv. 3, 4, 5.
2. Whatfoever ye do, intend, in your doing
it, the Glory of GOD, Jojh. vii. 19;
I S. Pet. IV. 16. Jfa. y Iii. 13. '
I. In your Natural,
2. InHuinane,
I.. Thinking, Prsv. ivi 23. Jer. iv. 14.
2. Speaking, Celof.iv.6. Ephef.vf.2g.
' Pfal. cxlv. 2.
3. ASing, properly fo called, i S. Pet.
11.12.
3-. Spiritual' Meditation, Pfal. cxiy," 148,
J. Pray^^g•

Thefaurus Theologicus.

I. Praying, i Cor. xiv. 15. Pfal. v. 3. and
1. 23,
2. Hearing, S. Luk. viii. i8. S. Jam. i. 23. iv,
5. Hebr. iv. 2.
3. Reading, S. 7o^. v. 39. .AB. xvii. 1 1.
4. Receiving the Sacraments, i S. Pet. iii. 2 1 ,
I Cor. xi. 27.
III. How does it appear to be a Sin, not to glo-
ri^GOD as GOD?
I. GOD here accufes the Gentiles of it, and
blames them for if.
2. Not to glorify GOD as G O D, is, not
to glorify Him at all.
IV. Who are guilty of this Sin ?
I. Such as dp not acknowledge there is a
GOD, Pfal.xlv. I.
2. Such as do not know the G O D they aq-
knowledge.
3. Such as do know Him, but do not glo
rify Him. »
4. Such as do glorify Him, as they think,
but not as GOD: And they are,
I. Such as have not right Apprchenfions
of Him ; 1
2. That have not right AfFedions forHim •,
3. That do not perform right Worfliip
and Obedience to Him.
Use.
I. Reproof; you know GOD, but do not
glorify Him as G O D.
i I. You know that. He is an all-knowing
GOD, Hebr.iv. 13.
2. An all-powerful GOD, S. Matt. xix. 16.
3. That He is the chiefeft Good, S. Luk.
.- xviii. 19. 4. That

lo Thefaurus Theologicus,
4. That in Chrift He is a merciful and gra
cious GOD, S. Jeh. iii. i5.
5. That He will bring all Things into Judg
ment, Ecclef. xii. 14.
But you do not live up to this Knowledge ;
and therefore not glorify Him as G O D.
2. ij^xamine whether you have not been Guilty
of this Sin, Dan. v. 22.
I. Examine your Hearts ;
2. Words i
3. Lives.
3. Humble yourfelves for your Guilt of it,
4. Reform it.
Confider,
I. The Glory of GOD is the firft Thing that
ought to be prayed for, S. Matt. vi. 9.
2. Confider the fearful Judgments inflided upon
thofe who were guilty of it, ASi xii. 2^. Rom. i.
24. 3. Confider the dreadful Curfes denounced a-
gainft fuch as do not glorify Him, Mai. ii. 2.
4. Unlefs yo» glorify GOD as G O D, your
Religion is in vain.
• 5. You all know how to glorify Him.
6. To glorify GOD, is itfelf the Glory of
Jieaven. 7. Do you glorify Him here, and He will glo
rify you hereafter, i Sam- ii. 30.
II. Doctrine.
It is a great Sin, not to be thankful to GOD.
i. What is it to thank GOD? It implied,
• I. AnAcknowledgment,thatwhat we have,
comes from Him, Pfal. ciii. 1,2.
2. Confeflion, that we are unworthy of it.
Gen. xxxii. 1 6. " ' S- High

Thefaurus Theologicus,

I [

3. High and raifed Apprchenfions of GOD'S
Goodnefs.
4. Magnifying and Extolling the fame, Pfal.
Ixvi. 16.
5. Improving what we have to GOD's Glory,
S. Matth. V. \6.
2. What fliould we be thankful to GOD for ?
All Things. I. Temporal.
I. For making ns^Pfal. cxxxix. 14.
2. For making us rational Creatures.
3. For bringing us up, Pfal. xxii. 10.
4. For upholding and prelerving us daily,
S. Mar. viii. 6.
5. For whatfoever Evil we have not.
6. For whatfoever Good we have : As,
I. Health of Body.
2. Profperity in our outward Eftate.
3. Comfort in our Relations.
4. Gifts and Parts, i Cor. xiv. 1 8.
5. The Ufe of our Senfes.
2-. Spiritual, Eph. i. 3.
I. Chrift, S.Joh. iii. 16. Gal. iv. 4, 5.
I. His SatisfaSion on Earth, Gal. iv-
4, S- -
2. His Interceflion in Heaven.
2. The Gofpel, S. Matth. xi. 25. Eph. iv.
II, 12, 13.
3, The working any Grace into us, 2 Cor,
9-> IS-
4. Keeping us from Temptations, Rev. iii.
10.
5. Preferving under, i Cer.x- 13.
6, Delivering us out of, Temptations,
I Sam. XXV. 32. 2 Pet. ii. 9. ¦
7, For our good Works, i Tim. i. 12.
I Chron. xxix. 14. • 8. Our

I a Thefaurus Theologicus.
8. Our Afilicflions, Job.i. 21.
9. Means of Grace.
I. Publiqk Praypr.
10. Hope of Glory, 2Theff. i|. \6.i S- ?et.
i- 3> 4-
2. Hearing the Word read and preached.
3. The Adminiftration of Sacraments.
5. How appears it to be a Sin, not to be thus
thankful ?
I . It is contrary to GOD's Command, Pfal.
c. 4. Col. iii. 15. I Thtf. V. 18.
2. The Unthankful are reckoned ^mongft
the greateft of Sinners.
3. GOD is pleafed to punifli feverely fuch as
are guilty .of it.
4. It is robbing GOD of His Glory.
Use.
t . Reproof to all ; efpeeially fuch as ufe GODJ^
Creatures without giving Him Thanks for themi
S. Mark viii. 6. xiv. 23. Ait xxvii* 35. i Tim. iv.
2. Examine yourfelves,
3. Be thankful. Confider,
I. It is all GOD requires, Pfal. Ixix. 30.
2- It is no more than every one of yoi^
may do.
3. The more thankful we are to GOD, the
more bountiful will He be to us.
4. He takes notice who thanks Him, S. Luk.
xvii. 17.
5. . A truly thankful Heart, i? a good Evi-;
dehce of Sincerity.
§. To thank GOD, will be our Happinefs to
Eternity, and therefore fliould be our
Biifinpfs in Tipe, Revel-iv. 9. yii- 12.

Thefiitrus Theologicus. 13

Rom. iv. 25.
If^ho was delivered for our Offences^ and
raifed again for our Jujiification.
I. Doctrine.
iH R I S T was delivered for our Offences.
I. Who was He delivered by?
I. GOD, ../4if. il 23.
2. Judas.
What to ?
I. To Shame, Ifa. xiii. 3.
2. To Pain, Ifa. Iiii. 4, 5.
3. Death, Cal. iii. 13.
, What for? Our Offences.
I. All Men are guilty, Pfal. xiv. 3. Cal. iii.
22.
2. This Guilt cannot be taken away, but by
fatisfying GOD's Juftice, Hebr. ix. 22.
3. No Creature can latisfy it, Pfal. xlix.
7, 8.
. 4. Hence Chrift undertook it, i Tim. ii. 5.
5. Neither could He do it but by Suffering,
Hebr. ix. 22. S Matth. xx. 28. i Tim-
ii. 6.
6. No Suffering would ferve the turn- but
Death, and that on the Crofs.
7. By His Death He hath fatisfy'd for our
Offences, i S. Joh.ii. 2. Rom. Hi. 25.
Rev. i. 5.
8. Hence our Sins came to be pardoned •, and
fo He being delivered for, we are de
livered from, our Offences. 1. As

14- Thefaurus TheologicuSi
I. As to the Guilt, Mai. i. 2i. _
2. The Strength of them, AB. iii. 25.
' Use.
I. Admire the Mercy of GOD in delivering
His Son for us.
2. Be mindful of Him.
II. Doctrine.
He was raifed again for our Juftification.
I . How raifed again ? From Death by GOD,
AB. ii. 23, 24. S. Mattk. xxviii. 13, 14,
1 5. S. Luk. xxiv. 4, 5, 6.
X. He was a real Man.
2. He really died, S. Matth. xxvii. 10.
3 . Reall y arofe again, S. Luk. xxiii. 3 7, 3 8,
39, 40. S. Joh. XX. 27.
2. What is Juftification ? Terminus Forinfecus^
oppofed to Acculation, Rom. viii. 33.
I. Man hath finned, Rom. iii. 23.
2. This he is acCufed for,
I. By GOD's Juftice.
2. Law.
3. Satan.
4. His own Confcience, Rom. ii, 'i j.
I S. Joh. iii. 20.
3. Chrift hath born our Punifliment, Ifa.
Iiii. 5.
4. He hath alfo performed Obedienqe for us.
5. This His Righteoufnefs is imputed to us,
2 Cor. V. 21.
6. By this we are cleared from the Charge
brought againft us.
7. This is our Juftification.
3. In what Senfe did Chrift rife for our Juftifi.;
cation? Or what Dependence hath our Juftifica
tion on Ghrift's Refurreftiofl ?

Thefaurus Theologicus. 15

I . Chrift undertook to fatisfy GOD's Juftice
for us.
2. This He could not do, but by fuffering
Death.
3. So long as dead. He had not fatisfy'd
Juftice, I Cor. XV. 14.
4. His Rifing again argued Death conquer
ed, and Juftice fatisfy'd, AB.iu 24.
5. Therefore being rifen. He cleanfes us
from our Sins, and fo juftifies us, Rem.
viii. 34.
Use.
1. Is Chrift rifen ?
I. Then fliall we rife, 1 Cor. xv. 12;
2. Let "us mind the Things where He is, Col.
iii. I.
2. Was it for our Juftification ? Then be
lieve in Him, that you may be juftify'd, Remi
V. I. , '
I . In the Merits of His Death. _
2. The Truth of His Refurreftion.
3 . The Conftancy of His lnterceflIon,i S.Jok
ii. I.

Rom.

l6 Thefaurus Theologictis.

Rom. vi. la.
Let not Sin therefore reign in your mor*
tal bodies.

W

Doctrine. E fliould not fufFer Sin to reign in our
mortal Bodies.
What is it for Sin to reign over us ?
I . All Men by Nature are finful, Rom. iii,
1 6, 1 1 , 1 2.
2. There is no Sin but all Men by Nature
are prone unto, Pfal. li. 5.
3. But there is fome Sin that every one is
inclined to, more than to others, Pfal.
xviii. 23.
1. By the Conftitution of his Body, i C^r^
ix. 27.
2. Vocation.
3. Condition in the World, Prov. xxx.
8,9-
4. Cuftom, Jer. xiii. 23.
5. Temptations, i Pet. v. 8.
^. The Sins we are inclined moft to, may
have a Prevalency over us j either,
I . Partial, Rom. vii. 20, 2 1 .
2. Plenary without Refiftance, Rem. vi.
i 2, 20.
;. When Sin hath a full Prevalency in us, it
is faid to reign over us.
I. Becaufe we are fubjedt to its Power,
Rom. vi 6.
2. Obey its Motions^ Rom: vi. i5, vii. 5^
2. Why

Thefaurus Theologicus. ' 17

il. Why ihould not Sin reign over us ?
I . Becaufe it hath no Right ^or Title to this
Kingdom, but only GOD.
I. As our Creator, Gen. i. i.
2. Preferver, AB. xvii. 28.
3. Redeemer, i Cor- vi. 20.
2, Becaufe we are bury'd with Chrift inBaptifnii
and fo are free from Sin, Rom.yi. 1,2, 3, 7, 10,
1 1. 14.
3. Becaufe if it reign in us, it will ruin uSj
Rom. vi. 13.
Use.
I . Examiiie whether Sin reign iri you oir no,
2 Cor. xiii. 5.
That is a reigning Sin -,
I. Which is your chief End, and greateft
Pleafure, Col, iii. 5. Claufum area cufio-
dit Jovem., Suet. Phil. iii. 19.
2. Which is made habitual by Cuftom, Jer.
xiii. 23.
3. Which your Thoughts run moft upon
and ftudy moft for, i S. Joh. iii. 8, 9.
4. Which we moft willingly fubrfiit to. Job.
viii. 44. Rom.vi. 13. vii. 21,22.
5. Which we do not love to hear reproved^
or preached againft.
6. That for whofe Sake we commit others^
Pfal. xviii. 23. as David's Murder fof
Adultery
7. Which moft diftrads us in holy Duties^'
I S.Joh. ii. 15.
2. Exhortation. Let not Sin reign in you.
Confider,
I, It is the greateft Slavery in the World^
2S. Pet. ii. 19. Tit. iii. 3.
P^ol. ///. ' fl 2- Chrift

iS Thefaurus Theologicus.

2, Chrift came into the World to redeem
thee from it, Rom. iii. 26.
3. If Sin reign in thee, thou haft no Fart,
no Portion in Chrift, S. Matth. vi. 24.
4. If Sin reign in thee, Satan reigns over
thee, 2 Tim. ii. 26.
5. Thou wilt have but bad Wages for thy
Service to Sin.
1. In this Life.
I. The Torture of a guilty Confcience.
2. A Curfe upon thy Eftate, Mah ii. 2.
3. The Wrath of an offended GOD,
Pfal. vii. 1 1 .
2. In the Life to come.
I. Separation from GOD.
2. Chained up in Hell, Rom. vi. 23.
M E A N S;.
I. Believe in Chrift.
2. Pray againft Sin, Pfal. cxix. 133. Jfow. viK
24. 3, Watch thy Heart elpecially, Pro'v. iv. 23. <

RoMi

Thefaurus Theologicus, 1 9

R o M. vi. a 5.
The Wages of Sin is VeatL
t tX 7" HAT is Sin ? dvouiu, 1 S. Joh. iii. 4.
V V Several Sorts of Sin.
I . In Refpeft of the Law.
I . Omifflon, Matth. xxv. 42.
2. Commifiion, Ez.ek. xviii. 24. Rom. ii; 6i
1 S. Joh. iii. 8.
2. The Subjedt.
I . The Heart and Thoughts , Pfal. cxix. i 36
2. The Tongue, S. Jam. i. i6, and iii. 6.
3. The Hands, Job xxxi. vii. Pfal. xviiii idi
3. Time, Law and Gofpel, S. Joh. iii. 19.
II. VWhat is Wages ? H«V/:t.
III. What Death? &e». ii. 17.
T. Generally, all Evil, Gen.'iu ij. Ifa. Ixvh Al
Hebr. X. 31. and xii. 29.
2. Particularly.
I. Temporal, Gew. vi. 19. Zech: vii, 12, 13.
I. Lofles in Eftate.
2. Reproaches in our Names, Ftovi xivi
34-
3. Sicknefs in pur Bodies, i Con xi. 30.'
Deut. xxviii. 21, 22.
4. Death^ i Cor. xi. 30. Numb. xvi. 2$. and
XXV. 9.
2. Spiritual.
i. Error in judgrf]ent,^o>ft-i. 25. 2 Cor.iv.4
2. Dulnefs of Apprehenfion, P fat. xiv. 4.;
S. Matth. xiii. 141 1 5-
B 2 35 Sliir=

20

Thefaurus Theologicus.

3. Slipperinefs of Memory, S.Jam.i-23j
24.
4. Irregularities of AfFeftions, Rom. i. 26.
5. Remorfe of Confcience, Ifa. Ivii. 20,
21.
6. Separation from GOD, Ifa. lix. 2.
7. Anger of GOD, Pfal. vii. 1 1 .
3. ' Eternal Death, 2 Thejf. i. 9. Prov. xxiv. 20.
IV. Why is Death the Wages of Sin ?
Becaufe Sin is the greateft Evil, and fo contrary
to GOD, and feparates us from Him.
I. Here, Ifa. lix. 2. Jer. vi. 8.
2. Hereafter, Hebr. xii. 14. S.Lvk. xiii. 3. i Cor.
vi. 9, 10. C^/. V. 19, 20, 21.
Use.
T. Terror to all, for we all have finned. What
if no Drunkard, &c.
I . Doft not thou oft lodge vain TWughts ?
Jer. iv. 14.
2. Doft not thou fpeak many idle Words ?
Mai. xii. 35.
3. Doft thou fanftify every Sabbath aright ?
Ifa. Iviii. 13.
4. Doft thou improve every one of thy Ta
lents ?
§. Art thou contented with, and thankful
for every Thing ? i Thejf. i. 1 8.
6, Always rejoice in G O D ? Phil. iv. 4.
7. Do all to His Glory ? 1 Cor. x. 3 1 .
2. Exhortation. Oh, ferve Sin no more, that
gives no better Wages j Lay afide the Sins of your
I, Complexion,
2. Calling,
' 3. Country, ':
4. Cuftom, Ephef iv. 28. Confider,

Thefaurus Theologicus. 1 1

Confider,
I. Sin is the Caufe of all your Mifery.
2. Sin will keep you from all Happinefs.
3. If you live in it, you muft die for it ; as
fure as ye do its Work, ye fhall receive its Wa
ges.

R o M. viii. 54.
Who is he that condemneth ? It is Chrifi
that died, yea rather that is rifen a-
gain.^ who is even at the Right Hand
of God.^ who alfo maketh Intercejfion

for us.
S

1. O O M E there are that would condemn.
us.
1 , Satan, Rev. xii. i o. Job i. 9. ii. 4, 5,
2. The Law, S. Joh. v. 45. Gal. iii. 10.
3. Our own Confciences, 1 S. Joh. iii. 20. _

II. Some there are that no Condemnation can
lie againft.
Who are they? viz.. fuch as are in Chrift,
vtr. I ? to which Being in Chrift is required,
I. Faith in Him, S. 3^0/7. Hi. 1 5.
2. Union to Him by that Faith, S. Joh. xvii_
21, 22. 2 Cor. V. 17. I Cor, vi. 17. S. Joh. xv"
1,2,3. III. Here are four Reafoas why they cannot
be condemned. B 3 T. It

05 Thefaurus Theologicus.

I. It is Chrifi that died.
I. Chrift died for our Sins, Ifa. Viii- 5, <S.
I S. Job. ii. 2-
2. Believers died in Him.
3. Hence they cannot be condemned, be?
caufe He hath made Satisfadlion for
our Debts,
2. Tea rather, that is rifen again.
I . Chrift did really rife, S. Lu^. xxiv. 6.
2. His Rifing fliews that He hath complcr
ted our Redemption, and fatisfied for
our Sins, AB. ii. 24..
3. He rofe as He died, the Head of th^
Church, Rom. iv. 25. *
4. All Believers therefore rofe with Him,
Coloff. iii. I .
5. Hence there can be no Condemnation to
them, becaufe by His Refurredion He
and they in Him were acquitted, Rom.
viii. I . H^br. v. 9.
3. Who is even at the Right Hofid of G O D.
Which betokeneth,
1. His Honour, H«br. i. 3. and viii i.
2. His Happinefs, py^/. xvi. 1 1 .
3. His Power, S Mar. xiv. 62. Pfal. ex. i-
By which Power, he will
I. Deftroy Sin, i S. Joh. iii. 8.
2. Satan, //f^r.ii. 14.
3. Death, i Cor. xv. 26. Hof.xiii. 14. i Cor.
XV. 55, 55.
Hence they cannot be condemned^ i S. Joh.
ii. I.
4. Who alfo makes Intercejfion for vs. j which he
doth, I. By Appearing for us before GOD, /^f^c-
|x. 24. ¦ ' -¦ ' ¦¦ ' ¦ ' ' ' ' ' •¦

z.

Thefaurus Theologicus,

2. By Vertue of His Sacrifice, Hebr. x. 1 2,14.
3. Pleading our Caufe, that the Father
would accept us through Him, i S.Joh.
ii. I.
4. By the Father's always hearing Him,
S. Joh. xi. 42. Mai. xvii. 5.
Use.
I . Strive after being in Chrift above all Things.
Confider,
I. You are all Guilty, Cal. iii. 22. Rom., iii.
19.
2. Condemned too, S. Joh. iii. 18.
3. There is no way to be acquitted, but by
Chrift, AB. iv. 12.
4. None that come to GOD by Him, but
may be faved, Hebr. vii. 25. By Him
we may come to GOD.
5. Therefore if you come by Faith to Him,
there can be no Condemnation to you,
S. Matth. xi. 28, 29.
2. Meditate often upon thefe four Things.
I. The Death,
2. Refurredion, 2 Ttm. ii. 8.
3. Exaltation,
4. Interceflion of Chrift.
3. Be thankful to GOD for feuding Chrift^
Rom. xi. 33.
4. Blefs His Name for making known Chrift to
you, S. Matt. xi. 25.
5. Triumph over all fpiritual Enemies, and be
not difmay'd at them, iJow. viii. 34> 35» i7i 38?
3P'

B 4. Rom,

34- Thefaurus Theologicus.
R O M. X. 17. '
So then Faith cometh hy Hearing^ and
Hearing hy the Word of GO D.

'W

HAT Faith?

I. An hiftorical, S. Jam. ii. 19,
2. A dogmatical, AB;. viii. 13,23. S. Luk. vi.
4^- . ...
3. A temporary, S.Luk.vnu 13. S.Joh. v. s$.
4. A Faith of Miracles, S. Luk. xvii. 6. i Cor.
xiii. 2.
5. A faving Faith, Rom. x. 10. .AB- xvi. 31,
I S. Pet. ii. 5.
II. What Word, by the hearing whereof Faith'
comes? I . Not the Word of Men.
2. Not the Word of Angels, Gal.i. 8.
3. But the Word of GOD. '
III. What is meant by Hearing this Word ?
Hearing it,
I. Read,
2. Expounded,
3. Preached. '
IV. How is Faith wrought by the Word ? Not
as by the principal, but only inftrumental Caufe;
CThus, ¦ . ¦ ; I. The

Thefaurus Theologicus. a 5
I. The Minifter commiflionated from GOD,
fpeaksit to the Ear, fometimes of GOD's Mercy
to Man, fometimes Man's Duty to GO.D, &c.
2 Tim. iv. 2.
2. The Ears of the Hearer take in what the
Mouth- of the Preacher fpeaks, and convey it to
the Underftanding : But That cannot receive it,
I Cor. ii. 14. Therefore,
3. The Spirit goes along with the Word, and
enables the Underftanding to receive, and under-
ftand it.
4. The Spirit having enabled the Underftand
ing to receive it, it inclines the Will to embrace
it, Phil Ai. 13- Rem. Vii. 15. Hebr.iv. 12.
Use.
I. Reprehenfion •,
I. To thofe that think themfelves above
Ordinances.
2. To thofe that will not come up to them ;
in particular, eight forts of Perfons this
Dodrine meets with, as the Angel did
Balak with a drawn Sword.
I. Such as will not fo much as come to
hear.
2. Such as will come, but not to hear, but
out of Cuftom, or to ftopthe Moufli
of a brawling Confcience.
3. Such as will come to hear, but will not
hear^ when they are come, Ez.ek.
xxxiii. 31. They come and bring
their Ears too, but they are either
ftopt, Pfal. Iviii. 4, 5. dull, Matth.
xiii. 1 5. or itching, 2 Ttm. iv. 3, 4.
4; Such as will hear when they are come,
i but do not mind or underftand
¦ ' what

a 6 Thefaurus Theologicus.

what they hear, Ezjek. xxxiii. 32.
AB. ix. 7. Conf. c. xxii. 9.
5. Such as mind what they hear, but will
not believe what they mind.
6. Such as do believe what they mind,
but wiU not relblve to pradife what
they believe, Ez.ek. xxxiii. 32.
7. Such as will refolve to pradife what
they believe, but will never pra
dife what they refolve, S. Jam. i. 2,
3> 4j S-
Motives.
I. Confider whole Word it is.
2. What a Word it is, Pfal. xix. 7. Rom. 1 16.
S.Jam.i. 21.
3. Confider what thou mayft get by coming
to it; what thou mayft lofe by ftaying from
it. 4. Confider the time will come, when thou wilt
corfe thyfelf for eyery Opportunity thou haft
loft, or clfe blefs GOD for every Opportunity
thou haft embraced, S. Matth. xxiii. 39.
Directions.
I. Before Hearing.
I . Confider what thou art going about, and
Whom thou art going before.
2. Set afide all worldly Thoughts, as Abra-
hamt his Servants, and Nehemiah,, Neh.
xiii. 19,20. eljpecialiy Sins, S.Jam. i.
21.
'3; If thou wouldft have GOD pour forth
His Blefllngs upon thee in Preaching,
do thou pour out thy Spirit before
Him in Prayer, Pfal. x. 17. and Ixv. 2.
I. For

Thefaurus Theologicus. ij

I . For the Minifter, Rom. xv. 30.
2» Yourfelves, that GOD would put in.
with the Word, Ifa. viii. 1 1 .
4. come with an Appetite, S. Matth. v. 6-
Job xxix. 23.
5. Come with large Expedations.
6. With ftrong Refolutions to pradife.
In,
I. Hear it reverently.
2. Diligently with Hearts, as well as Ears.
3. Meekly, S. 3f<»w.i. 21.
4. With Faith, Hebr. iv. 2.
5. Apply it to thyfelf. Job v. 27,
<J. Renew your Refolutions to pradife the
particular Duty, lifting up your Spirit
to GOD in Ejaculations.
. After, Sermon ;
I. Meditate upon what thou haft heard
with thyfelf, i Tim. iv. 15.
2. Confer of it with others.
3. Square thyfelf according to it, that thy
Life may be as a Comment upon the
Sermon, S. Jam, i. 22. S. Matth. vii. 24,
2^5-

P.OM.

a 8 Thefaurus Theologicus.

RoM. xi. 35,
0 the Depth of the Riches both of the
Wifdom and Knowledge of God !
yvwafcai t» ©£b.
Observation.
TH E Great GOD is a Wife GOD, Job \x. 4.
and xxxvi. 5. i?o»/. xvi. 27. i Tim.i. 17.
S. Jw^e 25.
Where, by Wifdom, I mean, that Attribute in
GOD, whereby He orders and manages whatfo
ever He takes in Hand, by the beft Means, in the-
beft Manncip, and to the beft End, that pofllbly
can be imagined ^ fo that it is impofllble for us, or,
1 may fay, for Himfelf too, to find, out better
Means to make ufe of, a better Way to, go in, or a
better End to aim at, than Himfelf makes ufe of,
goes in, and aims at, in every Thing that ever did
or ever fliall come from Him:
And if we defcend into Particulars, we may
read this His infinite Wifdom,
I. In His Contrivance of the World ; fo that
you cannot look upon the Workmanfhip of the
leaft Creature, but it fufficiently argues the Wif
dom of its glorious Creator •, and for our clearer
apprehending this infinite Wifdom, let us confi
der, how before the Sun, Moon, Stars, Heaven,
Earth, or any Creature elfe was, there was no
other Being in the whole World but this One
moft

Thefaurus Theologicus. 1^
moft Glorious GOD. This Great GOD, yet,
it feems, was pleafed, and had fo decreed from E-
ternity, to make Himfelf known to fome Beings,
befides Himfelf. This He could not do, unlefs
Himfelf created fome fuch Perfons, as may thus
confider and admire His Glory, and alfo fome
fuch Creatures, wherein His Glory might be
thus confidered and admired. Hence it pleafed
this Sacred Deity to fall to the Raifing of this
ftately Fabrick of the World, that you and I live
in. By what Means doth He do it ? Even by His
Word. He did but fpeak the Word, and imme
diately the empty Womb of Nothing deliver
ed itfelf of that Lump and confufed Chaos, which
the Great GOD, afterwards, by His Wifdom and
Power, digeftedinto that Frame, Faftiion and
Order we now fee it in :, and verily. His infinite
Wifdom fliined forth fo clearly ia the Manage
ment of every particular Circumftance in this
great Work, that fliould 1 hold my Tongue, as
my Saviour faith in another Cafe, the very Stones
would immediately cry out. Oh the Depth,, &c.
So that we cannot look above* us, about us, be^
low us, within us •, we cannot look upon the
leaft Spire of Grafs, or Piece of Earth, th«
Stones we ftand on, or the Seats we fit on, but
we may ftiU hear every Thing crying aloud in
our Ears, or cafling upon us to cry out. Oh the
Depth, &:c. If to Heaven, Pfal- cxxxvi. 5. If
to the Earth, Prov. Hi. 19- Man, Pfal. cxxxix.
i4> IS-
II. Providence.
I. Prefervation i for His Wifdom appears as
much in preferving Things in the Beings He
gave them, as in firft giving Beings unto them ;
* the

ao Thefaurus Theologicus.
the Means whereby He upholds the World, is
the fame with that whereby He made it, Hebr.
1.3- 2. Government ; Sun, Moon, Stars, Earth,
Clouds, Jo^ xxxvii. 16. Men.
3. Redemption. And verily, if upon Confide-
ration of the Works of the Creation, we may cry
out. Oh the Depth : Here, Oh the Depth of the
Depth., &c. The greateft Wifdom is feen in bring
ing about Things of the greateft Difficulty s and
the greateft Difficulty is in bringing into One,
Things of the greateft Diftance and Oppofition,
which cannot but be acknowledged to be in the
Work of Redemption. For, What is there in
the World that is at a greater Diftance from,
and Oppofition againft, GOD, than Man. GOD
is a Holy Spirit, Man finful Flefli, and fo more
contrary to Him, than either the Beafts or Devils
themfelves ^ the Beafts, though Flefli, yet are not
finful; the Devils, though finful, yet arc they
Spirits ; but Man is neither a Spirit, nor yet
void of Sin, and by Confequence, of all the
Creatures in the World, the moft contrary and
dppofite to a Holy God ; yet in this Work, we
have GOD reconciled to Man, and Man recon*
ciled to GOD ; and that by GOD's aflliming of
the Humane, and Man's partaking of the Di
vine Natures ; {^0 that three Things, efpeeially
ia this great Work, manifeft the Wifdom of
Him that did it.
1. GOD's being reconciled to Man.
2. Man's being reconciled to GOD.
3. In the Manner how all this is brought
about by GOD's cloathing Himfelf
with the Humane, and filling Man with
the Divine Nature. I3sti

Thefaurus Theologicus. 31

Use.
1. Inferences.
I. Sinners Mifery.
2. Saints Happinefs.
3. Heaven's Glory, 1 Kin^.x.^.
2. Exhortation.
I. Admire Him.
2. Intereft yourfelves in Him.
3. Rely upon Him, Pfal. ix. 8. 2 Pet. ii. 9.
4. Labour you after this true Wifdom of
GOD, to be made Partakers of it.
5. All that defire Wifdom, come to the Lord
for it, S. Jam. i. 5. Frev. ii. 6. i Kingt
iii. 12.

RoM.

3 2 Thefaurus Theologicus.

Rom. xii. ii
/ befeech you therefore.^ Brethren.^ by the
Mercies of GOD., that ye prefint your
Bodies a living Sacrifice.^ holy., accepta
ble unto GOD.y which is your reafon-
able Service.
1. T Befeech you., not command ybu, tllOUgh equi-
1. valent. Generofus eft animus hominis, facilius
ducitur quam trahitur., Sen. i Cor. iv. 2i.
2. Therefore, becaufe of G O D's Wifdom and
Goodnefs, Rom. xi. 33, 34.
3. Brethren, I Cor. xv. 58.
4. By the Mercies of G O D. A/' aJTac iv riruv
'ts-a.^gLKcLKu J^r ay £(r«5.3-«xe, S. Chryfbft. Kai ti ^(tvyid*
Qtii H (MJTif li 'rra.pffj'l^rcu 'Tro.^^x.a.hSov oWb yz ^ tku o(x*
Ti^ix.ii n QiK v^QIkkitcu, Idem.
No/xxj tjO^hit/, (^ «,fo'T!p7« T«c ^vs-Uv, Theodoret.
Per mijericordiam Dei, qua magis nihil, per quam
liberati fumus., Hieronym.
5. That you prefent, as the Sacrifices to the
Prieft, which were Types of Chrift.
6. Tour Bodies.
I. The Body in particular, every Member
to the Service of G O D, Colof iii. 5.
2. The whole Man.
7. A Sacrifice.
8. Living., Qva-'tctv ^airciv. 'KvuS'ii jS etTti ^v(yictv
Ivct y.n Tii vof/.ia-^, art x.itla.irpti.Bcu Kihivei Ta ffd>iMTa, Ti.^
yj,ai iTTriyA^t (^eicrcLV, S. Chryfoft.
OtJ jS (^(flAymcU Ki\iV(H TA 0"*/yt«7s«i AKT^ ft) TM *-
(j^itfi'iA HKS^, Theodoret. i). Holyi

Thefaurus Theologicus. 3 3

9. Holy., without Spot, iS-Pet.i. 1 5, 1(5. Ephef.
V. 27. 10. Acceptable to GOD, Pfal. li. 17,19. and
Ixix. 30, 3 1. Ifa- i. 1 2, 1 3. and Ixvi. 2. Hebr. xi. 5.
1 1 . Tour reafonable Service.
I. Becaufe performed by reafonable Crea
tures.
2. Becaufe there is fo much Reafon for it,
which could not in the Jewifh Laws be
given.
3. Performed by the Spirit, or rational Part
of the Soul, S. Joh. iv. 24.
Akyay hoyiKriv KtLT^pa,v Tnv TotctuTriv ^iodSeictv,Orig.
Ti cT'i £?j KoyiK» KtLT^eiA ; « 'yryiVfia.TiKvi S'la.y.ov'm, n
'xoKiTM « x? Xi/rov, S. Chryfoft. in lee.
D 0,C TRINE.
We fliould devote ourfelves wholly to the Ser^;
vice of G O D.
I. How ?
I. Our Souls.
I. Our Undcrftandings, Hof iv. i. i Cor.
ii. 2.
2. Thoughts, Pfal.x.i,.
3. Judgments, 2 Pet. ii. i.
4. Will, P/<j/. Ixxiii. 25.
5. Aff^dions,
I. Concupifcible, S.Matt.xxA.^I'
2. Irafcible, ^/^/. cxix. 1 1 3.
2. Our Bodies.
I. Our Eyes to behold His Works, Pfd.
viii. 3.
2. Our Ears to hear His Word, Rev.vX.
22.
3. Our Tongues to praife His Name, Pfal.
xxix. 1. and Ixxi. 24.
Vol. IIL ^ C 4- Q"?

34- Thefaurus Theologicus i
4. Our Hands to perform His Work.
5. And our Feet to run in the Way of His
Commands.
6. Our Hearts to love Him, Prov. xxiii.
2(5.
3. Our Eftates, Prov. iii. 9.
11. Why fliould we devote ourfelves thus to
His Service ?
1. Becaufe we are His, i Cor. vi. 19,20.
I. All we are is His.
2. All we da., AB. xvii. 28.
3. All we have. Gen. xiv. 19.
2. Becaufe this is the End,
I. Of His Creating, Prw. xvi. 4.
2. Preferving,
3. Redeeming us, AB. iii. 26.
3. Becaufe, unlefs we ferve Him wholly, we do
notierve Him at all, Numb. xiv. 24.
Use.'
Exhortation. Devote yourfelves to GOD.
Confider,
I . This is no more than what you have vowed
in Baptifm.
2. His Service is the higheft Honour, Prov,
xii. 2(5. ' .
3. The only Freedom, Rom. viii. 21.
4. And the greateft Pleafure in the World.
5. Serving Him, is ferving yourfelves.
<5. Serve Him now, and enjoy him for ever,
S. Matth. XXV. 23.
Free,
I. From the Tyranny of Sin, Rem. vi. 12,
14.
2. From the Curfe ofthe Law, GaLnl 10,
13. 3. From

Thefaurus Theologicus. 35
3. From the Wrath of G OD.
4. From the Tortures of a guilty Confcience,
2 Cor. i. 1 2.
5. From the Snares of the World.
7, I befeech you by His Mercies,
I , In forbearing you hitherto. Lam. iii. 22.
2. In providing for your Bodies, i Tim. vl
3. In fending His Son to die for you, Rom.
V. 8.
4. In offering Him to afl that will accept
Him, Ifa. Iv. I . Mai. xi. 28.
5. In vouchfafing you the Means of Grace.
I. His Word, S. Joh. v. 39.
2. His Ordinances, Rom. x. 17.
3. His Sacraments.
6. In forewarning you of your Danger,
S. Matth. XXV. 41.
7. In encouraging you with fo many Pro-
mifes, ^ek. xxxiii. 19. S. Jeh. 6. 37.
8. In calling upon you, and befeeching yog
at this Time to come to Him.

Ca Ro>i.

26 Thefaurus Theologictis.

R o M. xii. 2.
And be not conformed to this World.
I. D O.C T R I N E.

w

E are not to be conformed to this
World.

I. What are we to underftand by the World ?
I S.Joh.ii. 16.
I . The Luft of the Flefli, Tit. ii. 1 2.
2. The Luft of the Eye, Ecclef v. 1 1,
3. The Pride of Life, Rom. i. 39.
II. What is it not to be conformed ?
I. Not to approve of, i S.Joh. ii, 15.
2. Nor imitate this World, i S. Pet. iv. 4. "
3. To ufe it as if we ufed it not, i Cor. vii.
30, 31- ^
III. Why?
1 . We are feparated from the World to G OD,
I S. Pe^. ii. 9, 10, II, 12.
2. We have put on Chrift, Gal. iii. 27.
3. All that is in the World, &c. is not ofthe
Father, &c. 1 S. Joh. ii. 1 6.
"4. Contrary to the Love of GOD, i S. Job.
ii. 15.
5. The Faftiion of this World pafl^eth away,
1 Cor. vii. 21.
Use.
Conform not to this World.
I. You have higher Things to mind, Colof.iii.
J, 3. Phil. III. 20. 2. This

Thefaurus Theologicus. 57
2. This World cannot fatisfy you, Ecclef. 1. 8.
3. You muft give an Account of what you do
here, i S. Pet. iv. 4, $. 2 S. Pet. iii. 11.
II. Doctrine.
We fliould be transformed by the renewing of
our Mind. M47«//of ipKcrSi.
I. What is it to be transformed? To be new
Creatures, 2 Cor. v. 1 7. ^ ,
I. In our Judgments. Concerning,
I . G O D, S. Matth. xix. 1 7.
2. Chrift, P^»7. i. 21. andiii. 8.
3. The World, Ecclef i. i , 2.
2. Our Thoughts, --Pfal. i. 2.
3,  Confciences, AB. xxiv, i5.
4_ __ Wills, L^OT. iii. 24.
5.  Affcdions, Colojf iii 2.
I, Love and Hatred, S. Matth. xxii. 37.
2. Defire and Abhorrence,
3, Joy and Grief, Pfal. xlii. 1,2.
4. Hope and Fear, Pfal. xxvii. i .
5. Anger and Meeknefs, S. Matth. xi. 29.
6. Words, S. Matth. xii. 3(5.
7. Adions, I S. Pet. i. 1 5, 1(5.
I. Towards GOD, AB.xxiv. 16.
2. Towards Men, >4S. xxiv. 1(5.
I . Love, S. Matth. V. 44.
2. Juftice, S. Matth. vii. 12.
3. Mercy, Rom. xii. 8.
II. Why transformed?
I. Tin transformed, we are altogether finful,
Prov. XV. 8.
2. We can enjoy no Happinefs here below,
xlviii. 22. C 3 3. Noi^

^8 Thefiilrus Theologicus.

3 . Nor be capable of Happinefs hereafter, Heb.
xii. 14. I Cor. ii. 14.
Use.
1. Examine whether you be transformed,
or no.
I. Look to your Heads, 2 Cor. xiii. 5.
2. Your Hearts, Prov. iv. 23. n^aV IISII.
3. Your Lives, S. Matth. xii, 33.
Reafons for this Examination.
I, Many h^ve been miftaken about it.
Sonic think they are renewed, becaufe
turned,
I. From one Sed to another.
2. Fr<?m one Sin to another.
3. Or from Debauchery to [mere Mo
rality.
2. This is the moft dangerous of all Mi-
ftakes.
3. If you never examine yourfelves, you
have the more Catife tp fear your
Condition.
Signs or Marks of our being transformed.
."Afl our Adions to GOD and Man,
1 . Proceed from new Principles.
I . Obedience to G O D, i Sam- xv. 22.
2. A Defire to pleafe Hini, i Theff. iv. i.
Hebr. xi. 5.
2. After a new Manner.
I . Not hypocritical]y,but fincerely,2 Cor.
i. 12.
2. Not proudly, but humbly, S. Luk.
xvii. 10.
3, Not interruptedly, but conftaptly,
S. Luk.i. 75.
3. To a new ^nd, i Cor. x. 31. S.Matth.,
y, 16. ^I B A Jf S^

Thefaurus Theologicus. 59

Means.
1. Read the Word written, S. Jam. i. 21.
2. Hear it preached, S. Joh. xi. 43.
3. Meditate upon it,
4. Pray, Ffal. li. i o.
5. Receive the Sacraments.
. Exhortation.
I . By Renovation you become fuch again as
you were created. Gen. i. 26.
2. GOD Himfelf will change to you,
I. His Hatred to Love,' Ifa. Ixvi. 2.
2. His Anger to Mercy ;
3. All His Adions to your Good, Rom.
viii. 28,
3. If now transformed from the World
to GOD, hereafter you fliall be tranf-
formed from Mifery to Happinefs,

C 4. R o M.

^o Thefaurus Theologicus.

Rom. xii. 5.
For I fay.^ through the Grace given un
to me,f to every Man that is among
you.^ not to think of himfelf more highly
than he ought to think ; hut to think
foberly according as GOD hath dealt
to every M^n the Meafure of Faith.
HERE is obfervable,
I. The Apoftle's Power ; I fay., or com
mand, I Cor. xiv. 37. 2 S. Pet. iii. 2.
2. The Original of it by Grace.
I. All Power is originally in GOD, Rom.
xiii. I.
2. It is derived to Creatures by free Gift ;
Given to me, Colofl!^ i. 25.
3. To the Apoftle by fpecial Grace, for he
had it immediately from GOD, GaL
i. 1,15. I Cor. XV. 10. Ephef. iii. 7.
3. The Extent of this Power to every one,
2 Cor. xi. 28. Coloff.i.2%. I Theff.ii. n.
4. The Prohibition, not to think too highly
of themfelves, efpeeially as to their fpiritual En
dowments. I. Knowledge, Jer. ix. 23. i C^. viij^i,
I, We know but little in Naturals.
2. Lefs in Spirituals, 1 Cor. ii. 14.
3. Imperfed in both. v
I, In Naturals.
I, We kaow but few Things.
2, Thofe but by Conjectures, S. Luh
yiii. 18. 2. In

Thefaurus Theologicus, 4.1
2. In Spirituals, i Cor. xiii. 9. and viii. 2.
I. We know but little,
I. Of G O D, Hof iv. I . Jer. ix. 3.
2. Of Chrift, I Cor. ii. 2.
3. Of our Souls ;
4. Of our Eftate as to GOD, 2 Cor.
xiii. 5.
5 . As to the World to come.
2. All our Knowledge we owe to GOD,
S. Matth. xi. 25.
, Gifts of the Miniftry. '
I. None can perform their Duty aright,
Ecclef. vii. 20. 2 Cor. iii. 5.
2. What Gift we have, we are bound to
GOD for, I Cor. iv. 7.
3. We can do no Good with it, without
GOD, S. Joh. XV. 5. I Cor. iii, 6.
. Graces.
I . Few have all.
2. They we have, are imperfed, Phil. iii.
11,13.
I. Love to GOD, S. Matth.xii. 37.
2. Faith in Chrift, S. Luk- xvii. 5.
3. Repentance of Sin, 2 Cor. vii. 10.
4. Juftice to our Neighbour, S.Matth.
vii. 12.
5. Charity to the Poor, i Cor. xvi. 2,
2 Cor. ix. 6.
3, If we think too highly of ourfelves
for them, they arc no true Graces,
S. Matth. xi. 29. I Tim. i. 15. Ephef.
iii. 8.
Uses.
I. Information. What Caufe have we then

not to be proud?

Of

2j.a Thefaurus Theologicus.
I. Of Strength, Jer. ix. 23.
I. Wherein the Beafts excel us.
2. Whereof we may each Moment be de
prived, Ifa. ii. 22.
2, Of Riches ;
I. Which cannot make us happy.
2. But keep us from Happinefs, S. Mmh.
xix. 23, 25.
3. Which we muft part with before we
can be happy.
3. Honours ;
I. Which depend upon the Thoughts of
others.
2. May deprive us of true Honours, S. Joh.
xii. 43.
2. Exhortation. Study Humility, i S. Pet. v. 5.
I. Towards GOD, Mic. vi, 8. Ifa.Wu.i'j.
and IxvL 2.
Confidering,
1. How inany Sins you are guilty of, Pfal.
xix, 12.
2. How many you are defiled with, Ifa.
i. 5,(5.
2. Towards Men.
Confider,
1 . You know not but they are better and
more dear to GOD than yourfelves,
Rom. xiv. 3, 4. Phil. ii. 3.
2. If you excel them in fome Things,
they may excel you in others, Rom.
xii, 4,
3. The more proud you are, the lefs
Caufe you have to be fo proud ;
Pride caufing,
r. Divifion among Men, Prov. xiii, 10.
2. Separation from GOD, i S. Pet. v. 5.
Rom.

Thefaurus Theologicus. 4.^

Rom. xiii. i.
Let every Soul be fubjeB to the higher
Towers.

I. "JO Very Soul., or Man, Exod. xii. 4. Ceff, xlvi.
J_v 27.
I. Secular Perfon.
2. Ecclefiaftical or Religious. na<r/ tavto. J^ia-
IiLt']-'^, )C) h§iv<ri, ly [ji.0VA-x/l(, ix) "^"^'^ ?>ltt]lltoii fJ-'avoy,
S- Chryfbft. 'K.a.v &5roA(9- m, xJiv iuayfiKirih;, «stc -sr^fi-
?>»THf, KMy oTtffoxv, Idem. S. Matt. xvii. 27. r
II. The Objed, To the higher Powers, or chief
Magiftrates eftabliflied in each Nation.
1. To fee that G O D be rightly worfliipped,
2 Chron. xiv. 2, 4. and xvii. 6,9.
2. To preferve Peace, i Tim. ii. 2, Pfal. Ixxii. 7.
3. To execute Juftice, Pp/, Ixxii. 2. .So»/.
xiii. 4. ,
III. The Ad, Be fubjeB .- We owe them,
I. Prayers, iTim.ii.i.
?. Fear, Prow, xxiv. 21. i S. Pet. ii. 17.
3. Not to fpeak Eivil of him, Ecclef x. 20.
2S.Pet. ii. 10. S.JudeS.
4. Render their Dues to them, Rom. xiii. 7.
5. Subjedion and 6bedience, Tit. iii. i .
I. Other wife, the Magiftrates t'ower is in
vain. • '
2. The Publick Good deperids upon our O-
bedience.
3. We are bound to obey for Fear, Ro??!. xiii.
4. For

44- Thefaurus Theologicus.
4, For the Lord's lake, Rom. xiii. 5.
5, He that refifteth, reftfteth the Ordinance of
GOD.
IV. The Reafon of the Command : All Power
is of GOD.
This appears,
I. From Scripture.
I. Every_Power is ordained of GOD, Rom.
xiii.' 1,2.
2. The Magiftrate is the Minifter of GOD,
htt]is^yov, Rom. xiii. 4.
3. By GOD Kings reign, Prov. viii. 1 5,
16. '
4, They judge under Him, 2 Chron. xix. 5,
6,1.
5, He fets up Kings, Dan. ii. 21, 37. afld v.
21.
6. GOD firft 0T(dained the Power of the
Sword in the Hand of Men, Cen.
ix- 6.
7. GOD gave particular Diredion for
chufing moft of the Kings of Ifrael^,
as Saul, David,^ehu ; and fo now.
2. From Reafon.
I. He is the firft Caufe of afl Things, S, Jeh.
xix. II.
2. AU Power , depends on Him, AB. xvii.
28,
3. As the Stream from the Fountain.
3, All Power in Men is GOD's PoWer in their
Hands, 2 Chron. xix. (5.
4. Power is good and neceflTary, therefore from
GOD, S. J^OT. i. 17.
5. It is Part of the Law of, Nature, Rom. ii.
14,15. Uses.

Thefaurus Theologicus. 45

Uses. '
I. Be fubj?d,
I , To afl, I S. Pet. ii, 1 8.
2. In all Things, i S, Pet. ii. 13.
3. For Confcience-fake, Rom. xiii. 5.'
Confider, I. Obeying them is obeying GOD.
2. Refifting them, is refitting GOD,
I Sam. XV. 22. Ifa. i. 2,
3. The Saints in all Ages have been fub-
jed to their higher Powers.
4, They who refift, Ihafl receive to them
felves Damnation, Rom. xiii, 2.
2, Be fenfible of, and humble for the Publick
Breach of this Command, upon this Day.
Magiftratus eft ?>v\a^ to J^ikaix >^ is-k.
Confider the Greatnefs of the Sin.
I. It v3fs not againft any Inferior, but the
Supreme Magiftrate.
2. Not againft a finful Ufurper, but a moft
pious and religious Prince.
3. He was not only refifted and reviled, but
murdered by his own Subjeds.
4, It was not a Sin of Ignorance or Rafiinefs,
but committed with the greateft De-
liberatioTi,
5. And under Pretence of Religion too.
6. It was not the Ad of particular Perfons
only, but the Body of the whole Na
tion were guilty of it. Not only in
that their Reprefcntatives in Parlia
ment were the Promoters and Adors
of it, but likewife, in that the great
eft Part of the Nation encouraged and
aflifted them in it.
Rom.

46 Thefaurus Theologicus.

R o M. xii. 9.
Let Love be without Dijfimulation.^ abhor
that which is Evil.

I. Observation.
WE are to love without Diflimulation.
I. What is it to love without Dif-
fimulation ?
I , It fliould proceed from the Heart, i Ttm.
i. 5.
2. Be exprefled in Adions, i S, Joh. iii, 1 8.
2, Why Ihould we thus love ?
I. Otherwife it is Hypocrify before GOD.
2. A Deceiving our Neighbour.
3. No true, Love, Cum autWh omnium re-
rum Simulatie eft vitiofa, ( tollit enim ju
dicium veri, idqtie adult erat) tum ami-
citia repugnat maxims. Vid- Cicer. de v
Amicit.
Uses.
I. Love one another.
Confider,
I. It is the Fulfifling of the Lailv, Rom, xiii.
8,9, 10,
2. It is the fpecial Command of Chrift,
S. Joh. xiii. 34.
3. The principal Mark of a true Chriftian,
S. Joh. xiii. 35. I Cor. xiii. 2.
2. We fliould abhor that which is Evil.
I. What Evil?
I . Sin, I S. Joh. iii. 4.
2. Punifliment, Ifa. xiv. 7.
2. What

Thefaurus Theologicus. 47
2. What is it to abhor it ?
It muft confift in,
I . Our fettled Judgment that 'tis EviL
2. An Hatred of it, for its own fake, Pfal.
xix. 113.
3. An Averfion from it, Ezxk. xxxiii. 11.
3. Why fliould we abhor it ?
Becaufe,
I. It is contrary to GOD's Nature.
2. Repugnant to His Laws, S. Joh. iii. 4^
3. Deftrudive to our own Souls.
Uses.
1 . Repent of the Sins you have already com
mitted. For,
I. By them you have incurr'd GOD's Dif-
pleafurc, P/k/. vii. 1 1.
2. Made yourfelves liable to eternal Tor
ments, Rom. vi- 23.
3. There is no way to avoid both, but by-
Repentance, S. Luk. xiii. 3.
1. Abhor it fo, as not to commit Sin here
after. Confider,
I. It is the greateft Folly, Pf4' xiv. 4. and
xciv. 8.
2. Slavery, Rom. vi. 20.
3. ItdefilesthySoul,S.3frfi». i, 21. S.Matth.
XV, 20, Job XV. 1 6.
4, Is the Death of the Soul, Rom. vii. 24.
Ephef ii- I.
5. Hath been the only Caufe of all the Mi
fery thou haft felt.
6, Deprives thee of G O D's Mercy, and
makes thee like to Satan, S. Joh. viii.
44. 7. Unlefs

48 Thefaurus ^Theologicus.
7. Unlefs you abhor Evil, GOD wifl ab
hor you, Ifa. lix. 2.
8. Unlefs you abhor Sin in yourfelves now,
you will abhor yourfelves for Sin to
Eternity.
Means.
1. Always remember you are Chriftians, 2 Tim.
ii. 19.
2. Avoid the Occafions of Sin, i Thejf. v. 22.
3. Often think whom it difpleafcs, the Great
GO D, Gen. xxxix. 9.
4. Live always as under His Eye, Pfal.cxxxix.j. •
5. Remember the Time wifl come, when thou
muft anfwer for it, Ecclef. xi. 9.

Rom;

Thefaurus Theologicus. 49

R o M. xii. 9.
Cleave to that which is good.
I. \KJ H A T is Good ? That which hath all
VV Things required to its Perfedion. Bo-
num eft quod habet omnia ad propyiam perfeBionem
fequifita. And there is,
I . Tranfcendent Good, GOD, S. Luk. xviii.
19. .t
2. Natural, Perfcd in its Nature, Gen.i. 31.
3. Moral, that is, conform to right Reafon,'
I Tim. ii. 3.
11. What is it to cleave to that which ii
good ?
I . To approve of it.
2. To defire it, Rom. xii. 9.
.3. To be conftant in pradifing good Works,'
fo as to cleave to them, and be one with themi
Rom. xii. I .
in. Why are we to cleave to that which is
good ?
I. Becaufe we are conftantly receiving Good
from GOD.
2. We are commanded to be always doing
Good, S. Luk. i;75. Prov. xxiii. 17, Pfal.txix.96.
3. When we do not Good, we fin,
IV. How are \Ve always to do Good ?
To, tfiis is required,
1. Faith in Chrift.
ra.iiL -D i. Ko-

50 Thefaurus Theologicus.
I. Nothing is in itfelf good, but what is
done by His Grace, S. Joh. xv. 5.
2. Nothing accepted but by His Merit, Ifa.
\xiv.6. I S.Pet. ii. 5.
2. It muft be agreeable, for the Matter, to the
Word of GOD, Ifa.i. 12.
3. Done in Obedience to that Word, i Sam.
XV. 22,
4. Underftandingly, i Cor. xiv, 1 5.
5. Willingly, Pfal. ex. 3.
6. Chearfully, PfaL xl 8.
7. With the utmoft of our Power, Ecclef ix.
10. 8. In Faith, Rem- xiv. 23.
9. Humbly.
I . Not vainly thinking, that good Works
come from thyfelf, 2 Cor. iii. 5,
2, Nor expeding Salvation by them.
1 o. They muft be done to the Glory of GOD,'
S, Matth. V. 16, I Cor. x. 3 1.
Use.
Cleave to what is good, fo as always to
do it. Confider,
I. How honourable an Employment it is,
I Sam. ii. 30.
I. The Work of Angels, Hebr. i. 14.
2. Of Chrift, AB. x. 38.
3. Of GOD, Gen.i.vlt.
2. How pleafant.
I. Thy Confcience will hereby be void of
Offence, AB. xxiv. 16.
2. Thy Heart rejoicing in the Love of
GOD, Phil.iv.4. Ifa. Ixi. 13.
3, How profitable. Hereby thou wilt gain,
I. Honour

Thefatifm Theologicus. 51

I. Honour to thy Religion.
2. G O D's Favour to thyfelf, tfa. Ixvi. 2.
3. An A/furance of thy Intereft in Chrift,
S. Jam, ii. 2(5.
4. The Concurrence of all Things for thy
Good, Rom. viii. 28.
5. Eternal Happinefs^ S. Matth. xxv- 4^.

R o M. xii. i o.
,^e )^i«c//y afi&iotied one to another ; with
brotherly Love^ in Honour preferring
one anothen

-I. Doty;
BE kindly, &C. , . '^ . ,
I. Wherein are we to exprefs o^uf Affedioii
iid one another?
1. In defiring one aiabther's Good, iTimi
ii- 1 -
2. In rejoicing in one another's Profperity,
RoiH. xii. 15. ,
3. In pitying one another's Mifery, Rdtri. xii.'
1 5. Ifa. Ixiii. 9.
4. Iri forgiving brie another's Injuries, S.Mati^
vi. 14, 15.
5. In helping one another in our Necelfi-
ties, I S.^fofc. iii. 17,18.
i. Why fo kindly affedionaite ?
I . We are commanded t6 do it, S'. Ji>h. xiiii?
34. , ,_
2. No other Command can be pCTformcd
without this, Rbin. xiii. to.
D 2 i- Nei-:

Thefaurus Theologicus.

3. Neither can we love GOD without it,
I S.Joh. iii. 17.
4. This is the true Religion, S. Jam. i. 27.
5, Becaufe we are all Brethren.
I. In Adam, as to the Flefli, AB. xxii. i.
2. In Chrift, as to the Spirit, i Cor. xv.
58. Phil.i. 14,
Use.
Be kindly afFedionate to' all Perfons.
' I. ObjeB. They are wicked.
I. Thou canft not lay they are more wicked
than thyfelf, i Ttm. i. 1 5.
2. Thou knoweft not but they may be faved
and not thyfelf, S.Matth. vii. i.
3. Thou art to hate their Sins, yet love
their Perfons, Pfal. xcix. 8.
2. ObjeB. They wronged me.
I . Thou knoweft not, but their Iniquity was
thy Good, as in Jofeph's Brethren.
2. Thou haft injured GOD, S. Matth. vi.
14,15.
3. Others Sins cannot abfolve thee from thy
Duty.
3. ObjeB. But they are^liU my Enemies.
I. Then thou haft a fpecial Command to
love them, S. Matth. v. 44, 45.
2. And the Reafon of it, Matth. v. 45, ^6.
II. Duty. In Honour, preferring one before ano
ther, Rom. xiii. 7. i S. Pet. ii. 1 7.
I . What is the Honour due to others ?
, An Acknowledgment of what is Excellent in
others, cxprefl!ed by outward Signs.
I. An Acknowledgement.
2. Of what is ExceUent.
I. Authority, I S. Pef. ii. 1 7.
2. Superiority.
3- Vertue, Prov, xii. 2<5. 3- Ex-

Thefaurus Theologicus. 5^
3, Exprefl'ed by outward Signs, Gen. xlii. 6.
AB.xxvi-2<s.
2. How are we to prefer one before ano
ther ? I. By having low and modeft Thoughts of
ourfelves, Prov. xxyi. 1 2.
2. By having a juft Efteem of others Ex-
ceflencies, 1 S, Pet. ii. 1 7.
3. By accounting afl others better than our
felves, Phil. ii. 3, Ifa. Ixv. 5.
Use.
Prefer one before another.
Confider,
1 . This is neceflary for preferving Peace.
2. For avoiding Confufion.
3. For the manifefting ourfelves Chriftians.
in. Duty.
Not jlothful in Bufinefs.
I. Here is fuppofed we have all Bufinefs to

do.

In our particular Calling and Station in
the World, i Thejf iv. 11.
2. In our general Cafling, Phil. ii. 12.
I. Repentance, S. Luk. xiii. 3.
3s Faith, AB. xvi. 30, 31.
3. To get our Sins pardoned ;
4. And fo GOD reconciled ;
5. And our Souls in a Capacity for Hea
ven, Hebr. xii. 14.
2. How are we not to be flothful in Bufinefs ?
1 . Not to live as if we had nothing to do.
2. Not to be flothful in doing what we do,
Ecclef- ix. 10.
3. Elpeciafly, not to be indifferent as to the
grand Affairs of our Souls, Rev. iii. i<S.
D 3 Use.

mrmw^m-r

54 Thefaurus Theoltig^.

Use.
Be not flothful in Bufinefs.
Confider,
I. You have a great deal of Work to do.
2. But a little Time to do it in, S, Jam- iv.
• 3- 3. Eternity depends upon your doing your
Work here.

RoM. xii. II.
Fervent in Sfiritj ferving the Lord,
I. Duty.
FErvent in Spirit.
I. What is. it to be fervent in Spirit ?
To be ferious and earneft iri Matters of Re
ligion. I. In the Exercife of Graces.
Fervent, I. In our Love to GOD, Deuit. vi. 5.
S. Matth- xxii. 37.
2. In pur Dcfires of Him, Pfal. ihii. i, 2.
3. In our Truft on Him, Job xiii. 1 5.
4. In our Rejoicing in Him, i S. Pet. i. 8.
5. In our Zeal for Bis Glory, i Cor. x. 3 1.
Which yet,
I. Muft be tempered with Knowledge,
Rom. X.2.
^. Regulated by His Word.
6. Tn Repentance for our Sins, Jo^ xlii.
¦ S><5. ' 7. In

Thefaurus Theologicus. 5 5

7. In Faith in Jcfus Chrift, S. Jam. ii.
26.
2. In the Performance of Duties.
I. Fervent in Prayer, i Cor. xiv. 15.
2. In Hearing, Ez^k. xxxiii. 31.
3. In Meditation, Pfal. xxii.
2. Why thus fervent in Spirit ?
I, This is the End of GOD's giving us fuch
adive Spirits, that we might employ
them for Him, Prov. xvi. 4,
2. Thefe are Bufincfl^es of the greateft Con
cern, Deut. xxx. 15.
3. Vv'hatfoever is not done with JZeal and
Fervency, is no good Work, Ecclef
ix. 10.
U S E S.
I. Bewail your former Indifferency in Matters
of Religion.
2. Be more ferious for the fujfee,
Confider, Y'j.
I. They arc great. Works you perform,
2 Cor. ii. 16.
2 . You cannot be too ferious in them, S- Luk.
xvii. 10.
3. Heaven wifl recompence afl your La
bours, I Cor. XV. 58.
II. D U T Y.
Serve the Lord.
I. What is it to ferve GOD?
It implies,
'1. Our devoting ourfelves wholly to Him
and His Way, 2 Cor. viii. 5. S.. Matth.
vi. 24.
2. Subjeding ourfelves to His Will and
Laws, PfaLii. 11,12.
D 4 3- Wor-

Thefaurus Theologicus.

3. Worfliipping Him with afl Ads of Divine.
Worfliip, S. Matth. iv- \o. S. Luk. ii,
37. ¦
4. Our walking in Holinefs and Righteouf
nefs before Him, S. Luk. i. 74, 75.
5. Our improving afl foi^ His Glory, S.Matth.
XXV. 21.
How fliould we ferve Him ?
I. Reverently, Hebr. xii. 28, 29. Pfal. ii. "t i.
2. Obedientiafly, 1 Sam. xii. \ 4..
3. Sincerely, S.Joh.iv. 24. Pfal. li. 6.
4, Readily and wiflingly, i Chron. xxviii. 9.
5'. Only, S. Matth. iv. 10.
6. Wholly, Deut. X. 12. Tfal. cxix. 6.
7. Continually, S. Luk. i. 75,
, Why ferve the Lord ?
I . He made us, Prov. xvi. 4.
2. Maintaineth us, AB. xvii. 28.
3. Hathmieemed us, i Cor. vi. 19, 20.

iMdee

Use.
Serve the Lord.
Confider, y
} . Unlefs you ferve the Lord, you muft ferve
Sin and Satan, S, Matth. vi. 24.
2. His Service is the only Liberty, Rom. viii.
21. 3. The higheft Honour in the World, i Sam-
ii-30- '' ' 
4. You afl vowed to ferve Him in Baptifm,
Deut. xxvi. 17, 1.8.
5. Afl you can do, is much lefs than you owe
Him, S. Luk. xvii. 10,
6. If you ferVe Him, He will proted and caufe
afl Things to ferve you, Rom. viii. 28.
l. Serve Him here, and He will reward, you
hereafter, S.Matth. xxv. 21. R o M.

Thefaurus Theologicus^ 57

R o M. xii. 1 2.
Rejoycing in Hope.^ patient in Tribulation'
I. Duty.
WE ought to rejoice in Hope.
I . What is it to rejoice ?
I . Negatively.
I. It is. not to have the Senfes pleafed,
2. Nor doth it confift in the Imagina
tion,
2. Pofitively. It confifts,
I, In the Removal of Sorrow from the
Heart, Pfal. xlii. 5.
2. In the Soul's Content and Satisfa-
dion, S. Luk- i. 47.
2. What is Hope ? It confifts,
I, In the Belief of good Things to be had,
I S. Pet. i. 13.
2. In the Expedation of them, Ffal. Ixii. 5.
3. In making ufe of aU lawful Means for
the obtaining them, Hebr. x. 23, 24,
25. Efth.iv. 14.
3. What is it to rejoice in Hope ? To reft
fatisfied with the Expedation of the good Things
GOD hath promifed.
1 . An Intereft in Chrift, i S. Pet. i. 8. Rom.
viii. 32, 33,34.
2. Pardon of Sin, Pfal. xxxii. 5.
3. The Love of GOD, Rom. v. i.
4. The working together of afl Things for
our Good, Rom. viii. 28.
5, Continual Supplies of Grace, 2 Cor. xii. 9.
6. A joyful Refurredion, i Cor. xv- 1 9, 20.
7. The

5 8 Thefaurus Theologicus.
7. The Enjoyment of GOD for ever, Ffal.
xlii. 2.
4. What grounds have we to hope for thefe
Things, fo as to rejoice in it ?
I. ThcFaithfulnefsofGOD, Tjr.i, 2.
2. His Power, S. Matth. xix. 26.
3. The Merits of Jefus Chrift, 2 Cor. i. 20.
Use.
Rejoice in Hope.
Confider,
I. Otherwife you diflionour GOD by mi-
ftrufting His Promifes, Rom. iv. 20.
2. You diflionour Religion by accufing it of
Uncertainties. 3. You deprive yourfelves of the higheft
Happinefs in this Life.
4. The more joyful in Hope, the more adive in
Duty. 5. Rejoice in Hope now, and rejoice in Sight
hereafter. II. D u T Y.
We muft be Patient in Tribulations.
1 . What are Tribulations ?
1 . Whatfoever is hurtful to us.
2. Whatfoever vcxeth us.
2. What to be Patient?
I. Not to murmur againft GOD, Exodu
xvi. 3, 7, 8.
2. Nor defpair of Deliverance, Ffal. xlii. 5.
3. Nor ufe unlawful Means to get out of
them.
4. To reft fatisfied with them, i Sam. iii. 1 8.
5. To be thankful for them, Jobi- 21,22.
I Theffv. 18.
3. Why

Thefaurus Theologicus. 59
3. Why are we to be Patient ?
I. They come from GOD, 2 Sam. xvi. lo,
II, 12. Ffal- xxxix. 2.
2. Are no more than we deferve, Lam.iii. 39.
3. Arelefs than we dtfcrve, jEx,r. ix. 13.
4. Impatience does but heighten them.
5. By Patience we change them into Mercies,
as in Job, Jofeph, David.
¦ Use.
Be Patient.
I. No Afilidions but others have born, i S.Pet.
V. 9. and iv. 1 2.
2. Chrift Himfelf hath undergone more than
we can, Rom. yiii. 29. i S. Pet. iv. 13. and ii- 23.
3. GOD knows how to deliver us, 2 S.Pet.
ii. 9.
4. By Patience you make a Vertue of Necefllty.
5. Wifl do you much good by them, Hebr. xii.
6,7,8. By*
I, Convincing you of Sin, Job xxxvi. 8,
9, 10,
2. Purging you from Sin, Pfal. cxix. 6, 7.
3. Your Graces are hereby proved or evi
denced, I S. Pet. i. 6, 7.
4. Your Graces improved, Rom. v. 3, 4, 5,
5, Your Relation to GOD fliewn, Hebr. xii.
6, 7, 8-
6. Your future Coi||emnation prevented,
I Cor. xi. 32.
7. You are prepared for Heaven, AB. xiv.
22. 2Cor. iv. 17.

R O M,

6o Thefaurus Theologicus.

Ro M. xii. 12.
Continuing infant in Grayer.
WH A T is Prayer ? The hearty Defire of
neceflary Things from GOD.
I. The hearty Defire, I Cor. xiv. 1 5.
I. Mental, i Sam. i. 1 3. Ephefv- 19. ^KydSAsit
SJi Te^i T Q^oy, S. Bafil.
2. Oral, S. Joh. xvii, 5,
2. Of neceflary Things,
I. Spiritual, for the Life to come.
1. Senfe of Sin, S, Luk. xiii. 3.
2. Faith in Chrift, S. Luk. xvii. 5.
3. Pardon of former Tranfgrelfions, Pfal.
li. 9.
4. Subduing prefent Corruptions, Pfal. xix.
12, 13. and cxix. 133,
5. The continued Influences of His Grace
and Spirit, Ffal. li. 10. S.Luk.xi.
13-
2. Temporal, for this Life, 1 Ttm. iv. 8.
Prov. xxx. 8.
3. From GOD.
I . GOD alone is to be worfliipped, S. Matth.
iv. 10. H^' "
2. GOD alone unHrftands our Prayers, Ifa.
Ixiii. 1 5.
3- He alone can anfwer them, Pfal. Ixv. 2.
4. GOD commands us to cafl to Him, Jer.
xxxiii. 3. Pfal.l. 15.
5. Chrift direds us to pray to Him, S. Matth.
VI. 9. See

Thefaurus Theologicus. 6 1
See the Error of Papifts , who pray to the
Crofs. O crux ave, fpes unica, auge piis
juftitiam, reifque dona veniam. To the
Virgin Mary, &c. S. Roche for the Plague.
ApoUonia for the Tooth-ach. S. Eulogius
for Horfes. 5. Anthony for Hogs. S. Cal
lus for Geefe, &c.
II. Why fliould we pray ?
1. GOD hath commanded it, i Thejf. v. 17.
2. Encouraged us with a Promife, Ffal. L 1 5.
S. Matth. vii. 7.
3. Made it the Condition of afl Promifes, Ezjek.
xxxvi. 37.
4. It is Part of Divine Worfhip.
5. Hereby we give Glory to GOD.
I . Of Omniprefence, Ffal. cxxxix. 2, 3 .
2. Of Omnifcience, Ffal. cxxxix. 7.
3, Of Omnipotence.
6. Afl Blcffings are fandified by it, i Tim.
iv, 5.
7. Only by this we acknowledge our Depen
dence upon Him.
III. How fliould we pray ?
I. Before Prayer, confider, FfaCx, 17.
I. Who it is you go to pray to? Exod.
xxxiv. 6.
2. What you have to pray for ? i S.Joh. v.
14-
3. How unworthy you arc to ask or receive.
Gen. xxxii. lo.
4. That Chrift is interceding for you, Ephef.
iii, 12. Hebr- vii. 25,
2. In Prayer.
I. Pray with that Humility, Reverence and
Submiffion, as becomes a finful Crea ture,

62 Thefaitrus Theologicus.
ture, Gen. xviii, 27. S. Luk. xviii. 13.
Ezjra ix. 6.
2. Utter nothing raflily before Him, nor
mingle Stories with Petitions, Etclef
V. I, 2.
3, Let every Petition proceed from the
Heart, S, Joh. iv. 24.
4. Pray only in the Name of Chrift, S. Joh.
xiv. 13, 14. and xVi. 23, Hebt. vii;
25.
5. Let your Affedions and Apprchenfions
go together, i Cor. xiv. 15.
6. Pray in Faith, S. Mar. xi. 24. S. Jatm. i. 6.
7. Without Wrath, 1 Ttm. ii. 8. S. Matthi
vi. 14, 15.
8. For others as wefl as for yourfelves,-
I Tim. ii. I . Eph. vi. 1 8.
9. Pray to a right End, S. Jam. iv. 3.
10. Add Praife to Prayers, Phil. iv. (5.
1 Tim. ii. I .
I. Praifing GOD is afl He cxpeds iot
His Mercies.
2. 'Tis the beft Sacrifice we can offers
Pfal. Ixix, 30, 39,
3. It is the Work of HeaVen, Rev. vii. 9.
and xix. i .
• 3. After Prayer.
I . Confider what you have prayed for.
2, Exped it, Pfal. v, 3,
3- Ufe Means for the obtaining it.
Iv. When Ihould we pray ? Or how continue'
inftant in Prayer, Eph. vi. 18. 1 Theff. v. 17.
I. Be always in a praying Frame.
2. Take all occafions of praying, 2 Sam. ix. 13.
3. Never faint in Prayer, S. Luk. xviii. i;
i Cer. xii. 8, 9.
4. Make

Thefaurus Theologicus. 65
4. Make Prayer your daily Exercife.
I . We muft ferve GOD daily, S. Luk. i. 75.
2. The Sacrifices of the Old Teftament were
daily. Num. xxviii. 3. AB. iii. i,
3. Chrift direds us to ask our daily Bread,
S. Matth. vi, II, 33. ,
4. The Saints in afl Ages prayed daily, Pfal.
Iv, 17. and cxix. 164. Dan. vi. 10.
I King. viii. 48. S. Lvk. ii. 37,
5. The Heathens and Turks do it.
6. We daily need Mercies.
7. We daily receive Mercies from GOD.
ObjeB. I have oft prayed, but am never heard ;
Job xxi. 1 5.
I . However, we are bound to ferve GOD.
2. If we get no Good, it is our own Faults
I, As to the Matter, i S.Joh. v. 14.
2. Means, S, Jam. i. 6.
3. End of Prayer, S. Jam. iv. 3.
3. Perhaps, you never expeded it.
4. Or have not ufed the right Means for it.
5. You have not prayed long enough, 2 Cor.
xii. 9. S. Luk. xviii. i .
6.' Tho' you have not received that required,
you have other Mercies, 2 Cor. xii. 9,
7. You may be anfwered, and not know it-
Use.
Continue inftant in Prayer.
1. Otherwife ye live in continued Sin.
2. Prayer is the moft honourable Work.
3. The moft pleafant, ,py^/. Ixxxiv. 10.
4. The only way of getting real Mercies,
S. Jam. i. 5.
5. Right Praying is a Sign of a true Convert,
AB.ix. II. Rom,

64 Thefaurus Theologicus.
Rom. xii. 15.
Difiributing to the l^fecejfity of the Saints.
\. \XT H 6 are the Saints ?
VV^ I. Afl that truly believe in Chrifty
as fandified.
2. AH that profefs to believe in Him, Phil. i. i •
Col. i. 2. Rev. vii. 9.
II. What Neceflities ?
That they nfeedj
I, Our Advice.
2. Prayers, i Tim. ii. i .-
3. Our Eftates.
in. What is it to diftribute ?
1 . To give them freely.
2. To communicate with, becaufe Chriftiarisj
I Cor. XII, 2(5, 27. TaKs Xjeloif 7^ dyiuy KoiyaVHy^a.
IV. Who otight to give ?
I. Every one is to be wifling to give, 2 Cor.
Viii. 13.
2. They only are adually to give, who have
any thing of their own to give, i S. Joh. iii. 1 7.
Ifa. Ixi. 8.
3. Hence Men of a lower Eftate are bound to
give too fomething, Eph. iv. 28.
^ V. How much is every one bound to give ?
I . In general, Bountifufly, 2 Cor. ix. 6.
2. Proportionably to our Eftates , i Cor^i
j^vi. 2. 3- More

Thefaurus TheohgicUs, 65
3. More than we fpend on our Lufts.
4. As much as is not neceflary for ourfelves,
2 Cer. viii. 14.
5. Sometimes what is neceflTary, 2 Cot. viii. 3."
VI. How ought we to give ?
I , Out of a Senfe of Duty, not for' Vain-
Glory, S. Matth. vi, 1 , 2,
2, Out of Love and Pity to our Brother, i Cor.
xiii, 3.
3. Wiflingly, 2 Cor. viii, 10,11, 12.
4. Chearfully, Rom. xii. 8, 2 Cor. ix. 7.
5. Readily, without delay, Trov. iiu 27, 28.
6. Thankfufly, i Cforo«. xxix. 13, 14.
7. For a right End.
I , Not for Praife from Men,
2, Much lefs Salvation from GOD.
3. But for His Honour, Frov. iii, 9,
Uses.
I , Repent of your Negled of this Duty.
2. Perform it for the future.
Confider,
Ii The Law of GOD commands it,
2, The Law of Nature, S. Matth. vii, 1 2,
^. GOD hath made it our Brother's Due,
and fo we rob Him, unlefs we give.
4. There is a Blefling entailed upon it, AB.
XX, 35.
5. Hereby we imitate GOD, S. Matth. v. 48.
S, Luh vi. 3<5,
6. Unlefs we give, we have no Love for
GOD, I S.^oh.iii. 17,
7. Nor true Religion, S.Jam.i. 27.
8. What we have, is not our own, but
GOD's, to be laid out according to His
Wifl, S. Lvk. xvi. 12. I Chron- xxix. 1 1.
FoLIU. E 9- Yet

66 Thefaurus Theologicus.
9- Yet Himfelf wifl repay us what we have
fo disburfed, Frov. xix. 17.
10. Hence this is the way to lay up our
Treafures in Heaven, i7»>». vi. 17,18.
1 9. S. Matth. vi. 1 9, 20.
II. It is the beft way to profper and fandify
what y^' have here, Prov. xxviii. 27.
Deut. XV. 7, 8, 9, 10, 1 1.
12^ You ftiafl be judged according to your
Performance or Negled of this Duty,
S. Matth. xxy. 34, 35,41,42.

Rom. xii. 15, 14, 15, 16.
Ver. 19. -r — Given to Hofpitality.
Ver. 14. Blefs them which perfe-
cute you : hlefs., and curfe not.
Ver. 1 5 . Rejoice with them that do
rejoice., ahd weep i^ith them that weep.
Ver. 1 6. Be of the fame Mind one
towards another. 
— - Tlw (pi^o^evlxv ^w^vtis.
I. \XT H A T is Hofpitality ?
VV It implies,
I. Our Indifferency about the World.
2. Willingnefs to communicate what we have
to others, i Tim. vi. 1 7.
3. Our fupplying Strangers as wefl as others
with Neceflaries, i S. Pet. iv. 9. R E A S 0 N S.

ThefaUrus Theologicus. 67

Reasons;
i. A Priori. We fliould do to others, as we
would have them do to us, S. Matth.
vii. 12,
2, A Pofteribfi. Becaufe of the Good we
may get by it. , Some have entertain
ed Augels, Hebr. xiii. 2. Gen. xviii, 3.
and Kix. 2, And Prophets, i King, xvii."
10, 12, 14, 1 5. 2 King. iv. 8, 1(5, 17,
34. S. Alatih. XXV. 43.
ll. Blefs them ^hich curfe you.
\. We muft exped Reproaches.
2. We muft not recompenfe Curfes for Curfes,
S. Matth. V. 44. I Cor. iv. 12. i S. Pet. ii. 23.
3. But pray for a Blefling upon them, S. Luk.
xxiii. 34. I S. Pet. ii, 21, 22, 23,'
111. Rejoice with them that rejoice.^ and Weep
with them that weep.
That is,
t. Rejoice at others Profperity.
I. Spiritual, S. Lwlxv. 10. AB.xi.23. Pkil.
- i- 3-
2. Temporal,
2. Be troubled at others Loffes and Troubles,
Job ii. II. and xlii.' 11.
Reason.
We are Members of one another, i Coir, xii.'
26, 27.
IV, Be of the fame Mind one toibards another.
i. So as to love one another^ S.^J'oh. xiii. 34.
2. To be at Peace together, kom. xii, 18. Hebr^
xii-. 14. E 2 i. Peace

68 Thefaurus Theologicus.
I, Peace is the Eff^d of Charity.
2. Tbe Caufe of Felicity.
I. Common, S.Jam.iv.i.
2. Proper to each Perfon', S. Luk. xxi. 19.
V. Mind not high Things. M« t* S-\y\KA (pe^v'^vlu.
I, What high Things?
I. Negatively. Tslot the higheft or heavenly
Things, Col. iii. 1,2, §, Matth. vi. 33.
2. Pofitively. Of this World, Jer- xiv. 5.
I, Great Riches, iT«w. vi. 9.
2. Great Honours.
3. Great Power and Place, AB. v. 36.
4. Great Employments.
5. Great Pleafures.
2. How not mind them ? (p^jcSVlsf. So Colojf.
iii. 2. (pe^yttn.
Not fo,
1 . As to think of them, Ffal. i. 1.
2. To defire them, Colojf. Hi. 2. .Ffal. Ixxiii.
3. To hope for them.
4. To admire them, S. Z,/<l. xxi, 5, 6.
5. To labour after them, S, Job. vi. 27.
S- Matth. vi. 33. ^
3, Why not mind them?
I. They are below you.
I, As ye are rational Creatures.
2. As believing Chriftians.
2. You have higher Things to mind, Phil.
iii. 20.
3. Minding of Earth and Heaven both, is
inconfiftent, S. Matth. vi. 24. i S.Joh.
ii. 15.

Use.

Thefaurus Theologicus. 6c^

Use.
Mind not high Tilings.
Confider, ,
J . They are uncertain.
2. ttnconftant, Frov. xxiii. 5.
3. Unfatisfying, Ecclef i. 8. and iv. 8.
4, Dangerous, i Ttm. vi. i o.
5. Momentary, S. Luk. xii, 20.

Rom. xii. 1 6.
Be not wife in your own Conceits.

I. A S to rational Wifdom or Knowledge. ;
XjL I . Of natural Caufes.
I, You know not the firft Conftitution of
them. Job xxxviii, 4, 5, 6.
2. Nor god's prefent Difpofal of them,
AB. xvii. 28,
3. Nor their own Working and Nature.
2. Future Events, S. Jam. iv. 1 3, 14.
I . You know not the Caufes that muft con
cur to produce them.
2. Nor whether UOD wifl fet them on
Work or no, or hinder them, S. Jam„
iv. 15. I Cor. iv. 19.
3. The Providences of G O D, Ffaf cxxxix.
5, 6. I, To the Evil, Pfal. Ixxjii. 3, 22.
2, To the Good,
4. The Intrigues of State, Prov. xx. 3,
5. The fpiritual Eftate of others, S, Matth.
vii, I. E, 3 I. You

7© Thefaurus Theologicus.
I . You know not your own Condition, i Cor.
ii. 1 1 .
2. There is no way in the World whereby
to know others.
<5. The Interpretation of Scripture, S. Mar.
xii, 24. 1. Prophecies, ./^fl. viii. 30, 31.
2. Myfteries, Rom. xi. 33.
3. Difficult Places, 2 S. Pet. iii. 15, f (5.
7. Determination of Theological Contro-
yerfies.
Use.
Be not Wif^ in your own Conceits.
1. It is a Sin, Ifa. v. 21. Frov. iii. 7.
2, You are not wife, Jab xi. 12.
3. This win hinder you from true Wifdom,
Frov. xxvi. 12. —
Directions.
I . Ha ve lo w Thoughts of your own Knowledge.
?.. Labour each Day to know more,
1. Of GOD.
2. Of Chrift, I Cor. ii. 2.
II. As to pradical Wifdom.
I, Wherein ? »
I. We muft npt conceit ourfelves to be
' Saints, I Tim. i. 1 5. Ifa. Ixv, 5. S. Lvk.
xviii. II.
2. Nor that we are holier than others-
, 5- Nor that we perfoi-m Duties aright.
¦ I. Reading the Scripture.
2. Praying, S. Jam. iv. 3.
3, Hearing, AB. ii. 37.
4. Meditation, Phil', iii, 20. 4/ Nor

Thefaurus Theologicus. 71

4. Nor that we exercife Graces aright.
1 . Repentaflce, 2 Cor. vii. i o.
I. We may repent of fome Sins, not
of afl.
2, Our Repentance is proportional to
none of our Sins.
2, Faith,
1. It may be only Hiftorical.
2. Partial, receiving only Part of Jefus
Chrift, S.^ofe.i. 12. "^
3. Upon wrong Grounds, Education,
not Divine Teftimony, i S, Joh.
V. 10.
4. Not on Chrift only, Phil. iii. 8, 9.
3. Love.
1. We do not love GOD with all our
Hearts, S. Matth. xxii. 37,
2. Nor conftantly.
4. Truft.
I ¦ It may be only for Spirituals, 1 S. Pet.
•V. 7-
2. Not with afl our Heart, Trov. Hi. 5.
5, Thankfulnefs,
I. .Not proportional to our Mercies.^
2. Nor for afl Things, i Thejf v. 18.
6. Charity.
I. It may be from wrong Principles,
S. Matth. vi. I .
2. In a wrong Manner, Rom. xii. 8.
,. Why not thus conceited of ourfelves ?
I. We know not our own Hearts, Jer.
xvii. 9.
2. We are too apt to have too high Thoughts
of ourfelves.
3. This wifl keep us from looking after .true
Holinefs.
E 4 Use.

Thefaurus Theologicus.

Uses?
Be not Wife in your own Conceits.
I. Many have been miftaken, S, Matth. vii. 22.
2. The lefs Holy you are, the more you are
apt to conceit yourfelves to be fo,
3. Thefe Conceits of Holinefs are not cori-
fiftent with true Grace, S.Jam. iv. 6.
4. Therefore, fo long as you conceit yourfelves
to be holy, you may conclude yourfelves to be
finful. 5. You fliafl not be judged by your own Con
ceits, but by the Law of G O D.
Directions.
I. Oft confult your own Hearts, Pfal. iv. 4.
2. Qqmparc your Adions with GOD's Laws.
3. Still remember what a fearful Thing it is to
be miftaken in a Thing of this Weight.

Rom,

Thefaurus Theologicus. 73
Rom. xii. 1 7,
Recompenfe to no Man, Evil for Evil,
I Theflf. V. 15.
I. \XT HAT Evils are we not to recompenfe
V V to others ?
I. Not hate others, becaufe they hate us,
S. Matth. V. 44.
2. Not curfe others, becaufe they curfe us,
2 Sam. xvi. 10. S. Matth. v. 44.
3. Not defraud others, becaufe they defraud
Xli%, Lev.xix. 13- I Thejf iv. 6.
4. Not fpeak Evil of others, becaufe they Ipeak
Evil of us, Ttt. iii. 2. i S, Pet. iii. 9,
5. Not negled our Duty to them, becaufe they
do it to us.
I. Praying for them, i Tim. ii. i.
2. Pitying their Miferies, Rom. xii, 1 5.
3. Helping them in their Neceflities, Gal.
vi. 10.
"2. Why not recompenfe Evil for Evil ?
I. It is contrary to the Rule, S. Matth.
vii. 12.
2. Hereby we do ourfelves more Injury
than they did.
3. Yea, and more than we can do them.
Use.
Recompenfe to no Man Evil fer Evil.
Confider,
I, None can injure us without GOD, Ifa.
xiv. 7.
2. Injuries patiently born are but Occafions
of Vertue. 3- It

74 Thefaurus Theologicus.
3. It is better to bear an Injury, than to cau^
one ; <it=^/««^ i» dJ'imv, Ariftot.
4. We muft foUow our Saviour's Example,
I S. Pet. ii. 23.
5. It is one of the nobleft Vertues of a Chri
ftian, to live above Injuries.
II. Provide Things honeft in the fight of all Men.
I . How provide ?
I. Think of them, i Tim. iv. 15.
2. Intend them, Pfal. xvii. 3.
3. Endeavour them, 2 S. Pet. i. 5. '
4. Pradife them, i S, Joh. iii. 1 8.
5. Continue the Pradice of them, i Cor. xv.
58. Rev.ii. 25,2(5.
2. What honeft Things ?
I. Towards. GOD.
I. Love to His Perfon, Deut. vi. 5,
2. Faith in His Words, i S.Joh. v, 10.
3. Truft on His Promifes, Hkbr. xiii. 5,5.
4, Fear of His Threatnings, Amos iii, 8.
5. Obedience to His Precepts.
2. Towards Men.
I. To our Superiors, Subjedion, Rom.
xiii. I.
2. To our Inferiors, Humility.
3. To afl.
I . Truth, Lev. xix. 1 1 .
2. Equity, Lev. xix^ 35, 36.
3. Love, S. Matth. V. 45.
4. Honour, i S. Pet- ii. i j,
5. Prayers, i Tim. ii. i .
2. How in the Sight of afl Men ?
I . So as to make open Profefllon of our Re
ligion, Rom. i. 1(5.
2. To manifeft our Integrity in it unto afl,
2 Cor. viii. 21.
4. Why

Thefaurus Theologicus. 75

4. Why in the fjght of afl Men ?
I. Negatively. Not to gain Credit for
them, S. Matth. vi. 1 .
2. Pofitively.
1. To ftop others falfe Accufing us,
I S. Pet. iii. 16.
2. To be an Example to others, i Cor.
xi. I.
3. For the Glory of GOD, S. Matth. y. 75.
I S. Fet. ii. 1 2.
Use.
Provide Things honeft, &C.
Confider,
I. Hereby you wifl keep your Confcience
void of Offence, towards GOD and Men,
^B.xxiv, 16.
2. Excite others to Vertue, S. Jam. v. 20.
3. Be an Honour to your Religion.
4. Be certain of GOD'sClefling here, Pfal.
xxxix. 12.
5. And entitled to Heaven hereafter, S. Mattk
XXV. 4, 6.

Rom.

76 Thefaurus Theologictis.

Rom. xii. 1 8.
If it he poffible.^ as tfiuch as lieth in you.,
live peaceably with all Men.
Here is, *
|. »-pi H E Preface. If it be pofilble.
JL Which^ Words may be look'd on,
I. As limiting the Command.
I. If it be pbjfible ; for it may be impofllble,
S, Matth. xviii. 7.
I , Becaufe of others Malice, S. Jam. i v. i .
2. Our own Confcience, AB. xxiv. 16.
I . In Reproving others.
2. in Standing for the Truth.'
2. A^ "^"'^^ ^i "^ J**" ^^^^'
I. That we do not difturb the Peace our
felves. '-
2. Nor give Occafion to others to do it
2. As ftrengthening the Command, fo that we
are to perform it to the utmoft of our Power.
II. The Command. Live peaceably with all
.Men. Here is, '
I. The Command-, Ltve peaceably.
2. The Extent of it •, With all Men.
I. Live peaceably.
J. What is it to live peaceably ?
To it is required,
I. Give Offence to none, S. Matth.
xviii. 7.
2. Pafs by others Offences to you, i Qr.
xiii. 7- 3- Con-

Thefaurus Theologicus. 77
3. Conftrue Things in the beft Senfe,
1 Cor. xiii, 5.
4. part with fomething of your own
Right, Ce». xiii- 8, 9,
5, Have a Care of thofe Paflions that
eaufe Strife, S, Jam.iv. i.
I . Anger, Ephef. iv. 26,31.
2, Envy, S. Jam. iii. 14. •
3. Pride, Frov. xiii. lo.
4. Hatred and Malice, i S. Joh. iii,
IS-
5, Implacablenefs , Rom. i. 31. PfaL
cxx. 5, 6, 7.
2. The Extent -, To all Men, Hebr. xii. 1 4.
I. To Superiors, Rom. xiii, i, S. Matth.
xvii, 27.
2. Inferiors.
3. Equals.
Use.
Live peaceably with all Men.
Confider,
I. Ye know not where the leaft Strife may
end. 2. It difturbs you as much as others, S. Luk.
xxi. 19.
3. If you live in Peace, GOD wifl be with
you, I King. xix. 1 1 , 1 2, 1 3. 2 Cor. xiii. 1 1.
Avenge not yourfelves.
I. What is it to avenge ourfelves?
I. It fuppofeth a Wrong received from 0-
thers.
2,. Malice in the Receiver of it.
3. A Defire of as great Wrong to them.
4. An Endeavour to do the fame to them. 5. The

78 Thefaurus Theologicus.
5. The aduafly recompenfing Injuries, &c.
to others for them we receive.
2. Why fhould we not aVenge ourfelves ?
I. None is a competent Judge in his own
Cafe.
2. There are Laws eftabliflied in afl Nati*
oris for the righting all Perfons, Roni.
' xiii. 4.
^ By avenging ourfelves, we cannot attain
the Ends of Vengeance.
1. To avoid the Perfons that wrOngcd
us,
2. To amend Others, Deut. xix. 19, 20.
3. To fecure the Perfon offended, i Tini-
ii. 2.
4. Vengeance belongs to GOD, Deut. xxxii.
35. JJoTW. xii, 29, Hebr. x- 36, Numb.
xxxi, 2.
5. We are to overcome Evil with Good^
Rom. xii. 21. So as,
I. To bear Injuries patiently.
2. To do Good for Evil, Ro»i. xii. 20.
3. To giveplaceto Wtath, i/er. 19.
Ii Your own Wrath ', taking time to
confider.
2. Thine Enemy's Wrath -, S- Ambrof
3i G O D*s Wrath ; S. Chryfoft.
Uses.
i. Avenge not yottrfelvesi
Confidef,
i. By avenging yourfelves, you do your
felves the greater Injury.
2. GOD may juftly avenge Hiilifelf of
you.
3. You ufurp His Power. 4- He

Thefaurus Theologicus^ 79
4. He wifl avenge you Himfelf, i S. Pet.
ii. 23.
5, By not avenging Injuries, they become
Mercies.
S. Live at Peace and Unity together.
Confider,
I. This is the fpecial Command of Chriftj
S. Joh. xiii. 34.
2. The beft Badge of a Chriftian, 1 S. Joh.
iv. 12.
3. If you love others, you love your
felves.
4. You muft anfwer for afl Differences be
fore Chrift.
5. Live together in Love now, and ye
fhafl live together in Heaven for ever^
Hebr. xii, 14.

R O Mo

8o Thefaurus Theologicus.
Rom. xiii. 7.
Render therefore to all their Dues,»
L Tp»0 GOD. We owe,
X I. Fear, S. Matth. x. 28.
By Reafon,
I. Of His Sovereignty, Mai. i. 6.
2. His Juftice.
3. His Power, Jer. v. 22. .¦^-
2, Love, Deut. vi. 5.
I. For His Exceflency in Himfelf, Cant.
V. \6.
2. His Love to us, \ S.Joh.iv. io, 11.
3- Dfefires, Pfal. Ixxiii. 25.
Becaufe,
1 , He is the Ocean of Happinefs in Himfelf,
S. Matth. xix. 1 7.
2. The Fountain of it to us, Ffal. xxxvi. 9.
4. Faith in what He faith, i S.Joh. v. 10.
I. Becaufe of His own Veracity, Hebr. vi.
18.
2. The Certainty of the Revelations con
firmed by Miracles, 2 S. Pet. i. 18, 19.
5. Truft on what He Promifes, Prov. iii. 5.
Rom. iv. 20.
I . Becaufe of His Freedom in making,
2. His Faithfulnefs in keeping, His Promifes,
Deut. vii, 9,
6. Thankfulnefs, iThef.v- 18,
Becaufe,
I. We are unworthy of any Mercy, Gen.
xxxii. 10.
2. It is afl we can return, Mic. vi. 8. 7- Obe-

Thefaurus Theologicus. %i
7. Obedifence, i Sarit.xvl^zi.
I, Sincere, Rom. vi. 17.
2. Univerfal, S. Luk. i, 6. Ffal. cxix, d.
3. Conftant, S. Luk. i. 75.
We owe Him Obedience,
I. By reafon of bur Creation.
2. Prefervation, AB. xvii. 28.
3. Redemption, i Cor. vi. 20.
4. Vow in Baptifm.
5. Our Profelfion of the Chriftian ^t\h
gion, 2 Tim- ii. 19.
S. Honour and Adoration, Mai. i. 6.
Of •
I. His Wifdom, Rom.xi. 33,
2. Omnifcience, iy^/. cxlvii. 5.
3. Omniprefence, Pfal. cxxxix. 5, (5, 7,
4. Omnipotence, S. Matth. xix. 2(5.
5. 'Mercy, JE^Aroi^. xxxiv. 5.
6. Juftice.-
7. Eternity, £.*o^. iii, 1 4.
Use.
Render unto GOD His Due J.
Confider, < u
I. Otherwife you roB GOD, Mai. iii. 8.
2. You rob yourfelves, ^oiir Happinefs corili .1:-
ing in obeying GOD.
You rob yourfdves,
I. Of the Comforts of a good Confcience,^
2 Cor. i. i2.
2. Of Joy in the Holy Ghoft, Rom. xif.
»7. ' . , ., I
' 3. Of the Favour of G O D, Ifa. Iix.' 2.
4. Of a Bluffing here, jDeW. xxviii. i.
5. Of Hap*;lnefs he;reafter, Hebr. xii. 14,"
. s- By paying Him His Due, you fecure your
felves, Fol. III. F i. troM

bl Thefaurus Theologicus.

I. From prefent Curfes, Mai. ii. 2. Rom.
viii. 28.
2. Future Torments, 2 T'^fj^ i. 8, 9.
4, He will cafl you to account, 2 Cor. v. lo,
5. Render His Due, and He wifl render to you
His Promife in Heaven, S. Matth. xxv- 46.
II. We owe to Men. 'a^oA75 vv TA(ri TAi ItpeiKAi,
K 1 ctf c?J nTo Kvcu, aKK isni^ivcu, S. Chryfbft.
I. Superiors, Civil, Ecclefiaftical, Oecono-
mical. I, Subjedion, •:'. i. Tit. ni. i.
2. Tribute,' S. Matth. xvii. 24, 25, 27.
3. Cuftom.
I. We ought to have a Care ofthe pub
lick Good.
2. It is a Debt of Gratitude for the Be
nefits we receive from the Magi
ftrate.
3. A Debt of Juftice, for his Trouble in
the Management of publick Affairs,
Rom', xiii. 6.
4. Fear, Frov. xxiv. 21.
5. Honour, i S. Pet. ii. 17.
I . So as to acknowledge them to be or
dained of G O D.
2, Love them for their Office fake.
3. Be thankful for the Benefits we receive
from them.
4. Fidelity and Aflegiancc, 2 Sam. xx, 2.
5. Entertain no ifl Thoughts of his Per
fon or Adions, Ecclef x. 20.
2, Inferiors, Job 31, 13, 14, 15.
I. We owe Humility and Refped, Phil-
li. 3.
1. Charity and Relief, i Tim. vi. 1 7. Joh xxxi.
^^¦» 17, I9>20,21. Confider,

Thefaurus Theologicus. 83
Confider,
I* He that pities the Poor, lends to GOD,
Prov. xix. 1 7.
2. This is the only way to lay up ourTrea-
fures in Heaven, S. Matt.vi.\9,io.
ill. To afl we ovie^
I. Love, Rom. xiii. 8.
I , This is Chrift's fpecial Command, S. Joh.
.xiii. 34.
2. Without this we have no Lovfe for GOD,
I S. Joh.iv. 20,11.
2. Honour, i S.Pet. ii, 17,
t . Becaufe none but excel us in fome Things,
PhiJ. ii. 3. «
2. Afl are made in the Image of GOD, Gen.
i. 26.
3. We are afl Profeflbrs of the Chriftian Re
ligion, S. Mar. ix. 41 . i S. Pet. iii. 7,
3. Charitable Thoughts, iCor. xiii. 5,
I. We know not others Hearts, i Cor. ii.
1 1.
2. Nor GOD's Intentions towards themj
S. Jam. iv. I 2.
4. Do Good to afl. Gal. vi. 10.
I . Hereby we imitate GODji S. Mdtth. v. 44:,'
4S-
2. Give Glory to GOD, S. Matth. v. 16.
5. Speak wefl of afl, S. Jam. iv, 1 1,
6. Pray for afl, 1 Tim ii. i . S. Matth. v. 44.
I. For their Spiritual, i Tim. ii. 4.
2. Their Temporal Good.
7. Be juft and honeft to afl, S^ Matth. vii. 12.
Thejf, iv. 6. .
1, Otherwife, if we defraud others, we can
get no Good by it, Prov. x. 22.
7. But much Hurt, I^agg. i. S,
' ¦ F 2 " Usa:

84 Thefaurus Theologicus.

Use.
Render to all their Dues.
Confider,
I. Unlefs we render to Men their Dues, we
cannot render them to GOD.
2. Unlefs we do it, we firi againft the very
Light of Nature.
3. GOD wifl bring us into Judgment for afl
unjuft Dealings, Ecclef. xii. 14.

Rolti. xiii. 15, 14.
Ver. 1 3. Let us walk honefily as in
the Day ; not in Rioting and Drunken'
mfs.^ not in Chambering and Wantonnefs,
not in Strife and Envying.
Ver. 1 4. But put ye on the Lord
Jefus Chrift. 
N general : Walk honefily. Tit. ii, 12,
I. Soberly;
2. Rightedufly,
3. Godly,
IL In particular,
I. Not in Rioting and Drunhnnefs, Ifa. V. 13."
I. This deprives us ofthe isie of Reafon.
2. And fo, for the prefent, blots out the
Image of GOD. 3. Makes

Thefaurus Theologicus. 85
3, Makes Men unfit for Duty, S. Luk. x.\i'
34. Hof iv. II.
4. Expofcth a Man to afl other Sin.
5. Hath a particular Curfe entailed upon it,
Ifa. V: II. Prov. Xxiii. 29, 30, &c.
2. Net in Chambering and Wantonnefs, Hebr.
xiii. 4.
To avoid this ;
I. Be careful to keep a good Confcience,
Gen. xxxix. 9. ^
2, Watch over your Spirits, Mai. ii. 16. Job
xxi. I.
3. Pray againft it, Pfal. cxix. 37-
3. Strife and Envying.
I. They are Signs of a carnal Mind, i Cor.
iii. 3. Gal. V. 19,20. S- J am. in. 14,
15.
2. Proceed only from Pride and Ignorance,
, I Tim. vi. 4.
3. Produce Confufion and evil Works,
S.Jam. xii. 16, 17.
But put ye on the Lord Jefus Chrift.
I. By Baptifm, C*?/. iii. 27.
2. By Faith, we put on,
I. His Righteoufnefs. '
I. Chrift took our Nature upon Him,
S. Joh. i. 1 4.
2. Suffered for our Sins, Ifa. Iiii. 5, 1^.
3. By this He expiated our Sins, and pur-
chafed Righteoufnefs"for us, i S. Job.
ii. 2.
4. Afl Believers are interefted in all His
Sufferings and Righteoufnefs, Gal.
ii. 1 5.
5. Hence their Sins are hid, as it were
from the Eyes of G O D, Rem. viii.
33, 34. Phil. iii. 8, 9.
F 3 2. His

S6 Thefaurus Theologicus.
2. His Graces.
I. Humility, i S. Pet. v. 5. S. Matth. xi,
29,
2- Self-denial, S. Matth. xvi. 24.
3. Temperance, i Cor. vii. 31.
4. Patience, S. X«^. xxi. 19. S. 3^^^. i. 3.
5. Thankfulnefs, i Thejf v. 18.
6^. Heavenly-mindednefs, P^;7. iii. 20.
7. Charity, /4^. x. 38. S. Jam. i. 27.
8. Conftancy and Perfeverance, Rep. i. 26.
Use.
Put en the Lord Jefus Chrift.
Confider,
. I. Your Sins are many, and it is only by Him
they can be pardoned, i S. Joh. ii. i.
2. Your Sins arc ftrong, and only by Him
fubdued, 3. GOD angry, only by Him appeafed,
.S. Matth. iii, 17.
4. Your Hearts corrupted, .only by Hira
cleanfed, i Cor. i. 2.
5. Your Souls are immortal, and it is only by
Him, that they can be faved, AB. xvi. 30, 31.

I Cor.

Thefaurus Theologiciis. 87

I Cor. vi. 20.
For ye are bought with a Trice : Tbere^
fore glorifie GOD in your Body.^ and
in your Spirit.^ which are G 0 Ds.
I. T'XT'-E tre bought with a Price.
VV I. Who bought us? Chrift our Saviour
and Redeemer, S. jFo^. iii. 16. Jefus, Job xi^. 25.
2. What did He buy us from ?
I, From the Slavery of Sin, i?o«;. vi. 1 5, and
xii. 14.
2, From the Power of Satan, AB. xxvi. 1 8.
3. From the Wrath of G OD, S. Matth. iii.
17-
4. From the Curfe of the Law, C^^i. iii, 10,
13-
5. From eternal Torments, which we were
fubjed to, I Theff. i. 10.
3. What Price did He buy us with ?
I, Negative- Not with corruptible Thin ss,
I S. Per. i. 18. ~^
2. Pofitive. By His Blood, i S Fet.\. 19.
I. It is only by this our Sins could be
pardoned, Eph. i. 7. i S. Joh. ii. 2.
2. That GOD would be appeafed, Rom.
V. I.
3- That our Perfons could be juflified,
Rom. iii. 24.
4. Our Corruptions fubdued. Tit. ii. i^,
Mai. i. 21. AB. iii. 26.
5. Our, Souls freed from eternal Death,
I Cur. XV. SSjS^^S?- F 4 Uses.

88 Thefaurus Theologicus.

Uses.
I, Chrift pai4 a Pricg for our Redemption,
h\jT£pv, -AVTiKvT-eyy, S, Matth. xx. 28, i Tim. ii.^.
' 2. We are none of our Own.
2. Exhortation.
I, Be thankful for it, S. Matth. xi- 25.
2. Live as thofe who are bought with a
- Price,
3, Glorifie GOD in Soul and Body, Rom,
iii. 31.
II. We are to glorifie GOD in Soul and Body.
- Here,
I, The Duty, Glorifie GOD.
i; Negative.
I, Not as that GOD needed our Glory.
2. Or we could give or add Glory to Hirti,
Job xxii, 2, ¦
2. Pofitively,
I, Acknowledge His Glory, Pfal.l. 23.
Rom. xi. 33.
2. Manifeft your Belief, that He is a
glorious GOD, by good Works,
S- Matth. V. I (5.
Hereby you fhew the Glory,
!, Of His Omnifcience, Pfal. cxxxix.
5, (5, 7. ¦¦ • :
2. Juftice.
3. Mercy.
4. His Power.
5. His Faithfulnefs to His Promifes.
2. The Extent of the Duty-
I. Body, .^ofw. xii. I. Or outward Adions,
' Ffal. cxlv. 4, 5, ^. ¦
1. Your Difcourfes concerning Him. 2. Your

Thefaurus Theologicus. 89
2. Your Behaviour before Him, Job xlii-
3. ^our Obedience to Him.
2. Spirit, or inward Adions.
Glorifie Him,
r. In your Undcrftandings, by knowing
' Him, I Cor. ii. 2.
2. Your Thoughts, by meditating on Him,
Pfal. i. 2. Phil. iii. 20.
3. Your Wifls,by chufing Him, Pfal. Ixxiii.
25, 2-5.
4. Your Affedions, by loving Him, S-Matt-
xxii. 37.
5, Your Confcience, by not daring to of
fend Him, .AB.xxiv. 16.
3. Reafons of the Duty, becaufe they are
GOD's.
I, He made them. Gen. i. i, 2i5.
2, Preferves them, AB. xvii, 28.
3. Rfldeemed them.
Use,
Glorify GOD.
Confider,
I. This was the End of our Creation, Frov.
xvi. 4.
2. Unlefs you glorify Him, every thing wifl be
accurled to you, Mai. ii. 2.
3. No Adion is good, that is not done to the
Glory of GOD, I Cor. X. 31.
4. Your Happinefs here confifts in glorifying
GOD, Pfal. xix. II.
5. Glorify Him here, and He wifl glorify you
hereafter, i Cor, ii, 9.

I C o

R.

9© Thefaurus Theologicus. K
I C o R. ix. 24.
o"-'' So runy that ye may obtain.
I. "WTTH A T Race muft we run ? Of Vertue,
VV S. Matth. xii. 13, 14.
I. Of Piety towards GOD, AB. xxiv. 16.
2. E(juity towards Men, S.Matth. vii. 12.
3. Sobriety as to ourfelves. Tit. ii. 1 2, i Cor.
ix. 25.
II. Whom do we run with ?
I . Sin, Rom. vi. 1 2.
2. Satan, i S. Pet. v- 8. Eph.vi. 12.
3. The Flefli, Gal. v. 17. Rom. vii. 18,23.
4. The World, i S. Joh. ii. 1 5, i5^
5. Men, S. Matth, v. 16. i S. Pet. ii. i 27 ¦
Illi How long is the Race ?
I. It begins at our Birth ;
2. Ends at our Death, i Cor. xv. 38, Deut.

XI.

IV. What do we run for ?
i. For Honour, i 5^»7. ii. 30. Phil. iii. 14."
2. For Pleafures, Pfal. xvi. 11.
3. For Riches, "S. 5^<??M,ii. 5. iTim.vi. 18.
4. For our Lives, Deut. xxx. 1 9.
5. For Heaven ; confifting, ( Rev. ii. 1 7, 25.
iii.5, 12, 21.)
I. In the Freedom from afl Evils.
2. In the Enjoyment of afl Goods. V. How

Thefaurus Theologicus, 9 1

V, How muft we run, that we may obtain ?
I- Lawfufly, 2 7»>«. ii. 5.
2. Underftandingly, i Cor. xiv. 1 5.
3. Diredly, Deaf. V. 32.
4. Penitently looking back on your Sins, Jer.
viii. (5.
5, Chearfufly, 1 Thejf v. 1 6. Hebr. xii. i .
6. Believingly, 2 Cor. v. 7.
7. Continually, PW. iii. 13.
8. To the end, S. Matth. x.

-> -1.

Uses.
I. Confider what Progrefs you have made in
this Race. 1. Have you repented? Pfal. Ii. 2, 3, 95.
S. Luh xiii. 3,
2. What Ground have you got of your Sins ?
3. How do ye find your Faith in Chrift?
S. ^fo^. iii. i<5.
4. What Graces do you grow in ? 2 S. Pet.
iii. 18.
5. In what readinefs are you to die ? S. Luk.
ii. 20.
2. So run now, that ye may obtain ?
Confider,
I. You have ftood ftifl, if not run back too
long already, Ecclef. xii. i .
2. It is a fafe Race, Prov. x. 9. c iii. 23, 24.
3. And pleafant, Prov.'m. 17. Pfal. xix. 11.
4. You have the beft Company, Prov. xii, 26.
5. Your Souls lie 3t Stake.
<J. You can run but once. Job xiv. 14. Hebr-
ix. 27.
7. The Prize will make amends for all your
Labour, i Cor.xv. 58, 2 Ttm. iv, 7", 8.
I Cor.

Thefaurus Theologicus.

I Cor. X. 14.
Wherefore.^ my dearly beloved.^ flee from
Idolatry.
I. TXTHAT is Idolatry? The worfliipping
V V of any Thing befides GOD:
I . Outwardly.
2. Inwardly.
II. What Idols muft we not worfliip?
I. Heathenifli, Rom. i. 23.-
2. Jewifli, I Kings xii. 28.
3. Turkifli.
4. Papiftical.
I. The Crofs, Ifa. xliv. 19.
2. The Hoft.
3. Images, Exod.xx.j\.
I- Of Chrift.
2. Of Saints.
3. Of G O D, Exod. xxxii. 4, 5. Deut. iV.
12, 15, i5.
III. What outward Worfliip muft we not give
to them ?
il Praying, Ifa.xMv. 17.
2. Thankfgiving, 7Wj^.xvi.23,24. D^«.v. 4.
3. Offering Sacrifices, 2/6'«|-. xvii. 35.
4, Burning Incenfe, Jer- xviii. 13. and xliv-
17. ;_
5. Building Temples or Altars, Hof via. 14.
r. xii. II.
<5. Asking Gounfel, Hofiv. 12. 7, Bowing

Thefaurus TheohgicUs. 93
7. Bowing down to them, and fo adoring of
them, AB. x- 25, 26. Rev. xxii. 8, 9.
Uses.
I. Worfliip nothing but GOD.
2. Do not worfliip Him under any Image or
Simflitude. II. Inward Idolatry, Ez.ek. xiv. 7.
So,
I. Covetoufnefs, Colofiliii. 5, Eph. v. 5.
A covetous Man
I. Minds his Riches more than GOD.
2. Takes more Pains for them, S. Matth. vu
24.
3. Loves them better, 1 Tim.vi. 10.
4. Fears to lofe them, AB. xix. 25.
5. Puts his Truft in them, S.Lw/^. xii. 18, 19.
I Tim. vi. 17.
5. Makes them his chiefeft Good, S. Luk.
xviii. 1 9.
7. Sacrifices both Body and Soul for them,
S. Matth. xvi. 2(5.
2. Carnal Pleafures, Phil. iii. 19.
A Voluptuous Man
I . Loves Pleafure more than G O D, 2 Ttm.
iii. 4.
2. Takes more Delight in them, Rom. viii.
$,6.
3. Takes more Pains for them, Rom. xvi.
18.
3. Popular Applaufe, S.Joh. xii. 43.
The Ambitious Man
I, Defires his own Honour more than
G O D's.
2. Prizes it more, Dan. iv- 30. 3. Is

94 Thefaurus Theologicuf.

T

3- Is more troubled at the Lofs of it, than
of GO D's Favour, 2 Sam. xvii- 23.
4. Sin, efpeciafly beloved Sin, which
I- You prefer before GOD.
2. Will not part with for His fake.
3. Venture more for it, than for GOD-
3. Satan.
I . You do his Wifl more than GOD's, S. Joh.
viii. 44.
2. Are more pleafed with his Works than
GODs.
II. Whence proceeds this inward Idolatry ?
I . From Ignorance in the Mind.
2. Perverfnefs in the Wifl-
3. Diforder in the Affedions.
III. How doth it appear, that this is plain Ido
latry ?
I. Others worfhip Idols with their Bodies, we
with our Souls.
2. Thefe give the principal Part of Divine
Worfliip to thefe Things.
3. Thefe Things alienate our Minds frorii
GOD, Ephef ii. 1 2.
Uses.
I. Have no other Gods but the LORD, Exod.
XX. 3- Confider,
I . They cannot fave you, ifa. xiv. 20. Jer:
ii. 2^.
i. Take you off" from the Service of the
True GOD, P/4/.x,4. i J<:/»^. vii, 28-
3, Separate you from the True GOD, Ifa.
lix. 2. ' ~ 4. Incenf^

Thefaurus Theologicus. 95
4, Incenfe GOD's Wrath againft you.
5. Yea, deftroy you for ever, i Cor. vi. 9.
. Worfliip Him alone, S. Matth. iv. 10.
I . He made you, Pfal. cxxxix. 14.
2. He made you to worfliip Him, Prov^
xvi. 4.
3. He preferves you, ^S. xvii. 28.
4. He keeps you to ferve Him.
5. He redeemed you, i Cor. vi. 20.
6. Your Happinefs confifts in worfliipping
Him, Pfal. xix. 11.
7. Worfliip Him here, and enjoy Him heret
after, Hebr. xii. 14.
[. Worfliip Him aright.
I, Love Him, S..^<e«^. xxii. 37.
2. Fear Him, Ifa. viii- 1 3.
3. Long for Him, Ffal. xlii. 2.
4. Pray to Him, Pfal. Ixv, 2.
5, Truft on Him, Prov. iii. 5. '
6. Rejoice in Him, Ffal. xxxvii. 4.'
7. Obey Him, i Sam. xv. 22.

I CoK*

96 -> Thefaurus Theologicus.

I Cor. X. 16.
The Cup of Bleffing which we blefs.. Is
it not the Communion of the Blood of
Chrift ? The Bread which we break.. Is
it not the Communion of the Body of
" Chrift?
WHofoever rightly receives the Sacrament
ofthe Lord's Supper, doth reafly partake
ofthe Body and Blood of Chrift.
I. What is the Sacrament of the Lord's Sup
per ?
' I. GOD had no fooner made Man, but He
enters into a Covenant of Works with Hira, Lev.
xViii. 3. ^ ^
2. The Covenant of Works being broken. He'
enters into a Covenant of Grace, Gen. iii. 1 5.
3- This Covenant of Grace He was pleafed to'
feal under the Old Teftament, Rom.v. 1 1 . with fe-i
Veral Sacraments : Some,
I. Tranfitory, the Clouds and fiery Piflar,
Manna, Red-Sea^ Water out of the
Rock. ^
2. Fixed, Circumcifion, Gen. xvii. and the
PaflTover, Exod. xii.
4. Under the New Teftament, He was pleafed
to change thefe Seals into Baptifm and the Lord's
Supper. 5. Thefe of the New difRr in feveral Things
from the' Old.
tVid. Expo fit. on S. Luk. xxii. 1 9. Fol. II. p, 1 94.3^
6. They

Thefaurus Theologicus. 97

6. They agree alfo in feveral Things ;
I. The Author.
2. The principal Thing fignify'd.
3. The Relation of the outward Signs, &cl
4. Inftrument.
5.' End.
7. The Things they agree in, conftitute or
make up the Efl^ence of a Sacrament in general.
8. Thefe Things therefore being afl applied to
the Lord's Supper, wifl difcover the Nature there
of to be an Ordinance inftituted by Chrift, where
in, under the outward Signs of Bread and Wine,
Chrift is reprefented, ofi"ered, conveyed, and feal-
ed to the worthy Receiver.
I. It is an Ordinance inftituted by Chrift,
and in his Inftitution of it, two Things
are confiderable.
i. His FaBa.
2, His DiBa ; which were,
Tlg^AycjiKA, 'OexTtud,
'E^nyiiTiiiA,
2. An Ordinance, wherein, under the Signs
of Bread and Wine, Chrift,with afl His
Benefits, &c. are reprefented, offered,
conveyed, fcaled to us.
II, What is required to our Receiving of the
Sacrament worthily.
I. Knowledge.
i- Of the Fundamentals of Religion.
I. GOD, that He is what He is.
2. Chrift Jefus.
I , His Perfon.
2. His Office.
3. The Holy Ghoft.
hi. Ilf- G I. His

98 Thefaurus Theologicus.
I. His Nature.
2. His Work.
Without the Knowledge of thefe Things,
we cannot receive the Sacrament wor
thily.
I. Becaufe thefe are Fundamentals.
2. The Knowledge of the Nature of the
Sacraments.
Without this, we cannot difcern the
Lord's Body,
3. Of the Ends.
I . To remember Chrift's Death, i Cor.
xi. 2(5. Gal. iii, t. *
2. To fignifie our Communion with
Chrift, S. Joh. vi. 57.
3. To fignifie the Continuation of the
Covenant of Grace, for Remiflion
of Sins, S. Matth. xxvi. 28.
4. To alTure us of our Refurredion
and Life eternal, S. Joh. vi. 37,
5. To confirm our ^a.ith,Jvdg. xiii. 23.
6. To tie Chrifl:ians together in the
' _ Bonds of Charity, 1 Cor. xi. 27.
7. Tb^bind Chriftians, as by an Oath
of AHegiance,to ferve the Living
GOD.
8. To be a Means of Grace, in the
Ufe whereof GOD conveys Grace
into us.
Now unlefs a Man knows thefe Ends,
' he cannot intend them.
2. Repentance-, for until thou haft repented,
I. Nothing thou doft, but proceeds from a
Fountain, of Sin.
2". And fo cannot pleafe GOD-
3. $5ay much difpleafeth Him. 3. Thy

Thefaurus Theologicus. 99
4. Thv Heart is not fit to receive the
Blefllngs of the Sacrament.
t 5. Thoucanft not draw nigh tb GOD.
5. Q O D will not draw nigh to thee.
Therefore repent ; fo as,
I. Really to be humbled for thy former
Tranrgreifions.
i. Original", imputed, inherent.
2. Adual.
I. Or thy Thoughts.
2. AiTcdions.
}. Words.
4. Adions.
5. Relations.
6. Performances.
2. Throughly refolved againft thy future
Corruptions.
I . To be more w^atchful over thy Af
fedions.
2. More faithful in thy Relations.
3. More conftant in thy Duties.
4. More circumfped in thy whole Life
and Converfation.
Use.
I. Receive it worthily, ading ycrar Knowledges
Repentance, Faith, Love.
1. Knowledge^ meditating upon,
I." The Juftice, P.vrJ. xxxiv, 6, 7. Ffati
xcix. S.
2. The Mercy, Pfd. cxlv. S, 9.
3- The Wifdom,
4. The Love, of GOD.
5. The Condefcenlion of Chrift.
6. The Analogy of the Signs: Of the
Sacrament, to the Thing ligtiified in
iti G 3 t. The

ico Thefaurus Theologicus.

I. The Confecration, AB.ii. 23.
2. The Breaking the Bread.
3. The Pouring forth the Wine.
4. The Offering it to afl, Ifa. Iv. i.
S. Matth. xi. 28.
5. Its being received.
6. Its feeding the Body, S- Joh. vi. 35.
2. Repentance.
I, Mourning for Sin.
2. Turning from Sin:
3, Faith ; believing,
I, That as the Bread is broken, fo was
Chrift for thy Sins,
2. As really as the Bread, is Chrift prof
fered thee.
3. That this Chrift is as able to nourifli
'thy Soul, as the Bread thy Body.
4, That as reafly as thou eateft the Bread,
thou partakeft of Chrift.
4. lx)vc and Joy in GOD,
Use. After Sacrament. *
I . Examine, '
I . How thou dreweft nigh to GOD.
2. How GOD drew nigh to thee.-
3. What Good thou haft gotten.
2. Be humble for thy Mifdemeanors, Job
xlii. 5, 6. Ifa. vi. 5.
3. Be thankful for what thou haft received^
4. Live like one that hath received the Sa
crament, 2Tim.ii.19.
Like one that hath profefled,
1. Knowledge, Pfal.ix. 10.
2. Repentance, Lament, iii. 19.
3. Faith, 2 Tim. ii. 19. S. ^am. ii. 2^.
4, Love. 5. That

Thefaurus Theologicus. loi
. That hath partaked of Chrift, and afl
His Benefits here,
I. Remiflion, S.Joh. v. 14.
2. Juftification, Rom. viii. 1.
3, Reconciliation.
4. Sandification.
5. Adoption, S.Joh.l 12.
6. Confolation. Hereafter,
Glorification.

I C OR, X. 51.
Whether therefore ye eat or drink., or
whatfoever ye do.^ do all to the Glory
of GOD.
I. TT 7 H A T is G O D's Glory ?
VV I. In Himfelf glorious in afl Perfe-
dions, Exod. xxxiii. 18, 20.
2. In us, by acknowledging His Glory, Ffal.
Ixxix. 9.
II. What is it to do afl to GOD's Glory ?
I. Not that we can make Him more glorious.
2. But,
I. To teftify our Acknowledgment of His
Glory.
2. To raife in others the fame Acknow
ledgment, S. Matth. V. 1 6.
III. How are afl Things to be done to His
Glory ? S. Joh. XV. 8, and xvii. 4. 1 S. Pet. ii. 1 2.
G 3 I. Spiritual

loi Thefaurus Theologicus.
I. Spiritual Adions.
1. By ]?raying reverently, Hebr. xii. 28.
2. Bv hearing attentively.
3. Mentioning His Name devoutly, Deut.
xxviii, 58,
4. Reading His Word believingly.
5. Meditating on Hira affedioriately, Pfal.
xxxix. 3.
2. Civil Adions,
I. By Mercy to the Poor, S.Matth. v. 16..
and vi, i.
2. Juftic? to afl, S. Matth. vii. 12.
3. Natural Adions.
I. Pepforming them thankfufly, i Tim. iv.
3, 4. Pfal. 1. 23.
2. Making them only fubfervient to the
¦ Worfliip of GOD, S. Joh. xvii, 4,
IV. Why are afl Things to be done to His
Glory ?
I. He commands it.
2. No Adion is goOd without it.
3. Nothing elfe is worth doing any Thing for.
4. GOD doth afl Things for His own Glory,
Frov. xvi. 4. E.vdd.ix. 16. S.Joh. xi. 4.
3. You receive afl Things from His Mercy,
Rom. xi. 36.
Use.
Do all Things to GOD's Glory,
I. Motives. Confider,
i- You are Chriftians, i Cor. vi. 20.
2. Our Saviour taught us to pray firft, Hal
lowed be thy Name.
3. Gurftd'is he that doth it not, AB.xii. 23.
Mai. ii- 2. Rom.l. 21, ¦ .1 4, Tn;q

Thefaurus Theologicus. lo:?
4. This was the End of your Creation, Proi.
xvi. 4.
5. If you honour GOD, He wifl honour
you, I Sam. ii. 3°-
I. In your Titles, Rev. i. 6. 1 S. Pet. ii. 9.
2. In your Relations, Ifa. liv. 3. S. Luk.
xii. 32. Hof ii. i'5, 19. S. Joh. XX. 17.
3. Free Admiffion, Hebr.iv. 16.
4. Afliftance and Retinue, Hebr.i. 14,20.
2 King. vi. 1 6.
5. With His Refidence, S. Jah. xv. 4. and
xvii. 23.
6. With Supplies.
7. With the Entail of Promifes.
6. This is the Employment of Heaven, Rev.
iv. I o, 1 1 .
7. And the Way to it,
II, D I R E C T I o N s. .
I. Whatfoever ye do, let it be according to
G O D's Word, Ifa. viii. 20.
2. Do it in Obedience to His Word, i Sam.
XV. 22.
3. Do it as in His Sight, Vfd. cxxxix. 5, 6, 7.
4- Do it with afl your Might, Ecclef ix- 10.
3. Do it with Faith, Rom. xiv. 23. Hebr. xi. 6.
6. Do it with Meeknefs and "Humility, S. Jam.
i. 20. 7. Do it with Chearfulnefs and Alacrity, Ro7n.
xii- 8.

G 4 ! C O R.

104 Thefaurus Theologicus.

I C o R. xi. I,
Be ye Followers of Me., even as I alfo
am of Chrift.
I. Doctrine.
WE ought to foflow the Examples of former
Saints, fo far as they walk in the Laws of
GOD, I. Though by Nature afl be- Sinners, yet by
Grace many in afl Ages have been Saints. ,
2. The Lives of many Saints are recorded for
our Imitation, S. Jam. v,'io, 1 1, 17, Phil, iv, 9,
and iii, 17.
3. But every thing that is recorded of them,
is not to be foflowed by us.
I. Not fuch Adions of theirs, as are con
demned,
2. Not afl fuch, which are not condemned,
Gen. xix.- 8. xlii- 13, 1(5- and xxvii. 25,
2(5, 27.
3. Nor afl fuch, as are approved.
For,
i'. Some 'things are only .as in part ap
proved, S. Luk. xvi. 8. Exod. i- 19,
20.
2. Some things were done by the extraor
dinary Call and Inftind of G O D,
Num. XV. 7, 8. 2 King. i. lO. S. Lvk.
ix, 54, 35. So Abraham offering to
fdcrifice his Son. Vnde conftat., quod
non omnia qua a fanBis & jiftis viris
legimus faBa, transferre debemus ad
n.ores. S. Aug. ^. la

Thefaurus Theglogicus. 105
-fl — ¦ ¦ ¦' - - I —
4. In our Imitation of the Saints, we muft
obferve,
' I . Whether what they do be according to
the Law of G O D.
2. The Circumftances of their Adions,
Amos vi. 5.
Uses.
I, Read the Lives of former Saints, Longum
fft iter per pracepta, breve & efficax per exempla,
Scnec. I Cor. x. 1 1.
2, Follow their Examples.
Efpeciafly,
1. The whole Courfe of their Life.
2, The particular Graces wherein they are
recorded as Eminent, Num. xii. 3.
I Sam. iii. 18, Job i, 21. AB. v, 41,
II. Doctrine.
Chrift is the grand Example of a Chriftian ;
which we ought to imitate.
I . What is it to imitate Chrift ?
It implies,
I. That we do what He did, S. Job. xiii.
15, Id.
2. In Imitation of Him.
3. As He did it.
I. Underftandingly, S. Joh. iv. 22.
2. Obedientiafly, S. Luk. ii. 49. i Sam.
XV. 22,
3, Sincerely, S. Joh. iv. 24. 2 Cor. 1.
12.
4. Wholly, S. Matth. iii, 13. S. Joh.
xvii. 4.
S- Believingly, S.Joh. xl 4.1,^2.
6. Chearfully, Ifo. Iiii, 7, Hebr. x. 34. Rom.
xiio 8- 7. Humbly,

io6 Thefaurus Theologicus.
7. Humbly, S. Matth. xi, 29.
8. To the Glory of GOD.
Becaufe,
I, GOD doth afl Things for His own
Glory, Prov. xvi. 4.
2. He is the ultimate End of afl Things,
3, Whatfoever is not done to the Glory
of GOD, is a Sin, i Cor. x. 31.
J,. What are thofe Works, which we are to
imitate Chrift in ?
I, Chrift was truly GOD from Eternity,
S.' Joh. viii. 38. Trelv 'KQ^yAjj. yiviS;^, \yi!
eiiJLi, S. Joh. i. I .
2. Became truly Man, in Time, S.Joh. i. 14,
I Tim. ii, 3.
3. He was and is truly both GOD and Man
in one Perfon, AB. xx. 28.
4, Whatfoever Chrift did in the Flefli, He
did under one of thefe three Notions.
3. We are not to foflow Chrift, in what He
did as GOD ; fuch are His Ads,
I, Of Omnipotence.
I, Healing the Sick, S- Matth. ix, 20,
21, S. Matth. viii. 13.
2. Cafting out Devils, S..<^<««^.viii. i(5.
and xiv. 17, 21.
3. Feeding thoufands with five Loaves,
S. Matth. XV. 34, 38.
4, Raifing the Dead, S. Mar. vi. 41.
S- Joh. xi. 43.
2. Of Omnifcience, S. Luk. xi. 17. and
xiii. 32.
3. Of Sovereignty, S. Matth. xxi. 2, 7.
6. Nor in v/hat He did' as G O D-Man, in
the Ads,
J. Ol His Prophetical-Office, Deut. xviii.
15. S.Joh. XV. 15. ^cl. iii. 22, 2, His

Thefaurus Theologicus. 107

2,. His Prieftly-Office.
I. Satisfying for our Sins, i S- Joh.
ii. 3.
2. Interceding for our Souls, Hebr. vii.
23.
3. His Kingly-Office, Ifa. 'ix. 7.
But we are to foflow Him iq what He
did as meer Man.
[. He was fulycd to His Parents, S- Luk.
ii. 57.
This Subjedion confifteth,
I. In reverencing them. Lev. xix. 3.
2.' In obeying them.
I. Hearkening to their Inftrudions,
Proi;, xiii. I . and xxiii. 22.
2. Perfotming their lawful Com
mands, Co/, iii. 20. Eph. vi. I.
3. SubmTtting to their Gorredions,
Prov. xxix. 17.
3. In Thankfulnefs.
I. Acknowledging their Care.
2. In providing for their Necjelfitiesj,
I Tim. V. 4. Gen. xlvii. 12.
S. Joh. xix. 263 27.
Confider,
I. This is "pleafing to GOD, Eph.
vi. I.
2. It hath a promifed Blefling,
Eph. vi. 2, 3. Exod, XX. 12.
2. He committed no .Sin, i S. Fet.ii. 22.
Ifa. li. 9. I S. Joh. ill. 5,
i. How are we not to lin ?
I. Not with Love to ir, Pfal. cxix.
104, 113.
2. Nor with Delight in it, Frov. ii,
3= Nor

lo8 Thefaurus Theologicus.

3. Nor fo as to continue in it, Rom-
vii. 24.
2. Motives. Confider,
I. What a righteous Law it tranfgrefleth,
I S. Joh. iii. 4.
2. What a precious Soul it defileth, Tit. i.
3. What a gracious GOD it difpleafeth,
Ifa. i. 2.
4. What glorious Mercies it depriveth us of,
Jer. V. 25.
I. The Love ofG O D, Ifa. lix. 2.
2. The Peace of Confcience.
3, Eternal Happinefs.
5. What dreadful Miferies it produceth.
I. In this, Md.u. 2.
2. In the other world, 2 Thef. i. 9.
3. We muft imitateiChrift in Prayer.
4. In Love.
5. In Submifllon.
6. In Meeknefs and Holinefs.
7. In hearing.
8. In finiffiing His Work.
9. In taking afl Opportunities of doing
Good.
3. Means.
I. Watch always over thy Heart, i S. Fet. v.
8. Prov. ix. 23.
2. Live ftifl as under the Eye of GOD,
Pfd. xiii. 9,
3. Confider that thou art a Chriftian.

I Cq^.

Thefaurus Theologicus, 109
I C o R. xi. 25.
For I have received of the Lord. — -
TH E Sacrament of the Lord's-Supper is of
Divine Inftitution.
I, What is a Sacrament ? An Oath. Sacra
mento contendere pro jurejurando ajfrmare, Cicero.
'ZT^'^tuTix.oi ofAof, by Herodian^ I. 8, is called,
TS)f Vci>y.aiy.ni ap>^>i» a-i[/.yoy ^.v^neity.
In general, it is the vifible Sign of an invifible
Grace. I , As G O D hath ufed Covenants, fo alfo Sa
craments always,
2. They are Part, not of His natural, but in
ftituted Worfliip.
3. They are afl Pledges of the Covenant of
Grace. 4. They afl reprefent Chrift the Mediator,
I , To fuffer,
2. Or having fuffered.
5, In afl Sacraments, there are two Parts.
I. The Thing fignifying.
2. The Thing fignified.
II. What is the Lord's-Supper ?
A Sacrament, wherein the outward Signs are
Bread and Wine.
Ill- What are we to underftand by Divinp In
ftitution ?
That it was inftituted of G O D, as the other
were not, which the Church of Rome maintain to be

1 1 o Thefaurus Theologicus. .
be Sacraments, viz.. Confirmation, Orders, Pe
nance, Matrimony, and Extreme-Undion.
IV. How does it appear to be of Divine Infti-*
tation ? S. iz;^. xxii. 1 9, 20,
V, Wherefore was it inftituted by GOD?
I. When GOD had made Man, he entred
into a Covenant of Works with Him, Lev.
xviii. 5.
2. This Covenant Man broke, and fo became
miferable. ' 3. Hence GOD, of His Mer-cy, enters into a
Covenant of Grace, Jer. xxxi. 33.
4. This Covenant of Grace was eftabliflied in
Chrift, Hebr- xii. 24. 2 Cor. i. 20.
5. This Covenant Man is alfo apt to mifcarry
in ; fo as,
I . To be forgetful of it.
2. Not to believe in it.
3. To receive no Benefit from it.
6. Herif e GOD inftituted this Sacrament.
I . To make us mindful of this Covenant dnd
Chrift, S. Luh xxii. 19.
2. To confirm and feal it to us, Rom. iv.
II.
3.. To convey the Benefits of it to iis.
Uses.
I. Be thankful for this Sacrament.
2. Do not negled the Ufe of it.
3. Prepare yourfelves for it.
I. Acquaint yourfelves with the Nature of
• it.
2. Repent.
3. Ad Faith in Chrift.

Thefaurus Theologicus. 1 1 1
_^  — ' — ¦- ¦ "T 
In the foflowing Words we have,
i. The Symbols and Rites of the Sacrament.
2. The Words added to the Rites.
3. The End,
4, The right Ufe of the Sacraments.
Two Things premifed,
I. The Author, Jefus Chrift, whom he men
tions -,
I . To fliew us the Divine Authority of it.
2. To make us ufe it with Reverence.
3.. That we may receive the more Cora-
fort from it,
2, The Time, In the fame Night Hewas
betrayed ; TAfi^^iJ^oJo.
I. Traditus i Fatre, Rom. viii. 3.2.' TAps/w-
KSV CWt'oV.
2. Froditus ^Juda, Mar. xiv. 10. »c* t*-
gjjj^i) iWToy.
But why not fooner? '
I. Becaufe it fucceeded the Paflover.
2. Becaufe it might be his laft WiU
and Teftament,
3, That we may remember His Death.
This premifed : Here is,
I, The Rites or Symbols.
I. He took Bread; Not Himfelf-.
2. He gave Thanks ; EJ;^a?<rii<rctf ,
I Tim. iv. 4, 3" TS.v>^oyn(raf,
y^a both.
So we fhould give Thanks,
I. For GOD's Love in fending
Chrift.
2, For Chrift's Love in coming.
3. For the Benefits we have by
His Death, ,
4. For our Admittance to the
Sacrament, 3- He

1 1 2 Thefaurus Theologicus.
3. He brake it ; n^dirii to *pTK, AB.
iv. 20. to fignify that His
Body was broken for our Sins,
J^^-liii. 4, 5.
Uses.
1. Be thankful for this Sacrament.
2. Addrefs yourfelves aright to it. That is,
I. With Fear and Reverence.
Confidering,
I. GOD's Greatnefs, Job xlii- %,6.
2. Our Vilencfs, Ifa. vi. 5.
2. With Sorrow and Repentance.
Confidering,
I. Our Sins,
2. 'Chrift's Sufferings.
3. With Faith and Confidence.
Confidering,
I. god's Promife.
2. Chrift's Interceflion.

I Cor.'

Thefaurui Theologicus. 113
I C O R. xi; 24.
• And faid., Take^, eat.^-*-^

1

T is the Difciples of Chrift only, that fliould
take and eat, S. Matth* .kxvi. 26.

I. Who are Chrift's Difciples ?
He that,--.-. ¦ -
I. Knows GOD, in His Exifteflce arid Pro
perties. , ,
2. That knows Chrlfl.'
3. Believfes in Chrift, ,
I. That He was begotten of GODHi^
Father from Eternity, and fo was
GOD.
2. Born of the Virgin His Mother in Time,
and fo was Man.
3, That He fuffered for the Sifis of Men^
and-fo is a Saviour.
4. That He fulfilled the Prophecies of the
Old Teftament, ahd fo is the Mejjiah.
5. That He now intercedes for Us, and fo is
ot r Mediator.
4. Believes in the Trinity, S. Matth. xxviii, 19.
.5, Makes Profefllon of this Belief.
So as,
I •• Not to deny Him' in Word, S. Matth. x;
31,33-
2. Nor in Deed, i Tt- i- \6.
II. Re A so N s.
I. Becaufe the Sacrament is a Pledge and
Badge of our Chriftian Religion.
Vol. IIL Jt ¦ -2. Non©

14 Thefaurus Theohgkus.

2. None can be worthy Partakers of it,
without they be Difciples.
3. Our Saviour Himfelf commands we be
firft Difciples, and then baptized,
S. Matth. xxviii. 19. nopXfliclsj «c,
Uses.
1, Be Chrift's Difciples.
2. Live like Chrift's Difciples.
I. Believing on Him.
2. Loving Him, S.^Luk. xiv. 26.
3. Obeying Him.
And He faid. Take, eat, AdCili, ifeiyili.
I . Take. Non ore fed mann. So S. Cyprian
faith, Populum facra myfteria propriif manibus ac*
cepiffe ^ Diaconis.
How fliould we take it ?
I , Knowingly, 1 Cor. xi. 29.
I. What it is in itfelf i Bread, i Cor. x.
16.
2. What it reprefents unto us -, the
Body of Chrift. H<tc ablatio eft ji-
gur a corporis & fanguinis Domini no-
ftri Jefu Chrifti. S. Ambroi:
2. Humbly. Confidering,
I. god's Greatnefs that gives.
2. Our Vilenefs that do receive, Ifa.
vi. 5,
3, Believingly,
I, That Chrift is reafly prefent with us,
S, Matth. xviii. 20,
2. Doth reafly offer His Body to us.
3. That if we worthily receive, we are
reafly Partakers of afl the Merits of
His Death and Paffion, 1 Cor. x. 16. So

Thefatirus Theologicus i i ! 5
So that,
i. Our Sins fiiaU be pardoned, S.Matth.
xxvi. 28.
2, Our Natures cleanfed, AB. iii. 26.
4. Thaakfufly.
I , That He was pleafed to offer Himfelf
for us.
2, That He is now pleafbd to offer Him
felf to us.
Obferve,
2. Eat, not take and lay up ; not take and
tarry doout \ break, not take and worjhip ; but ta^e
and eat.
2. Take and eat Bread, not yet my Body.
t- With Repentance, Exod; ±ii. 8,
2. Faith.
3. Thankfgiving, i Tim. iv, 4, 5.
Uses.
I. Prepare yourfelves foi this Ipiritual Ban^
^uet. 2. Receive it with Faith,
3, Feed with Thankfulnefs.
4. Endeavour to get that Nourifhment from
it, as to ferve GOD better hereafter.

a 2 I Cor.

! 1 6 Thefaurus Theologicus.
1 CoR. xi. 34.
- — - This is my Body., &c.

W

HAT arc we to underftand .by thefe
Words, This is my Body?

I, Negatively. Not that it is reafly the Body
of Chrift, or tranfubftantiated. This Error was
broached, by Damafcene and Amalkrius • oppofed by
a Synod at Conftantinople of 338 Bilhops, in the
Eaft ; Pafihafius., Radbertus, Bertrannus, Joharmes
Scotus Erigena, and Berengarivs, in the Weft,
The Word Tranfuhftantiat^, coined ia the La-
ffr;«« Council, anno 121 5. Tranfubftantiatis pane in
corpus,, vino in fanvuinerr..
This,
I. Is not grounded on Scripture.
^i. Not on S. >fe. vi. 35. For,
I. Thefe Words were faid before the Sa-*
crament was inftituted, ver. 4.
2. This doth not prove Bread to be turn'd
into Chrift's Body, but Chrift's Body
into Flefli,
3, Thefe Words are to be underftood fpi-
rituafly, v- 30, 51, 3(5. 'AK'iyei,iK'fit
(TAfitiKei, V/^a 'uv^iJ.Aliiia,^ S. Athanaf.
2, Not on I Cor. xi. 24, \_See Gen, xii. 26.
Dan. ii. 38. .1 Cor. X. 4.^]
2. Contrary to theScriptures, as raro ii (sai/.cL i^ys,
nothing can be the Antecedent to this, but Bread-,
for the Body of Chrift was not yet confecrated.
\_See I Cor, xi, 25, S. Matth. xxvi. 20, i Cor. x.
id.] 3- It

Thefaurus Theologicus. i 17
3. It takes away the Nature of the Sacrament,
there being no Sign,
II, Pofitively. This is my Body •, that is, the
Sign and Sacrament of my Body. \_See Gen. xvii.
10, II, Exod. xii, 1 1 .] Hoc eft corpus meum, id eft.,
figura corporis mei. Tertull.
Non enim Domjnus dubitavit dicere, hoc eft corptis
meum, cum fignum daret corporis fui. S. Aug.
Which was broken for you.
I. How broken ? Bruis'd, pierc'd, S. Joh. xix.
33, 34. He fuffered Torment,
2. For what?
1. GOD is our Governour.
2, Hath given us Laws to obferve, Gen.
xxvi. 5.
3. Annexed Promifes and Threatnings to
His Laws, Lev. xviii. 5. Gal. Hi. lo.
4. Man hath broken thefe Laws, Pfal. xiv.
22.
3, And fo is obliged to the Punifhments.
6. ThefePunifliments He cannot bear,with-
out being eternafly Miferable, S. Matt.
xxv. 4,5.
7. Hence Chrift, the Son of GOD, under
takes to bear them for him, 7/^. xxxiii.
4,6.
8. This He could not do, unlefs He became
Man.
9. Neither muft He be Man only, but He
muft fuffer, Hebr. ix- 22.
10. Thefe His Sufferings are the Things re-,
prefented by the Bread and Wine.
3. For whom? Believers, S.Jo^. iii. 16.
4, What Benefits have we by thefe Suffer
ings ? H 3 I. ft

ii8 Thefcfurus Theologicus 4
I. It is only by them our Sins can be par
doned, S. Matth. xxvi. 2S.
2. GOD reconciled, Rom. v. i.
3. Our Natlires renewed, AB. Hi- 26,
4. Our Souls fived, Hebr. ii. 10. ahd v, 9.
Uses.
I. Admire thp Love of phriftin Pying for
jjs. 2. Be always mindful of it.
3. Frequent the Sacraments, efpeeially ap=
pointed to put us in mind of it, but come prcr
paredly, ' •
I. Penitently.
2. Believingly.
3. Charitably.

I COR^

Thefaurus Theologicus. 1 1 9
I C o R. xi. 24, ^c.
..-^^ Do this in Remembrance of Me.
Here is,
A Duty. This do.
II. The End, In remembrance of Me.
I. The Duty. This do.
I. What muft we do?
I. The Minifter muft,
I. Take Bread.
2. Blefs it,
3. Break it.
4, Give it to the Difciples, S, Matjh.
xxvi, 25,
The People muft,
I. Take it.
2. Eat it.
2' How muft we do this ?
1. Underftandingly, i Cor- xi- 29.
2- Penitently, Exod. xii. 8.
3, Believingly, Hebr. xi. 5.
I . That Chrift is reafly prefent, S. Matth.
xviii. 20.
2, Reafly died for Sin, Rom. iv, 24, 25.
3. Reafly offers His Merits to us.
4. Wifl reafly nourifli our Souls to eter
nal Life, S.Joh. vi. 33.
4. Reverently, Ecclef. v. x-
5. Charitably, S. Matth. v. 23^ 24.
6. JoyfuHy.
7. Thankfully. H 4 II. The

lao

Thefaurus Theologicus.

II. The End. In remembrance of Me.
We are to remember,
I. What He was fi.-om Eternity, GOD, Rom.
i^- 5' " ' ' ' ' '
2. What He became, Man, S. Joh. i. 4.
3. What He did, and how He lived.
I, Humbly, S. Matth. xi. 29.
2. Charitably.
3. Righteoufly, i S. Fet.ii. 22. S- Matth.
iii. 13.
4. InofFenfively, S. Matth. xvii. 27.
5. Obedientially.
4. What He fufi^erpd. _
I. Contempt, Ifa. Iiii. 3.
2. Pain in His Body,, Ifa. Iiii. 3.
3. Grief of Heart, S. Matth. xxvi. 37, S.Luk.
xxii. 44.
4. Death.
I, A ftiameful,
2. A painful,
3. A curfed Death, Gal. iii. 13.
5. Whom He fufliered fo much for ; For
us, Ifa.liii. 3,(5.
6. What Benefit we have by it.
I. Pardon, Rom. v. i.
2. Reconciliation to GOD, 2 Cor, v, 1 8.
-3. Mortification of Sin, Rom. viii. i, 2,
S. Matth. i. 21,
4. Grace here.
5. Glory hereafter, S. Joh. iii. 11^.
7. What He did after His Death.
I. He-rofe again, Romr iv. 25.
,2.. Afcended,../^^/-. i. 1 1. -¦'-
3. Sits at the Right Hand of GOD,
Rom. viii. 34. 4. Maketh

Thefaurus Theologicus. i a i
Maketh Intercefliori for us, i S. Jeh. ii,
I, 2.
Will e'er long come and judge us,
2 Cor. V. lo.
For Preparation ;
I. Review your Lives.
2. Examine your Hearts, i Cor. xi. 28.
I. The Strength of your Sins.
2. The Growth of your Graces.
3. Pray to GOD for His Afliftance.

I C o R. xi. 26.
For as oft as ye eat this Bread., and
drink this Cup., ye do Jhew the Lord's
'Death tiU He come.
I. Observation.
IT is Bread we eat, and Wine we drink, in the
Sacrament, not the real Body and Blood of
Chrift. II. Observation.
We are to eat this Bread, and drink this Cup.
I. What is it to eat this Bread, and drink this
Cup ? I. To fave loft Man, the Son of G O D
afliimed the Humane Nature, Gal. iv.
4, S-
2. Being Man, our Sins were laid on Him,
- Ifa. Iiii. 6.
3. Hence He came to fufier, Ifa. Iiii. 5. 4. It

122

Thefaurus Theologicus.

4. It is only by His Sufferings that our Sins
can be pardoned. Col. i. 14.
5. We can have no Benefit by His Sufferings,
unlefs we believe, S. Joh. iii, 1 5, 18,
€. We cannot believe on Him aright, unlefs
we often think of Him.
7. Hence, that we might often call Him to
mind, the Sacrament of the LORD'S
Supper was ordained, wherein every
Circumftance reprefents fomething of
Chrift, I Cor. xi. 24.
1. The Confecration, AB.ii. 23.
1. The Bread, His Body.
3. The Breaking ofthe Bread, Ifa. Iiii, 5.
4. The Wine, His Blood, S. Matth. xxvi.
28.
5. The Pouring forth of the Wine, S.Joh.
xix, 34.
6. The Offering of both to the Receiver,
Ifa. Iv, I.
8. Therefore, the right eating this Bread,
and drinking this Cup, confifteth in
V three Things,
I. In reraembring Chrift.
I . What He was from Eternity •, GOD,
S. Jeh. i. I .
2. What He became in Time ; Man,
S. Joh. i. 12.
3. What He did ; Miracles, AB. x. 38.
4. What He fuffered.
I. Reproach in His Name, S. Matth.
xxvi. 55. and xxvii. 29.
2. Grief in His Heart, S. Matth.
xxvi. 38.
3, Pain in His Body, S. .^<»«^. xxvii.
29,30, 31. 4, Death

Thefaurus Theologicus. 125

4. Death itfelf, the Death of the
Crofs, Phil. ii. 8.
;j. In aflenting to thefe Things, we re
member, I S. Joh. V. 9, 10.
3. In applying the Benefits of them to
ourfelves,
I. Remiflion of Sins, Co/, i. 14.
2. Juftification, 2 Cor. v..vlt.
3. Inherent Holinefs, AB. iii. 2(5.
4. The Favour of GOD here, Rom.
V. I.
5. The Salvation of our Souls hereafter,
S. Joh. iii. 1 5.
HI, We ought to eat this Bread, and drink
this Cup often.
This appears,
I. From Ghrift's Command, S. ia^. xxii. 19.
2. From the Pradice of the Primitive Church,
andof the Apoftles.
Eiichariftia Sacramentum in omnibus manda-
tum A Domino, etiam antelucanis ctetibus.,
Tcrtufl.
Tm 78 tiKiv Kiyofjiiyif iy-'ifA, Juft. Mart.
S. Chryfoftom calls it, KAQtiy-iezvliy ^vtiAV.
Euchariftiam quotidie ad cihum falutis accipi-
muSf S. Cyprian.
S. Bafil received four Times a Week, but
laith, that to receive it every Day, is
KA\oy ]y llTfttpsAif .
The Apoftles received it every Day, AB.
ii. 4(5. or, at leaft, upon the LORD'S
Day, AB- xx. 7,
3, From the End of the Sacrament,
I . To reprefent Chrift's Death to us, i Cor.
xi- 26.
2. To fe^l it, Rom- IV. II. 3- To

124 Thefaurus Theologicus.
3- To convey it, S. Joh. vi. 33, 54, 33.
4, From the Necefllty of frequent Communion.
I . To manifeft ourfelves to be Chriftians,
2. To enable us to walk as fuch, S. Joh. vi.
35. and XV. 3.

I CoR. xi. 28..
But let a Man examine himfelf and fo
let him eat of that Bread., and drink
of that Cup.
THefe Words fliew how we fliould be prepar'd
for a worthy jleceiving the Blefled Sacra
ment. Let a Man examine, &C. /o»///.«^eT».
Wherefore examine,
I. Your Knowledge.
II. Repentance. ,
' III. Faith.
I. Knowledge, i Cor. xi. 29.
We are to know,
I . The Author ¦, Chrift who was Author, i Cor-
xi. 23.
I. Not as GOD.
2. Nor as Man. 1
3, But as GO D-Man, and Head, of the
Church.
2, The Inftitution, i Cor. xi. 23, 24, 23.
Where obferve,
I. What Chrift did.
I. He took Bread and Wine.
2. Blelfed them^ 'i.vKtiywAi and oi;;^*e^rH-
<r«6?, ^"ID and iniH, i Cor. x, 1 6. 3. He

Thefaurus Theologicus. 125

3. He broke the Bread, as the Eaftern Cu
ftom" was, and poured out the Wine.
4. He gave to the Difciples,t;. 24.
2. What He faid ^ His Words are,
I, n^jrctxl/jtsi , commanding-, Take, not
ore fed manu tenus. Eat, not lay it
up and worfliip, S„ Matth. xvi- i6.
Drink ye all, v. 1 7.
2. 'Oe;r/xa, defciibing the Thing figni
fied •, This is my Body ; not fubftan-
tially, but facramentafly.
3. "E^nyriTiKA, explaining each Part, S.Z<«i.
xxii. 19, 20.
4. TSSoixoSiliKA ¦ This do.
3. The Nature.
I. It is a Sacrament,
2. Wherein, under the outward Signs of
Bread and Wine,
3. Chrift is fignified to us, i Cor. i. 30-
4. The End.
I, To remember Chrift's Death, i Cor. xi-
24, 2 5,2(5.
2. To reprefent it. This is my Body.
3. To offer it, S; Matth. xi. 28. Ifa. Iv. i .
4. To convey it too.
3. To feal it, not fignum only, but figillum,
Rom. iv. II . '
Uses.
I . Examine whether ye know thefe Things.
2. Endeavour to know them more and more,
2 S. Pet. iii. 18,
3. Improve your Knowledge to Practice,
II. Repentance. .
I, Wherein doth Repentance confifl ?
I . !n Convidion of our Sins, S. Joh. xvi. 7,
I. Of

126 Thefaurus Theologicus.
I . Of Original Sin, Pfal. xvii. 5,;
2. Adual, Ffal. 3£vii. 3, 4.
3. Habitual, Rom. vii, 24.
2. Contrition for them.
I. Becaufe they tranfgrefs lb Righteous a
Law, I S. Joh. Hi. 4, ''
2. Di^leafe fo Gracious a Father, Ifa.
vi. 5.
3. Defile fo Precious a Soul, 7«V. i. 15.
Ifa. i. 6.
4. Deprive us of fo great Happinefs and
Blefling, Ifa. lix. 2.
5. As make us obnoxious to eternal Mi
feries, 2 Theff. i. 8, 9.
3. Converfion from them, £x.«^. xxxiii. 11.
I. Sincere, Joel'ii. 13.
2. Univerfal, £2.eil. xviii. 31.
3. Conftant.
2. What Neceffity of Repentance, in the Re
ceiving of the Sacrament ?
I . No Repentance, no Faith, S. Mar. i. 1 3.
2. Chrift is there offered only to the Pe
nitent, S. Matth. xi. 28.
3. By Repentance, our Hearts are prepared
to receive Him there offered.
Uses.
I, Examine whether you have repented.
I. Are you forry for your Sins ? Pfat
xxxviii. 18.
2. Are you out of Love with them ? i S. Pet.
ii. 6.
3. Are you refolved to forfafce them, PfaU
xxxix. I. and xviL 3.
2. Repent.
I. Without Repentance, no Pardon, Ez:fh
xviii. 21, 22. 2. N<^

Thefaurus Theologicus. 127
2, No Peace, Ifa. xlviii, 22.
3. No Duty accepted, Prov. xv. 8.
4, You are in daily Danger of Hell.
5. You muft afl perifli, S. Lui. xiii. 3.
Examine, /
III. Your Faith, I Fid. Vol. II. p. 317, 318,
319. &c.
I , By the Grounds of it *, the Teftimony of
GOD.
2. By the EfFeds of it •, as,
I , Love to GOD.
2. Thankfulnefs for Chrift.
3. Humility in ourfelves.
4. Compaffion to the Poor.
5, Charity to all.
Reafons,
I. Without Faith, we cannot difcern the
LOR..D's Body, i Cor.xl 29.
2. We cannot receive any thing.
3. We cannot improve what we receive.

I Cor;*

I a8 Thefaurus Theologicus.

I Co r. xi. 29.
For he that eateth and drinketh unwor^
thily., eateth and drinketh Ddmndtiori
to himfelf., not difcerning the Lord's
Body.
Explication.
I. WJ H A T by Eating anci Drinking ? Not
V V the Body and Blood of Chrjft, but Sa
cramental Bread and Wine. Multa parvo & de
ipfo verba did pojfunt, quod faBum eft caro veruf-
que Cibus, quern nullus malus poteft edere, &C-
Orig. «
II. What ^by Unworthily ? Not according to'
Chrift's Inftitution.
III. What by Damnation ? kpT/^*, Judgment -,
he fins, and ^o muft exped Punifliment ; ou yip
u.'uVoy <sa])teiAi iK&iQiV i tJj^>} TTA^yof/.a; to j'uefv S'^-
^A[A.iyo{, dwd i^ J'iKAf TKTUi Ttif eii CWTO TACpiy'lAi,
Theodoret. "flazrsp 3^ » T*p»(7i* cU/'TS, &C. ktw }^ ta (JillflieiA
^ei^ocof lipo//* KoKci<riai yiyi\cu Toli AyA^ia^ ijt.{jkyjs<n,
S. Chryfoft.
IV. What by not difcerning the Lord's Body ?
Non difcernens a cibo communi, S. Hieron.
M« ^if,yiAvav TO (tZi/.a n Xe^ra. Magnitudineni
corporis Chrifti, as the Arab. Tranflation hath
it. DOCTRINB.'

Thefaurus Theologicus. 129
Doctrine.
It behoves every one that comes to the Sacra
ment, to have a great Care he doth not receive
it unworthily.
Who are unworthy Receivers ?
I. The ignorant Receivers,
1. Such as know not the Fundamentals of
Religion, that is, S. Matth. xxviij. 19.
1. G O D the Father, S.Joh. xvii. 3.
2. GOD the Son.
I. Who He was.
2. What He became.
3. What He fuffered.
4. What He did.
3. Where He. is.
<5. For whom He undertook thefe
Things.
7. What Benefit we receive from them.
3. The Holy Ghoft.
2, Such as know not the State of their own
. Souls,
3- That know not the Nature of the Sacra
ment, even that it is an Ordinance
inftituted by GOD, wherein, under
the outward Signs of Bread and Wine,
Chrift, with all the Benefits of His
Death and Paflion, is reprefented,
fealed, and conveyed to the worthy
Receiver.
Use. Examine,
. I. How may we know, whether we know
GOD? I. By your Love to Him.
2. Truft on Him, Pfal. ix. 10.
3. By your Defire for Hiiri.
ra.m. i 4. By

20 Thefaurus Theologicus.

4, By your jOy in Him.
5. By your Fear of Him.
2. Ourfelves.
I. By our Thoughts of ourfelves.
2. By our conftant Endeavour to get our--
felves bettered.
3. The Sacrament.
1 . By our Defire of it.
2. Preparation for it.
II. The Impenitent, AB. ii, 33.
I. Vvhat is Repentance?
I. To forrow for the Sins we have com*
mitted.
I. Heartily, Joel ii. 13.
2. Sincerely.
3. Univerfafly^
4. Conftantly.
2. To turn from the Sins for which we
fprrowed.
I. With fufl Purpofe of Heart.
2. In Obedience to GOD.
3. From afl Sin.
4. To a right End.
2. How appears it, that the Impenitent is un
worthy ? ;
I . They cannot deferve the Lord's Body.
2. They mock the Ordinance, by ading and
living contrary to it, and fo provoke
GOD.
Ac pir hoc qui non manet in Chrifte., &
in quo non manet Chriftus, proculdubio
nee manducat fpiritualiter carnem Chri
fti, nee bibtt ejus fanguinem ; licet car-
naliter & vifihiliter premat dentibus
Sacramentum corporis & fanguinis Chri'
fti, S, Aug. r.A^Aitbp

Thefaurus TheolbgtcUs, 131

YiA^Airep 'sitfiS'aKiv euiiv 'In'/*?, lirtifvYWAV
5 tit tuuiiy ol 'UJ^aioi, Srut etrifidi^xaiy autiv
01 7D vAvdfiev tujn cS^a y^vh AKA^eifroit
J^iX'fi^" > ^ i*t-yS <a&v^'ifiyrtf s-S/i«T/,
Theodoret.
indignum dicit ejfe Domino, qui aliter wy-
fterium ctlebrat quam ab eo traditum e/?,
S. Ambrof. Quid eft auttm Hos ep,
nifi pctnas dart mortis Domini., Idem.
Use.
Examine,
t. Your Heart.
I. Thoughts.
i. Affedions.
2. Your Life.
1. Words.
2. Adions, Jer. ix. 17, i*.

1 2 1 Cor.'

1^2 'Thefaurus Theologicus.
I C o R. XV. 20.
But now is Chrifi rifen from the dead.,
and become the Firft^Fruits of them
' that fept.
I. f "^H A T is meant by His Rifing from the
I . Chrift was truly GOD, i S. Joh. v. 20.
2. He became alfo truly Man j of Soul and Bodyj
S. Joh.i. 14,
3. His Soul and Body were truly feparated by
His Death upon the Crofs.
4. The third Day after, they were truly re
united, fo that He became the fame Man again j
which He was before.
II. How doth it appear ?
From the Teftimony,
I. Of Men, Eye-witnefles, (WTovlai.
I. His Friends, Mary Magdalen, S. Mai-^
xvi. 9. Cleopas and another, S. Luh
 xxiv. 13. Allthe Apoftles, hxitThomas,
S. Joh. XX. 19. Thomas too, v. 26. Cum
fuam exercuit folicitudinem, fidem omni
um confirmavit, S, Aug,
y.tlTrif yiH^yn^ , S. Chryfbft. A/t^ TBTO
rtVem ix^" '^'^ ff»[^SA TO rcwpKj Id,
Five hundred at one time, i Cor. xv. 6. His
Difciples before;His Afcenfion, S. Luk.
xxiv. 43, 44,-45-, 45.
2, Enemies, S- Matth. xxviii. 11,12, Pilate,
in an Epiftle to Ti/'er^Mj, mention'd in
Tertull. Eufeb. 'H 38 *A)).5-a<» ^^^ 7^ IvAy-^
tiny dyAKYifVTyfi^n ^lAhdiA'Trsi, S. Chryf.
3. Angels,

Thefaurus Theologicus. i ^ ^

3, Angels, S. Luk. xxiv, 4, 5, 6. S. Jofc. xx. 1 2.
The Angels teftify His Birth, S. Luk. ii. 13, ' 4-
comfort Him aficer tempted, S- Matth. iv. 11. ia
His Agony, S. Luk. xxii. 43. fo at His Refurredi
on and Afcenfion, AB. i. 1 1 .
4, GOD Himfelf, by the Apoftle's Words,
AB. ii. 32. Gal. i. i. an(l Works, AB. iv. 33.
Quifquis ergo adhuc prodigia ut credat inquirit,
magnum eft ipfe prodigivm qui munda credente ncn
credit, S. Aug.
m. Who raifed Him ?
I. GOD the Father, Ephef i. 19. Gal. i. i.
2. Himfelf as GOD, S.Joh. ii. 19,22. and x.
17, 18. YLai AMi^ai Ixctflsc, eJf i^ AKnbai Ayk^waiy I-
wjiiy, S. Ignat. ad Smyr. Not only corpus fuum le-
vando, as the Socinians, but fo as the Father raifed
Hira. IV. What means that. And is become the Firfl^
Fruits of them that jlept ? 'A7rAfx» ^ Kx.ot[in/jS^av
i-ji/iilo. I . That He was the firft of them that rafe,
Colojf. i. 18. Rev. i. 3. but others rofe before, as
the Widow of Z<«re;»Wfe's Son, 1 King.xvii.iz. by
Elijah j the Shunamites Son by Elijha, 2 King, iv.3 5.
and another by the Touch oiElifha's Bone, 2 King.
xiii. 21. Jairush Daughter, the Widow's only Son,
and Lazjtrus, by Chrift Himfelf ; fo thofe, S-Matt.
xxvii, 52, 53. But,
I. Chrift the firft by His Own Power, S.jfo^.
X. 17, 18.
2, To immortal Life.
3. Thofe in S, Matth. xxvii. 32, 33. rofe only
^ for a while, and afterwards laid down
their Bodies, or elfe rofe by Vertue of
Chrift's Refurredion, as firft in Order.
I 3 2. That

1^4 Thefaurus Theologicus.
2. That Ghrift's Refurredion is an Argument
and Caufe of ours, -v. 21. as after the Firft-Fruits
cameHarveft. ' .
Uses-
i. Information^
I. Jefuf is the Chrift, P/rf/. xvi. 10. j4B. il
31. and xxvi. 22, 23. s. Matth. xii, 38,
39. S. Joh. ii. 18,19.
2. He is the Son of GOD, Rom.i.4. Pfal.
ii. 7. AB. xiii. 33.^
3. His Religion is certain, and to be profef-
fed, I Cor. XV. 1 7.
4. He hath perfedly fatisfied for our Sins,
Rom. iv. 24, 25. and viii. 33, 34. i Cor:
XV. 17.
5. He is perfedly able to fave us, i S. Pet.
i. 3, Hebr. vii. 1 5.
6. W'e fliaU rife, i Cor. XV. 21, 22. Som. viii.
II.
7. He wifl come to Judgment, AB. xvii. 31.
2 Cor. V. 10. I Theff. i. 10.
Z. Ejchortation.
I . Is Chrift rifen ? Then,
|. Meditate on His Refurredion, 2 Tim'.
ii. 8.
2. Believe on Him, Rom. v. 10.
3. Fear Him, S. Matth. xxi. 42, 44. P/4/,
ii. 9.
4. Rife with Him, Rem. vi. 4. Ephef. il. 5.
and V. 14; Rev. XX. ^.
5. Seek thofe Things that are above. Col,
iii. I.
2. Shafl we rife ? Is He the Firft-Frnits ?
I. Be confident you fhafl rife, i Cor.xv,
IZ, 13- 2. Prepare

Thefamus Theologicus, 155
2. Prepare yourfelves for it.
3. Liye always in Expedation of it :
Svrgite, mertui., & venite ad judiciumy
S. Hierom had always in his Thoughts.

1 Cor. xvi. 15.
Watch ye., ftand faft in the Faith., quit
you like Men., be ftrong.
I. TXrH A T is it to watch ?
VV I. Watching is oppofed to carnal
Security. >
2. It implies, a Care of our Souls, Ephef.
V. 1$^.
II. What muft we watch over ?
I. Our Thoughts, Ffal. cxxxix. 2.
2. Our Affedions, Frov. iv. 23. Colojf. iii. 2.
3. Our Words, Pp/. xxxix. i. xvii. 3. and
cxli. 3-
4. Our Adions, i Sam.xv. 22. i Cor. X. 31.
III.' What muft we watch againft ?
I. Ourfelves, Jer. xvii. 9. S.Jam. i- 22.
2. Satan, i S. Pet. v. 8.
3. The World, i S. Job. ii. 1 5.
4. Men. *
I. That they feduce us not into Sin, Paev. i.
10, II.'
2. Nor into Error, AB. xx, 29i 30,' 31.
S. Matth. vii. 13. 2 S. Pet. iii. 17. and
ii. I.
I 4 3. Do

1^6 Thefaurus Theologicus.
I. Do not receive new Opinions. Id
verum, quod ubique, quod femfer, quod
ab omnibus creditum eft. Vine. Lyr.
2. Study Humility, S. Jam. iv. 6.
IV. Wliatmuft we watch for ?
I. For Opportunities of doing good, Gal.vi.
IO. And performing our Duty, as of praying,
receiving the Sacrament, &c.
2. For Death, \ Theff. v. 2,3.
3. For the COming of Chrift, S. Matth. xxiv.

44.

V. When mnft we watch ?
I. In time of Profperity.
I. That you be not proud of it, Jer. ix. 23,
1 Tim. vi. 17. '
2. Nor truft in it, i Tim. vi. 1 7. Pfal. xlix.
6. and Iii. 7.
3. Nor abufe it, S. Jam. iv. 3. "
4. Nor fet your Hearts upon it, Pfal. Ixii.
10.
5. To improve it to GO D's Glory, Prov.
iii. 9.
2. In time of Adverfity, Ecclef vii. 14.
I. Not to be impatient, Ezjr.ix- 13. Lam.
iii. 39.
2. But to be thankful, 5^0^ i. 21.
3. Not charge GOD with Injuftice, Job i,
22.
4, Not d raw finful Inferences from it, Ecclef
ix. I.
5. To be better by it, Ffal. cxix. 71. Hebr.
xii. 10.
3. At afl times, S, Lvk.' xxi. 36. 2 Tim. iv. 3.
TT c v..

Thefaurus Theologicus. 137

Use.
Watch ye.
Confider,
1. It is for your Lives, 2 Cor. vi. 5,
2, Many Enemies watch againft you, i S. Pet.
V. 8.
3. Unlefs ye watch, no Sin but you may fall
into, I Cor. X. 12.
¦ 4, The more we w^ch over ourfelves, the
more GOD wifl watch over us, Pfal. cxxvii. i.
and cxli. 3.
¦ 5. The more watchful we are, the more com
fortably we fliafl live.
(5. We have but a ffiort time to watch, S.Matt.
xxvi. 40,
7. Eternity depends upon it, S. Matth. xxv.
12, 13,
8, Vv^e know not when Our LORD wifl come,
S. Mar. xiii. 33, 37. S.Luk. xii, 37,
II. What Faith muft we ftand faft in ?
¦ I. That G OD is, Hebr. xi. 6.
2. That He is a Rewarder of afl that come to
Him, Hebr. xi. 6.
3. That the way to come to Him, is by
Chrift, Hebr. vii. 25.
4. That this Chrift is GOD-Man, S, Joh. L
14. ¦ 5. And hath fatisfied for our Sins, i S. Joh,
ii. I, 2. ¦
6. And now intercedes for our Souls, Hebr.
vii. 23.
' 7. That by His Satisfadion and Interceflion,
our Sins may be pardoned, Rom. viii. 33, 34,
• 8. That He will come again at the laft Day,
AB. i. ll. > '¦
'''¦ • 9. That

1^8 Thefaurus Theologicus,
p. That He will judge all the World, 2 Cor.
V. 10.
10. That the wicked wifl then be condemned
to HeU, and the righteous received up into Glory,
S. Mtath. xxv. 45.
II. Why ftand faft in this Faith ?
I. Otherwife we can do no Ads of Piety,
Hebr. xi. 6.
2. Nor have our Sins remitted, Gal.'ix. 16.
3. Nor our Souls faved, AB. iv. 1 2.
Use.
Stand faft in the Faith.
Meanf.
1 . Search the Scriptures, S. Joh. v. 39.
2. Converfe much with GOD in Prayer-
3. Entertain no doubting Thoughts.
4. Indulge no Sin, left it debauch yonr Prin
ciples. 5. Oft frequent the publick Ordinances, Rom.
X. 17.
III. Quit you like Men. 'AvJ'ei^i&e.
1 . What is it to quit ourfelves like Men ?
I. Carry yourfelves like Men.
I. Like rational Creatures.
What more rational, than,
1. That we fliould ferve Him that
made us, i Cor. vi. 20.
2. Choofe the beft Things before the
worft, Ifa.lv. 1,2.
3- Mind our own Good and Welfare,
S. Matth. xvi. 2(5.
4. Do to others, as we would have
others do tb us, S. Matth. vii. 12.
S- Submit to GOD's Wifl, Lat^j. iii. 33?
2. Like

^^-r

Thefiurus Theologicus, 139

2. Like thofe who have immortal.SouIs,
Gen. ii, 7.
3. Like thofe who are capable of the
Enjoyment of GOD Himfelf, i Cor.
xiii. 12.
2. Be valiant and courageous as Men, Eph.
vi. 10, II.
I. Be not daunted with Afilidions, 2 Cor.
iv. 16, 17,
2. Nor drawn afide with Profperity,
S. Mar. iv, 19,
3. Prefs thro' afl Difficulties for Heaven,
AB. xiv. 22.
?. Why quit ourfelves thus like Men ?
I. We have many potent Enemies, Eph.
vl, II, 12.
3; Without fpiritual Courage, we can never
conquer them,
3. The Reward wifl make amends for all,,
I Cor. XV. 58.
IV. Be jhong.
I. In Faith, S. Matth. xv. 28. Rom. iv. 20.
2. Love, S. Matlh. xxii. 37.
3- Truft on GOD, Job xiii. 15. Hebr. x^iii..
Use.
Be ftrong ^nd courageous.
I. The ftronger your Graces arc, the weaker
^iU your Temptations be.
2. The ftronger your Grace is, the greater
wifl your Comfort be, S- 3=0^. xiv. i.
3- Be but ftrong, and you need not fear but
tQ prefs through all Difficulties, and get to
Heaven.
i •- \ ii\
2 CoR.

140 Thefaurus Theologicus.
2 C o R. i. 12.
For our Rejoicing is this., Sec.
I, TT is lawful to rejoice in our Graces, in a
J. right manner.
I. Unlawful.
I." We muft not rejoice in the Graces of
GOD, more than in the G O D of our
Graces.
• 2. We muft not rejoice in our Graces, as if
they were perfed, i Cor. iv. 3, 4. Rom.
iii. 27.
3. We muft not fo rejoice in as to reft
upon our Graces for Happinefs and
Salvation.
4, We muft not rejoice in our Graces, as if
they were our Graces, coming from
ourfelves, i Cor. iv. 7. AB. iii. 1 2.
2. Lawful,
I. To rejoice in them, as Ex:prefRonS of
god's Grace and FavOur to us,
2. As the Effeds of Chrift's Suffering for us.
Tit. ii. 14.
3. As they make for our Glorifying GOD,
S. Matth. v. 1 6.
4. As Evidences of our Title to Heaven.
3. How doth it appear it is lawful ?
I- They are the Graces and Works of GOD
and Chrift in us, Phil. ii. 1 3.
2. They are fubfervient to Chrift and GOD's
Glory.
3. We may be thankful for them, and there
fore rejoice in them. 4- We

 I •
Thefaurus Theologicus. 14J
4. We muft grieve if we want them, and
then furely may wefl rejoice if we have
them.
3. GOD Himfelf is pleafed with them, Hebri
xi. 3. and xiii, 16.
6. We may rejoice in outward Mercies^
f.cclef. iii. 22.
7, Saints have rejoiced, AB.v.Hfi. Jer.ix.
24. S, Joh. vi. 4.
4. To get this Rejoicing.
1. Set the duf Value upon Grace.
2. Labour continuafly after it.
3. Affure thyfelf upon good Grounds, that
thou haft attained it.
II. The Teftimony of a good Confcience, is the
ground of all folid Gorafort.
I. What is Confcience? Judicium hominis de
femetipfo, quatenus fubjicitur judicie Dei ; called,
fvi^et^Wti' ^gJTQllSlV i'TTACtV (FUUH'i'n&U '^y 0 05OJ.
I . It propounds what we are to do.
2. WitneflTes what we have done.
3. ^afl'eth its Sentence accordingly, Rom. ii.
13. I S. Joh. iii. 20.
2. What i*^ good .Confcience, i S. Per. iii. i5.
I Tim. iii. 9. AB. xxiv. 16. .
1. It muft be renewed, Jer. xvii. 9.
2. Guided by the Scripture, Ifa. viii. 20.
3. Enlightned by the Spirit, S. Joh. xvi.
13-
4. The Spirit muft bear Witnefs with it,
Rom. viii. 16.
I, Negatively. Not vocafly,
2, Pofitively.
I. By difcovering to us our Intereft in
GOD, iCor. ii, 12. 2. Enabling

142 Thefaurus Theologicus.
2. Enabling us to ad thofe Graces,'
from whence we may conclude
our Eftate.
5; It mviit ftir us up to good Works, Hebr.
xiii. 18.
3. What is the Teftimony of the good Con-
Icience ? The Judgment it paflieth upen us.
I. Of Sin, by accufing,
2. Of Grace, by excufing of us.
I. Particularly to fome Ad, Pfat. vii. 8.
2. Gencrafly to our whole Life, i S. Jeh
., iii. 20.
4, When is the Teftimony ofthe Conference ai
ground of Joy?
I . When it witneffes we avoid afl known Sin.
2. Perform afl known Duties.
3. Love GOD aboveafl.
4, Receive Chrift for our Lord and SaviOur^
Hebr. ix. 14.
5. How muft we keep a good Confcience?
I. Get it rightly informed out of the Word
of GOD.
2. Ad according to it, Rom. xiv. ^.
I. Avoiding what that faith is a Sin,
1 Sam. xxiv. 5. *
2. Performing what it faith is a Duty.
(5, Motives;
I , Confcience always fees thee.
2. will be a thoufand Witnefles, Rom.ii. 1 5.
3. Without a good Confcience, thou wilt
live in continual Frights, Fears, Tor
ments, Prov. xviii. 14,
4. With it, in continual Joy, the Heathens
accounted it a great Happinefs ; Nil
confcire fibi. Pindof faith, it is our
good Nurfe in old Age, Prov. xv. 1 5.
37 3ia, Good of Heart. 2 CORV

Thefaurus Theologicus. 143

2 C O R. i. 12*
^.....That in Simplicity and gddly Sin*
cerity. — '—
'Ej» etTTAoonlt <S aKitpivetct ©£».
Simplicity and godly Sincerity are a true Sign
of our being in a State of Grace.
I. What is Simplicity ? aVAoTHf • fine plicis \
Ephef. vi. 3. Colof. iii. 22. without Windings, and
Turnings, and Hypocrify. It is difcovered,
I. ' In our Undcrftandings, aflenting to GOD's
Word, becaufe it is His Word, Miit ^x, a Cof .
X. s-
2. Wifls;
1. Choofing GOD only fbr His Portion,
S. Matth. vi. 24.
2. Fixing every Affedion only on Him, in
the higheft Degree, S.Jam. i.8. S'I^-vt
I. Love.
2. Fear. ^
3. Truft.
4. Joy.
3. Refigning our Wifls wholly unto GOD's,
S.- Luk. xxii. 42, Phil. ii. 14, 15.
3. Words, fpcaking what we think.
I. To GOD.
2. Man.
4. Adions, that they be,
I. Uniform.
2. The fame inwardly as outwardly, Ifa.
xxix. 13. 3. That

144 Thefaurus Theologicus.
3. That we do not cover or lefl'en the Sin-
fulnefs of them to GOD, Pfal. li. 3,4.
Frov. xxviii, 13.
4. That they all proceed from the fame
Printiple,
I, From a Principle of Love to GOD's
Perfon.
2. Obedience to His Precepts.
3. Delight in His Statutes.
Uses.
i. Siraplicity is the greateft Wifdom^
2, Few have it,
2. Exhortation : Labour after it.
I. GOD knows our Crafts.
2. Simplicity wifl make us like to Hini.
3. Without this we arc ftifl in our Sins.
4. This wifl be matter of Joy.
. Sincerity. E/A/ae/rsii*.
J. What is it ?
J 1. It regards GOD, Col. iii. 23. S. Matth. vi. 6.
Brincipafly living, as if there were none but GOD
aiid he. I . His Sovereignty.
2. Omnifcien^, Pfal. cxxxix. i, 2, 3.
3. Oranipotence. ^
4. Glory, looking on Him as the * and »,
J I Cor. X. 13. ¦
2. It looks to the Externals, as wefl as Inter
nals, Py<i/. xl. 8. Hebr. viii. 10.
3. It hath refped to afl the Commands, Pfal.
cxix. 6.
4. Endeavour to pluck up the Root of Siri^
elpeciafly our Sin.
5. It makes Duties pleafant. 6. Hath

Thefaurus Theologicus. 145
6. Hath no By and Sinifter Ends ; as,
i . Carnal Pleafure, i Theff. ii. 3, 4, 5.
2. Pppular Applaiife.
3. Worldly Riches. But only the Glory
of GOD,
ObjeBion. May we not look at oui: own Sal
vation ?
I, 'Tis certain, our ultimate End fliould be
GOD's Glory,
2. 'Tis as certain, we may alfo have an Eye to
our own Salvation, For,
1, The Saints have done fo, Phil. iii. 14.
Hebr. xi. 2(5. and xii, 2, i Cor. ix. 27,
2, Scripture propounds Heaven and Salva
tion, as a Motive to Obedience, Rev.
ii. 10,
3. But GOD's Glory and our Salvation
ate fo linked together, that we can
not look at one without the other.
Omnis amor mercedis, is not amor mer-
tenarius.
7. Sincerity dilcovers itfelf in prefling towards
terfedion, S. Joh. xv. 2. 2 S. Fet. iii. 1 8.
II. That Simplicity and Godly Sincerity are a
certain Sign of Grace, is plain,
i. In that a Man muft firft be converted, be
fore he can be fincere.
2. Sincerity is the charaderiftical Note be
twixt one that is, and that is not Gracious.
Uses.
i. Examine, whether you be fincere or noj
run over the Particulars in your Mind.
2. Labour after it.
I. GOD knows the Heart, Job xxxi. 4.
rol. in. ' K 1. Takes

46 Thefaurus Theologicus.
2. Takes Notice whether we be fincere or
no, Prov. xxi. 2. and xvi. 2.
3. Our Religion, without Sincerity, is in
vain.
4. GOD wifl blefs the Upright, Prov. xxviii.
10, 18.,
3. It will be the ground of Comfort here,
Prov. X. 9.
6. The Evidence of our Title to Glory here
after.

2 C O R. V. 17.
^^-¦'^ Behold., all Things are become new.
Doctrine,
WH EN a Man is made Holy, all Things
become new in him. He hath,
I, A new Name, Rev. ii. 17, and iii. 12.
2. New Relations j Father, 2 Cor. vi. 18. Mo
ther, Gal. iv. 26.
3. New Honours, i Sam. ii, 30, 2 King. vi. 16.
4. New Poflefllons, Hebr. i. 14, S, Jarn^. ii. 5.
3, New Thoughts, Pfal. cxix, 113, Colojf.iii.
10. 6. New Affedions, Colojf. iii, 2,
I. Love and Hatred.
2. Joy and Grief.
3. Hopes, Pfal.ixii. 3.
4. Defires and Abhorrence, Pfal. Ixxiii. 25.
7. New Words.
8. New Adions, Rom- vl 4. Reasons.

Thefaurus Theologicus. 147

Reasons. Becaufe,
I, He ads from a new Principle, Gal. ii. 20.
2. He ads upon new Grounds and Ends,
1 Cor.x. 31.
Use.
As this Day, according to our Englijh Computa
tion, we begin the new Year, let us this Day, ac
cording to G O D's Expedation, become new
Creatures -, as confidering,
I. You wifl hereby be advanced above Men.
2. Whatfoever you do, wifl be pleafing unto
GOD, Pfal. vii. II.
3. Whatfoever GOD doth, wifl be a Blefling
to you, Rom. viii. 28.
4. Hereby you may be fure to live Heaven up
on Earth in Time, and Heaven in Heaven to. Eter
nity.

K 2 2 Cor.

148 Thefaurus Theologicus.

2 Co R. V. 21.
For He hath made Him to he Sin for uSf
who knew no Sin ; that we might he
made the Righteoufnefs of GOD in
Him.

I. f> H R I S T knew no Sin -, as appears,
V_v I. From Scripture, i S.Joh.iii. 5. Ifa.
Iiii. 9. I S. Pet. ii. 22, S. Joh. viii, 4dr.
2. Reafon.
I. He muft needs be without Sin, becaufe
our Saviour, Hebr. vii. 26, 27.
2. Becaufe He was GOD as wefl as Man.
Uses,
I. Hence fee, that what Chrift fuffered, was
not for Himfelf,
2, That He is the beft Example, S. Matth. xvi.
24. and xi, 29.
II, He was made Sin for us.
I . In what Senfe ? Even an Offering for Sin, ac
cording to the Hebrews, where CDtys as IQtyX ns.
Lev. V. (5. and HKUn as SIH PHUn, Exed. xxix.
1 4. '^ifffiTiA LXX. is ufed both for a Sin-offcrlng and
a Sin. Ouemadmodum oblatus eft pro peccatis^ non
immerito veccatum faBus dicitur. S, Ambrof
I. Afl Sin offends GOD.
2, Therefore, it cannot be pardoned, tifl
GOD's Juftice be fatisfy'd.
3. There is no Satisfadion made without
Punifliment and Death, Hebr. ix. 22,
4. Hence,

Thefaurus Theologicus. 149
4. Hence Chrift undertaking the Satisfadion
of GOD's Juftice, underwent the Pu
nifliment due to our Sins, Ifa- Iiii. 4, 5,
5, II.
5. Upon this Account, He Is cafl'd Sin, or an
Offering for Sin.
III. Who did He offer Himfelf for ?
I. They that truly repent, /i*6l*m«.
I . From Sin.
2. To Holinefs.
2- That rightly believe, that is, whofe Faith is,
I. Rightly grounded on the Teftimony of
GOD.
t- Rightly guided, by Knowledge.
3. Rightly fixed and conftrued.
4. Rightly cxercifed in good Wprks, Gal.
V. (5.
Uses.
I. See the odious Nature of Sin.
2, The Condefcenfion of Chrift.
3- The Love of GOD.
4. Do not you live in thofe Sins, for which
Chrift died.
5. Often remember Chrift's Offering up Him
felf for Sin.
I. With Grief.
2. Faith.
3. Thankfulnefs.
II. The End of Chrift's being made Sin for us,
was, that we might be made the Righteoufnefs of
GOD in Him.
I. What is meant by Righteoufnefs ?
' I . Imputed, Rom. iv. 3.
2. Implanted.
K 3 2. How

I

50 Thefaurus Theologicus.

2. How of GOD? Becaufe He,
I. Contrived it.
2. Worketh it, Phil. ii. 13.
3. Accepteth of it.
4. Is the End of it, and glorified by it.
3. How in Him, viz.. Chrift ?
I. We are juftified in Him and by Him.
2, Sandified.
I. Afl are defiled with Sin.
2. Chrift came alfo to cleanfe us from
* Sin, Mal.i. 21. AB. iii. 26.
3. Therefore He purchafed the Donation
of the Spirit, S. Joh. xvi. 7, 8.
4. This Spirit, when poured forth, works
an univerfal Change on afl thofe
that believe.
I. Enlightning the Mind.
2. Sandifying the Wifl.
3. Regulating the Affedions.
5. And fo we have Righteoufnefs im
planted in us, as wefl as imputed
to us.
Uses.
I. Admire this wonderful Work of GOD.
2. Believe in this Chrift.
3. Live like juftified and fandified Perfons.
4. Rejoice and triumph in the Love of GOD
through Chrift,

2 CoR.

Thefaurus Theologicus. 151

2 C o R. vii. I.
Having therefore thefe Promifis ( dearly be
loved) let us cleanfe ourfelves from all
Filthinefs both ofFlefh and Spirit.
I. /^ O D hath made us Promifes. What ?
v_J II. What, to cleftfe ourfelves from afl
Filthinefs? III. What to perfed Holinefs, &c.
IV. How do thefe Promifes engage us to thefe
Things. I. What Promifes ?
I. I wifl be to them a GOD, 2 Cor. vi \6.
Lev.xxvi. 12. Gen. xvii, 7. Jer. xxxi. 33. Herein
He promife th,
I, What He is as GOD.
I, A merciful, Ffal. ciii. 8, 9, 10.
2, Wife, I Tim. i. 1 7.
3. Powerful, Gen. xvii. i .
4. Gracious, i Pet. v. 10.
5. Immutable, Py^/.cii, 23,2(5, 27, S.Jam.
i, 17-
2, What He hath as GOD, i Chron. xxix. 1 1 ,
12, 13. Gen. xiv. 19.
3. What He can do as GO D.
I, Pardon their Sins, Jer. xxxi. 34.
2. Convert their Hearts, £x.e/t, xi, 19, and
xxxvi. 2(5,
3. Infpire them with the Knowledge of
Himfelf, .Jer, xxiv. 7. aiid xxxi. 34.
K 4 '4- Be

152 Thefaurus Theologicus^.
t^  .  \  1  1.  __
4, Be prefent with them, Zev. xxvi. 1 1,12.
Rev. xxi. 3.
5. Prepare Heaven for them, Hebr. xi.
1(5,
6. Raife them up to it, S. Matth. xxiu3i,
32. Exod. iii. 6.
7. Be always in Covenant with them, Jer.
xxxii. 38, 49. '
2. I wifl be to them a Father, Jer. xxxi. 9.
2 Cor. vi. 18. Which implies,
I . His Affedion to them, i S. Joh. iii. i , Pfd.
ciii, 13. '
2. His Protedion of fhem, Ifa. xliii. 2,
3, His ProVifion for them, i Cor. ii, 9, 10.
Uses.
I. Admire the Goodnefs pf GOD» ^M
yiii- 4.
2. Cleanfe yourfelves from afl Fijlthinefs.
II. We fliould cleaiife ourfelves from all Filthi
nefs of Flejh and Spirit.
I. What is meant by Filthinefs ? Sinfulncfs,
S, Jam. i. 21 . 2 S. Pet. ii, 22.'
I. It defiles the Soul, 7«>. I. I $,
2. Makes it odious to COD, Hebr. i. 13.
2. What by Flefli and Spirit ?
I. Py Flefli, the Body and its Sins, Gal. v,
19. ' ' '
2, By the Spirit, the Soul and its Sing.
¦ I. Impenitence, >^(J?. xvii, 30,
2. Unbelief, Hebr. iii. 1 2.
3. Herefy, 2 S. Fet.ii. i.
4. Pride, Prov. xvi. 3.. '
3. Covetoufnefs, i S.'Jo^. ii, 1 5.
3. \Vhat by Clean fi rig, or how muft we cleanfe
ourfelves from thefe Filthinefles? ' '

Thefaurus Theologicus. } § ^
r—r——rT—_ —  ¦ 
1 . By Repenting of them, Ezek. xxxvi. 3 1 .
2, By Believingin Chrift, Zech. xiii. i. Hehr.
ix. 13,14.
3. By Turning from them, Ex.ek. xxxvi. 3,5,
25, 27.
Use.
Cleanfe yourfelves from Sins.
Confider,
I. .They cprrupt and fpoil your Souls, Ifa.
i, S,<5. 2, Bring a Curfe on your Blefllngs, i^^/, ii, 2.
3. Make you obnoxious to afl Judgments, Deut.
xxviii. I (5, 1 7.
4. Incenfe G 0 D's Wrath againft vou, Ifa.
lix. 2. *
5. Deprive you of Peace and Comfort, Ifa.
xlviii. 22.
6. Make you like to Satan, S, Joh. viii. 44.
I S. Joh. iii, 8.
7. Wifl carry you to Him hereafter, unlefs you
he cleanfed from them here, S. Matth. xxv. 41.

2 C O R.

154 Thefaurus Theologicus.

2 CoR. vii. I.
Perfe&ing Holinefs in the Fear of GOD.
I. IXTH AT is Holinefs?
VV It confifteth,
I. In the Inclination of the Soul to GOD,
Pfal. xlii. I, 2.
2. Jn the Soul's Conformity to GOD's Nature
and Word, i S. Pet. i. 1 5.
3. In the Soul's performing afl Duties upon
holy Motives, Gen. xxxix. 9,
4, In Ihe Soul's dedicating itfelf to GOD, i Cor.
iii, i<5.
5. In its aiming chiefly at holy Ends, i Cor.
X. 31.
II, What is it to perfed Holinefs ? To be uni-
verfafly holy, 1 S, Pet. i. 1 5,
I. As to the Subjed, the whole Man, i Thejf
V. 23. I. Thoughts, Jer. iv. 14.
2. Affedions, Col. iii, 2.
3. Words, I Tim. vi. 20. 2S.Fet.i. 13.
4, Adions, 7«>. ii, 12,
2. As to the Objed, AB. xxiv. 16.
I. GOD.
2. Man.
3. As to the Rinds of Holinefs, 2 S. Pet. i. 5, 6.
4. As to the Degrees of Holinefs, Phil, iii, 1 1,
J2, 13-
3. As to aU timfs, Prov. xxiii. 17- III. What

Thefaurus Theologicus. i 5 5
III. What is it to fear GOD ?
It confifteth,
I. In reverencing His Name, Deut. xxviii. 58,
2, In avoiding what ofl^ends Hira, Prov. iii. 7.
and xvi, 6.
3. In avoiding fecret Sins for His Sake, Job
xxxi. 21, 23.
4. In doing what pleafeth Him, Ecclef. xii- 1 3.
5. In doing our Duty, whatfoever comes of ir,
S. Matth. X. 28, I S. Pet. iii. 13, 14.
(5. In hating Evil, Prov. viii. 13.
7. In carrying ourfelves reverently in His Pre-
fence. Gen. xxviii. i<5, 17. Hebr. xii 28.
IV. Why fear Him?
I. For His Power, Jer. v. 22.
2. For His Wii'dom, Pfal. cxxxix. 4, 5, €, 7.
3. For His Mercy, Ffal. cxxx. 4.
4. For His Judgments, P/f^r. iii. i(5. Pfal. cxix.
120. '
5. For His Benefits, Jer. v. 24.
6. For His Threatnings, 2 i<r/«g-. xxii. 19.
7. For His Juftice at the laft Day, Ecclef xii. 14.
I S. Pe^i. 17.
• y. Why perfed Holinefs in tbe Fear of GOD?
I. There can be no true Holinefs without this
Fear. 2.' No particular Duty of Holinefs can be per
formed without it.
IV. How do thefe Promifes engage us to Holi
nefs ?
I. The Covenant is reciprocal, 2 Cor.xvi. i5,t8.
2. The End of the Promifes is, to v.'ake us to
Holinefs ;, many are Promifes of Holinefs, Lz.ek.
xxxvi. 25, 25. Jer. xxxi, 33.
3- We

156 Thefaurus Theolpgicus.
3. We can never partake of the Promifes with
out performing our i)uty.
Use.
PfrfeB Holinefs in the Fear of GOD.
Confider,
I- The Happinefs of Man's Nature confifteth
only in the Exercife of holy Ads, Pfal. xix. 1 1 .
2. Without Holinefs, no Man fliall fee the
LORD, Hebr. vi. 14.
3- Without Holinefs, you cannot have your
Prayers heard, Ifa. lix. 2. Pfal. Ixvi. 18.
4. Nor any true Mercy, Mai- ii. 2.
5. By Holinefs you are like to GOD, S- Mattk
V. 48,
6. If holy, we fhafl be fafe, Prov. x. 9. and iii.
21, 23.
7. Holy here, and happy hereafter, S. Matth,
V. 8.

2 Cor,

• Thefaurus Theologicus. 157
2 C o R. xii. 9.
 My Orace is fuficient for thee.* —
Doctrine,
Vj O D's Grace is fufiicient for us.
I, What is meant by the Grace of GOD?
I. Grace which GOD manifefted. Gen. vi. 8.
I , In the Pardon of Sin.
2. The Acceptance of our Perfons and Per-
forraances.
2. Grace from GOD, here fpoken of, which
is, I. Preventing, Ffal.Yix. 10. whereby GOD,
I, Piits good Thoughts into us, Gen. vi. 5.
2 Cor. iii. 3.
I. Of Himfelf.
2, The World.
3. Our own Conditions.
4. Hefl.
5. Heaven.
6. Eternity.
7. Sin.
8. Chrift.
2. Stirs us up to read and hear the Word,
S. Jam. i, 25,
I. Conftantly.
2. Attentively.
3. To compare ourfelves by it, Rom. i. 20.
and ii. 20,
1. How few ofthe Duties,
2. How many of the Sins we have
committed. 4. To

58 Thefaurus Theologicus.
4. To defpair of Salvation in ourfelves,
Rom. vii. 9, 1 1 , 1 3.
By Reafon of,
I. The Stridnefs of GOD's Laws.
2. The Sinfulncfs of our Sins.
5. To confefs and be forry for Sin, S.Matt.
ix. I.
6. To have fome Defires after Grace.
2. Preparing, whereby GOD prepares,
I. Our Underftanding, i Cor. ii. 14.
2. Our Wifls, to receive His Spirit, AB.
xvi. 14.
3. Working Grace, Eph. ii. i. S. Jofc. vi. 44.
Lam. V. 21. Jer. xxxi. 1 8. and xvii. 14.
Cant. i. 4. whereby GOD doth convert
us from Sin to Holinefs.
I. Enlightning our Minds to fee, Pfal.
cxix. 18.
I. His own Glory.
2- Sin's Sinfulncfs.
3. A Sinner's Mifery.
4. The World's Vanity.
5. His own Iniquity ; original, adual,
in Thought, Word, Deed, with
the Aggravations, againft,
I. His Maker.
2. Preferver, Ifa. i. 2.
3. Governour.
4. Redeemer.
5. Father.
6. Mercies.
7. Judgments.
8. Knowledge.
6. Chrift's Sufficiency of His ( Hebr.
vii. 23.;
I. Merit to juftify,
2. Spirit to fandify, us. 2. Reforming

Thefaurus Theologicus. 159
2, Reforming the Wifl, Phil. ii. 13, Ez.ei.
xxxvi. 23, 25-
I . To refufe what the Mind cafls bad.
2. To choofe what it cafls good.
3. Bringing the Affedions into their Or
der, 2 Cor.v. 17.
4. Working.
5. Co- working.
I . Stirring us up to work.
2. Direding us about it, Jer. x. 23. Ifa.
xiv. 13.
3. Alfifting usin it.
6. Increafing Grace.
I. Adding what we want.
2. Strengthening what we have.
7, Confirming Grace againft,
I. The Devil's Temptations, S. Luk.
xxii. 37.
2. The World's Aflurements,
3. Our own Corruptions, Gal.v. 17.
4. In the Life to come,pcrfeding Grace.
H. What is this Grace fufficient for ?
To fandify and glorify us -, to perform Duties,
bear Afflidions, conquer Temptations.
III. Why is it fufiicient?
I. Becaufe Grace,
2. Becaufe G O D's Grace, 2 Cor. xii. 9. the
Grace of an afl-fufficient GOD, in Wifdom,
Power, Goodnefs.
Uses.
J. InftruBion.
I. See a Chriftian's Strength, where it lies,
Rom. viii. 33,
2. How much it is.
3- How

i6o Thefaurus Theologicus.

3. , How fure they are at length to conquer.
2. Examination. Confideringj
i . Not E'xamining is a Sign of no Grace.
2. You tannot teU, unlefs you examine how;
Signs 6f Grace.,
I . A Senfe ofthe Want of it.
2. A Defire of it.
3, The Growth of it, 2 S.Pe^ iii. 18.
4. Your living qp to it, 2 Cor. v. 7.
3. Exhortation. Look after Grace.
I. Nothing good without it:
2. Afl things good with it, Roth. viii. 28.
3. It is, as the Principal, fo the End of afl
G O D's other Mercies Spiritual and
Temporal.
4. You'fl afl wifti you had it.
5. Get Grace here, and you are fure of
Glory hereafter, i Cor. ii. 9.
How muft we fo look, as to find ?
I . Prcfently, Ifa. Iv. 6. Pfal. xcv. 7.
2. Humbly.
3, In the right way, th^ Ordinances.
4. Conftantly.

2 CoR.

Thefaurus Theologicus. i6l

2 C o R. xiii. 5.
Examine yourfelves., whether ye be in the
Fatth.'^"'''
i. TT7HAT is it to be in the Faith? Op-
VV pofed to a being in the Flelh, komi
viii. 8. and Sin •, and implies our having faving
Faith. Whereby;
I, Our Pferfbns afe juftifi-ed, Rom. iii. 25,28'.
Cal. ii, 1 5.
2. Our Natures fandified, AB. xv. 9-
II. What Necefllty is there of ouf being irt
the Faith ?
I. .Neceflary to the Pardon Of our Sins, AB. ii.
37. Ifa. Iiii. 7.
2. To the getting into Favour with GOD, Rom.
V. I •
3. To Deliverance from afl Evil, Gal. iii lOj
*3- • ,. ..
4. To the obtaining any Good, Rorh. viii- 28.
5, To the Acceptance of our Perfons and Du
ties, Prot;, XV. 8. Rom. Hi. 25,28. Gal. ii. i5,
6. To afl other Graces, 2 Cor. xiii. 3. dJ'tx.ii^oi,
Gal.v. 6.
7, To the preventing Hefl Torments, 1 Thejf.
i; 10, 2fhejf. i. 8, 10.
8, To the Advancement to Heaven's Joys, AB^
&vi. 31.
Use.-
Above all Things, ftrive to be in the Faith.
. I. Get a Senfe of thy Sins,
hhlfi h 2. Fre^

i62 Thefaurus Theologicus.

2. Frequent the publick Ordinances, Rom.x. 1 7.
3. Beg of GOD to give thee Faith, Ephef ii. 8.
S, Luk. xvii, 5. S-Mar. ix, 24.
Ill, We ought to examine, whether we be in
the Faith,
1. The Nature of the Duty, or what it is to
examine ourfelves ?
It implies,
I, That we doubt of our State, AB. ii. 37,
2. Defire to be refolved.
3. To that end impartiafly enquire into Our
felves and Conditions, Lam. iii, 40.
4. Compare ourfelves with the Signs of Grace
in Scripture.
5, Pafs Judgment upon ourfelves, according
to the JRcfult of the Enquiry, i Cor.
xi. 31.
2. The Necefllty ofthe Duty, or why we
ought to examine ourfelves in this thing ?
I, Becaufe we are commanded, i Cor. xi. 28.
2 S. Pet. i, 10.
2. We may cafily be miftaken in it.
I, Our Hearts are deceitful, Jer. xvii, 9.
2. Wc are too apt to have the beftThoughts
of ourfelves.
3. Counterfeit may be like true Grace.
3, Many are miftaken.
I. Afl ignorant Perfons, Eph.iv. 18. Hof.
iv. 5.
2. AH Aliens to the Church, AB. iv. 1 2.
2 S. Tet. ii. 2,
3. Afl Hereticks in the Church, Rev. ii, 5.
. 4. Afl that are earthly-minded, Phil. iii.
1 8, 1 9, I S, Joh. ii, 1 5.
3. Afl that hate the Brethren, i S. Joh.
iv. 20.
5. All

Thefaurus Theologicus . 1 6 ^
*
6. Afl that live in any known Sin, Eph^. 5,5*
7. Afl tliat do as moft do, S. Luk. xiii.
23, 24.
8. Ali that have th? Form, without the
Power of Godlinefs, 2 Tim. iii. 5.
4. it is a Thing of the greateft Importance=
I. It concerns our prefent Comfort.
2. And our future Happinefs,
5. Unlefs we examine ourfelves^ GOD will
exaiiiine us, i. Cof. xi. 31.
Use.
Examine youtfelves.
1. Others have been miftaken, and why ma'y
iiot you? S. Matth. xxv. 1 1, and vii, 21, 22, S.JoM
V, 42.
2. Until you examine youfelves, ybu can nei-^
ther, I, Repent of Sin,
2, Nor have Gpmfoft in your Grace.
3, If you never examined yourfelves, you may
.conclude you are not in the Faith, as ftifl con
tinuing in the Negled of this known Duty.
How muft we examine ourfelves ? By Signs.
i. Negatively, •
I , Not Church Privileges, Rom. ii, 28.
2, Not Gifts or Parts in Duty, S, Matth,:
vii. 22.
3, Not outward Profperity, Etclef ix. u
Deut. ix. 4, 5.
4, Forfaking of groffer Sins, 2 S. Pet, ii.
20, 2f. ,
j. Not afl Sufferings for Chrift, i Cor, xiii. 3.
Gal. iii. 4. Timeo dicere, fed dicenduni
eft, rriartyrium ipfum' ft idea fiat, ut ad-
Tfiirationi & laudi habeatur ^ fratribus^-
fruftra fanguis ejfufus eft.
L 2 2. Pofitively.

164 Thef<iurus Theologicus.

2. Pofitively.
I . Obedience, i S. Joh. ii. 3, 5.
2. Ading by the Spirit, i S. Joh. iv. 13.
Gal. V. 22, 23.
3. Sincerity, 2 Cor. i. 12. AB.xxiv. \6.
4. Forfaking afl Sin, i S. Joh. iii. 9, 10.
5. Love to GOD and Chrift above afl things,
S. Luk. xiv. 25.
IV. The Ufefulnefs of the Duty of Examina
tion. I . To fuch as find themfelves not in the Faith •,
then, I. They wifl fee their Mifery.
2. Be troul^led for Sin the Caufe of it.
3, Look out for the Pardon of them, AB.
ii. 37-
4. And therefore repent, without which
there is no Pardon, AB. v. 31. S. Luk.
xiii. 3. •
3, Lay hold by Faith on Chrift, without
which Repentance itfelf wifl do no
good.
5. And fo their examining whether they be
in the Faith, wifl be a means of bring
ing them into it,
2. To them that find they are in the Faith.
Here know,
I , A Man may know he is in the Faith, con
trary to Papifts, For,
i . The Saints of GOD have known it.
I. In the Old Teftament, Job xix. 25.
Pfal. xvi. 3. xxvii. i. xxvi. i. and
vii. 8. Ifa. xxxviii. 3. ^
2. In the New, .Kow. viii.'i5, 38, 39.
2 Cor. V. I. I S. Joh. V-'i9- and
iv. 13. ^ 2. If

Thefaurus Theologicus. 165

2. If it be not poflible, the Defed is
either,
1. In the Objed, but GOD's Promifes
are fure.
-2. Or in the Subjed,butMan,by the Af-
fiftance of the Spirit, may fee his
Holinefs as wefl as Sin.
3. Or in the Means of attaining it. But,
1. We have the Sacraments to feal
and confirm it.
2. The Spirit to witnefs it, Rom.
viii. 1 5.
3. If this be not poflible, there are many
Commands impofllble, as to rejoice
in the Lord, Phil. iv. 4. to cafl GOD
Father, S. Matth. vi. 9. to comfort
ourfelves with the Thoughts of Hea
ven, I Thejf. iv. 18.
4. Otherwife, why are we commanded to
examine ourfelves ? Gal. vi. 4. i Cor.
xi. 28. 2 Cor. xiii. 3.
5. We arc commanded to make our Cal
ling and Eledion fure, 2 S. Pet. i. 1 o.
The Ufefulnefs hereof appears ;
I. It wifl make thee more admire GOD.
2. More thankful for Chrift.
3. Deaden thy Heart to the World.
4. Quicken it to Duty, i Cor. xv. 58.
5. Sweeten the Ordinances unto thee,
Prayer, Sacraments.
5. Support thee under Afflidions, Rom.
viii. 28.
7. Make thee, relilh the Word better,
Pfal. xix. I o.
8, Arm thee againft the Thoughts of
Death and judgment, i Cor. xv.
55, 5^- L 3 9. Make

l66

Thefaurus Theologicus.

9. Make the Fore-Thoughts

of Heaven

pleafant-

10. Quicken thy Graces.
I. Repentance.
2. Love.
3. Defire.
4. Thankfulnefs.
5- Joy-
5. Truft.
7. Heavenly-mindednefs.
D
I R E C T I 0 N S.
Before Examination.
I. Acquaint yourfelf wefl with Scripture,
* S. Mar. xii. 24.
2. Refolve upon fame certain and infaflible
Marks to try yourfelves by,
^. Obferve the Motions of your Heart, and
Behaviour of your Souls in afl Things,
Hag. i. S- ,
Efpeciafly,
I, In the Commifllon of Sin.
1 . Whether it be with Freedom, or Re-
ludance of Spirit, Rom. vii. 13^
Gal.v. 17,
2, Whether with or without Tempta
tions, PfaL xxxvi. 4.
3, Wha't Grief feizeth upon your Souls
afterwards for it, Frov. ii, 14.
and xiv, 9. S. Matt. xxvi. 73. Pfal.
li.8. .
'4, Whether you be troubled or rejoiced
at the withdrawing of Occafions
and Temptations to Sin, i Sam.
xxv. 32, 33. " ^ ¦ ¦¦
2. In the Performance of Duties, I. Whether
¦II ' — ~ ¦ ~ 1 ' '  ' " -»
Thefcatriis Theologicus. 167
I. whether it be out of Cuftom, or
Confcience.
2. With Pleafure or Irkfomnefs, Pfd.
cxxii, I. Amos vHi. 5.
3. How your Heart is employ 'd in it,
Prov. xxiii. 25.
4, Whether you be conftant in Duty
or no,
3/ In bearing Afilidions,
I . Whether you be patient under them,
2, Thankful for them, Jo^i. 21.
3. Trufting on GOD only in them,
2 Chron. XX. 1 2.
4. Better'd by them, Pfal. cxix. 7 1 .
4. In the Confluence of earthly Enjoy
ments.
I. Whether you do not fet your Heart
upon them, Ffal. Ixii. 1 o.
I. So as to rejoice only in them.
2. To place your Confidence on them ,
I Tim. vi. 1 7.
2. Whether you do not forget GOD
and Heaven for them, Deut. vi.
II, 12.
3. Whether you do not reft fatisfy'd
with thera as your Portion, Pfal.
xvii. 14. and xvi. 3.
4. Lay afide afl conclufive Thoughts
of thy Condition, before thou
tryeft it.
In the time of Self- Examination,
I. Set apart fome convenient Time for
it.
I, When your Thoughts are leaft diftra-
ded with worldly Cares.
L 4 2. When

J 68 Thefaurus Theologicus.
2. When, efpeciafly, you are cafl'd to it
by Sicknefs, Diftrefs, the Sacrament,
Job X. 6. ¦
^. When you are moft fit to pafs the Sen
tence upon yourfelves, as in Security
and Melancholy,
4. If poflible, let this be the time.
2. Make choice of a convenient Place, as
wefl as time, S. Mar. i. 33. Gen. xxiv'.
53. ¦ ¦
3. Lay afide afl other Thoughts, S. Matth.
xxvii' 36. Cw; xxii. 5J 5.
4. Set thyfelf as in the Prefence of GOD.
5. Pray for the Spirit to aflift thee, Rom.
viii. i5.
5. Produce the Marks thou haft refolved
upon.
7. Cafl to mind what thou haft obferved in
thyfelf. . : .
8. Compare what thou haft obferved of
thyfelf with thofe Marks.
9. Keep thy Heart clofe to the Bufinefs ,
tifl thou haft reafly difcovered the
State of thy Soul.
10. Pafs thy Sentence upon thyfelf, ac
cording to the Evidence that is given
in. ¦ - ¦ ¦
3. After Self-Examination.
I.' Fix thy Sentence in thy Memory, or fet
it down in Writing.
2, Get thy Heart throughly affeded with
thy Condition; ' '
I. Ifit be that thou art in thy Sins.
Ii Confider what a woful Condition
thou art in,- Gal. iii, 10.
2. Humble thyfelf before GOD, S. Lvk.
xvii^s 13, - ¦
3, Lay.

Thefaurus Theologicus. 169
3. Lay hold by Faith on Chrift.
4. Refolve to "live up to the Marks of
Sincerity, thou haft try'd thv-
felf by. '
2. If that thou art renewed.
I . Be thankful to GOD for it.
2. Live like the Son of G O D,. Phil.
• ' ' '
1, 27,
3 , Endeavour to grow in Grace, 2 S-Pet.
Hi. 18.
4. Have a Care of blotting your Eyi-
dences by wilful Sins.
3. Search and examine thyfelf often.
Uses.
r. Confider it is your Duty.
2. Hereby ye may know yourfelves.
3. It may prove the Means of your everlafting
Happinefs. -
4. And of your prefent Comfort,

^ c

OR«

170 Thefaurus Theologicus,
2 Cor. xiii. 1 1,
Finally., Brethren., farewel: Be perfeB.,
he of good Comfort., be of one Mind.,
live in Peace ; and the GO D of Love
and Peace fhall be with you.

L "T^Inally \ Ta koitt'ov.
JT Sharp Reproofs fliould conclude in plea
fing Exprefllons.
II. Brethren ; 'A/sxpsi. The Word is taken,
I . For Natural, S. Matth. iv. 1 8,
2, Kinfmen, Rom. ix. 3.
3. Neighbour, S. Matth. vii. 3,4,
4. One of the fame Stock, Deut. xxiii. 7.
5. Chriftians, Hebr. iii, i, and ii, 11. i Theff.
ii. I.
III. Farevel ; Xnifiji.
Ufed,
I. At Meeting, S. Matth. xxviii. 9, S. Luk. i.
28. Xdifi *e;)£,«6«7*'/«Vt). XsMf £ 'TATtif a |«c£.
Anfwer of Negled, Kctj ev tpi\o; (/.aka x,-"-
ps ^iol M rd t\CiA J^oliv.
2. At Parting ; xaifilov a Ki<pa, Homer. K«.i
yeUfiji U ipihOl 'TTAlJ'ii.
'ndyfii /i ol 'TTAgjy'jii i^ 01 imivlii (fiKol X'^f'^^t
Xenoph. Cyrus,
IV. Be perfeB ; Y.d]AfT'i^i&i. Tt '£b KAlA^Ti^i&i ;
TiA.r/6; yivi^i, ctVstTAtipS'Ts T* A«'3'o/]«, S.Chryloft. I, Kega-

Thefaurus Theologicus. 171

I. Negatively. Not as if we fhould be per
fed without Sin, i S. Jeh. i. 8, lo.
2. Pofitively.
I . We are to labour after Perfedion, Phii.
iii. IO, II, 12.
i . Perfedly free from Sin.
2. Perfed in Grace.
I. Faitb,
2. Love, Deut.vi. 5.
3. Heavenly-mindednefs.
2. We are to be Sincere.
V. Be of good Comfort ; UA^.KAXei^i, that is,
in the midft of afl Troubles rejoice.
I. In GOD, Phil. iv.4.
2, In a good Confcience, 2 Cor. i. 12,
VI, Be of the fame Mind ; To auTotpg^yilTi Zb jS
TB tuiro (p^yviiy }^ [/.h iiflwiileiv oTAy Iv roli J^'ufi^AO't
ev[Jl.Se(tVU(riTtVSf, iv i'i Tois 'Ug)i AKKnKVi S'lA^ASid^M-
.ffiy, S. Chryfbft.
I . In Matters of Faith.
2. Of Worfliip, I Cor. xi. 18.
VII, Live in Peace ; E/pIwiAls.
I. Without mutual Hatred.
2. Without Contention.
3. Without Worrying one another,
VIII, And the GOD of Peace fhall be with you ;
'H jS WAjyi.^ 7ST6 « vg^Kiyei ' to lo-'ofjSiJttv if.S.KKov /e
di^ip'oTigy., b. Chryfoft,
I. He defires it. .
_ 2. Fore-tefls it ; becaufe He is the GOD of
Peace and Love.
' Be with you,
I. To proted you, j^, xliii. 1.
2, To

172 Thefaurus Theologicus.
2. To blefs you, and your Eftate to you.
3. To comfort you, //i. xii. 10.
4. To deliver you from Troubles.
5. To make you truly Happy.
Use.
Ei:hortatio«. Foflow |:hefe Diredions.'
Confider,
I. You have but a fliort Titne here.
2. You muft appear e'er long before Chrift,
2 Cor. v- I o-
3- You wifl have no Comfort of any Thing elfe
hereafter.

3 C o R. xiii. 1 1,
And the GOD of Love., Sec.

I. \T7HO is this GOD of Love?
VV I. Negatively- Not the G O D of
this World, 2 Cor. iv. 4.
2. Pofitively, But the GQD of aU the World.
n. What Love is He the GOD of?
1. Not luftful Love.
2. Not worldly Love, i S. Joh. ii. 15.
3. Not paflionate Love.
4. But fincere, fpiritual, perfed Loye.
m. What is it for GOD to be a GOD of
Love? It implies,
1. That He is the Author of Love in others,
I S. Joh. iv. 7. 2. That

Thefaurus Theohgiciis. i"^^
2. That He is fufl of Love in Hirafelfi i S. Joh.
iv. 1 5.
IV. What are we to underfland by Love in
GOi) ? An eflential Property, whereby He lo^cs
Himfelf above afl Things, and other Things for
Himfelf: And fo it fignifies,
I . His. eternal Purpofe and Good- Wifl towards
OS, Rom.ix. II, 13-
2. The Effeds of that Love, i S. Joh. iii. i.
3. His Pleafure in what He loves, Pfal. xiv. 7.
V. what are the Qualities of the Love of
GOD?
I . 'Tis Sincere without Hypocrify.
2. Free without Defert.
3, Great without Comparifon,
4. Conftant without Failing, S.Joh. xlii. i^
Rom. xi. 29. I S.Joh.iv. \6.
5. Infinite without Limit.
VI. Whom doth He love?
I. Himfelf.
2. Afl Things riiade by Hini, not Sin, but a§
Hiiiifeif above afl Things, fo His Saints above all
Merf, Prdv. viii. 17.
VII. Wherein doth His Love to Man appear?
1. In His encamping His Image upon him in
the firft Adam.
2. In rcftoring it to him in the fecond Adam^
Joh. iii. 1 5. I S.Joh. iv. 9. GOD manifefted His
Love in Chrift highly -, if we confider,
I. Whom He fent, Mai. Hi. 17.
2. Whither He fent Him.
3. What He fent Him to do, i S. Joh. iii. i5.
4. Whom He feat Him for,. Rom. v- 7, 8-.
5. What

174 'Thefaurus Theologicus.
3. What He redeemed us by Chrift from',
AB. iii. 2.
5. What He redeemed us to.
VIII. Why doth GOD love us ? Becaufe He
wifl, Deut. vii, 8,
Uses,
I , Inference. That Chrift was GOD, who
thus could reconcile GOD to Man.
2. Reproof. To afl that love not GOD, tho*
GOD love them, Rom. i. 30. 2 Tim. iii. 4.
3. Confolation. GOD doth not love you for
yourfelves, but His own Sake, Rom.v. 10.
4. Exhortations^
I. As GOD loved afl Things He made, do
you fo.
2. As GOD loveth Men above other Crea
tures, do you fo.
i. As GOD loves His Enemies, do you fo,
S. Joh. V. 44.
4. As GOD loves the Godly above all Men,
do you fo. Gal. vi. i o.
5. As GOD loves Himfelf above all Things,
do you fo ; as He is a GOD of Love to
you, be you a People of Love to Him,
love Him, fo as, ( i S. Joh. iv. 19. )
1 . To be often thinking of Hira.
2. Longing for Hira.
' 3. Rejoicing in Him.
4. Obedient to Him.
Motives-
I. If you love GOD, GOD will loVe you,^
Prov. viii. 17.
1. Then whatfoever He doth, fliall be for you.
3. To love GOD, is the very Glory of Heaven--
I G A i-

Thefaurus Theologicus. 175

(j A L. IV. 4.
But when the Fulnefs of Time was eomCy
GOD fent forth His Son, made of a
Woman., &c.
Doctrine I.
CHRIST came in the Fulnefs of Time.
I . What is the Fulnefs of Time ?
I . The Time appointed by the Father.
2. Foretold by the Prophets,
2, How doth it appear ?
1, From Gen. xlix. to.
2. Dan. ix. 23,
3, Hag. ii. 9. Mai. iii. i.
Doctrine II.
He was fent, therefore He had a Being before
horn of a Wornan.
This appears from,
I. S. Joh. vi, 33, 51. ,
2, S. Joh. i. 13. and viii. 38,
3. S. Joh. i. 2. Hebr. i. 2. Col. i. 13, 1 5,
Doctrine III.
This Chrift was GOD's Son. v
This appears,
I. He was GOD, Rom. ix. 5. i S. Joh. v. 20,
2, This Godhead He recei\^ed of tic Father,
S. Joh. V. 25. 3. Thi#

1^6 Thefaurus Theologicus i

3. This Communication was properly a Gene
ration, n*7-«p /J^j ydf Sity 5 Ir&pa TO I?) Xj* T 0-
fjLotAV iiM-m (fv^ty ^ d^yhu ijP^^dy, S- Bafil.
Doctrine IV.
Made of a Woman. Not '-f^yd/^oy, but ifj'o/j}^Jw.
Which implies,
I. That He received His humane Body, fub-
ftantiafly from the Woman, contrary to Marcion,
who faid, Eum per mulierem tavquam per cana-
lem natum futjfe.
2. Made of a Womdfi, that is, jvithout the Help
of Man, i/^. vii. 14. S.Matt.i.23,2^- S.Lz/^. 1,34,35;
Us ES.
I. Information. ,
I. See the infinite Love of GOD to Man
kind.
2, The Dignity of the humane Nature above
all other Creatures.
2. Exhortation. Be thankful for this inefti-
tiiable Mercy. Confider,
1. How Miferable you would have been
without it.
I. Your Sins unpardoned.
2. Your GOD unreconciled.
3. Your Souls condemned to eternal Tor
ments.
2, How Happy by it.
I. Your Perfons juftified.
2, Your GOD reconciled,' Rom. V, i.
3, Your Souls faved.
4. Sing with the Angels, S: Lvk. li. 14.
Glory to GOD in the Higheft, &c.
3. Endeavour to partake of His Flefli and
Blood, by Faith in the Sacrament. G A t.

Thefaurus Theologicus. 177

Gal. iv. 6.
And becaufe ye are Sons., GOD hath fent
forth the Spirit of His Son into' your
Hearts., crying., Abba, Father.
Obferve,
. I. rrn h E Spirit fent.
X If- Who fent him? GOD.
III. Why ? Becaufe ye are Sons.
IV. Whither? Into your Hearts.
V. What to do ? To cry, Abba, Father.
I. Spirit fent.
I. What Spirit ? Of His Son.
I. There arc three Perfons in the Godhead,
S. Matth. iii. i5, 17. and xxviii. 19.
2 Cor. xiii. 14. Gal. iv. .5. i S. Joh.
V. 7. . ,
2. The Spirit is one of them, i Cor. vi. 19.
AB. V. 3,4. I Cor. xii. 5, II. Ifa. vi.
8, 9. AB. xxviii. 23, 25.
3. He is the third Perfon, becaufe He pro
ceeds from Father and Son, S. Jeh.
XV. 25. xiv. 25. and xvi. 13. Gal.
iv. 5.
n. Who fent him ? GOD, S. Joh. xiv, 25,
I. GOD fent His Son, Gal. iv. 4. i^*Ter«xs.
2. By the Mediation of the Son, He fent,
^cMr4r«Ae, the Spirit too, S. Jeh. xvi. 6, 7. S. Luk.
xxiv. 49. ../4£f. i, 4. and ii. i.
Vol. IIL M 111. Why ?

178 Thefaurus Theologicus.

III. Why ? Becaufe ye are Sons.
I. Afl Believers are GOD's Sons, S.Joh.
). 12. 2. Therefore, becaufe they believe, and fo are
His Sons, GOD gives them His Spirit.
IV. Whither ? Into your Hearts.
1, Becaufe the Heart is the Fountain of Life,
Prov. iv. 23,
2, The Seal of afl true Grace.
V. Vv'hy?
I, To be a Pledge of Chrift's Prefence, S. Joh.
xiv. 1 5, 17, 18, S. Matth. xxviii. 20.,
2, To teach us all Things needful, S. Job.
xiv. 25.
3. To guide us into all Truth.
4. To comfortus, S. Joh. xv. 26. and xvi. 7.
5. To feal our Redemption, £pfc.i. 13, 14. and
iv. 30.
^ 5. To uphold us under afl Afflidions, Ffal.
li. 12.
7. To witnefs our Adoption, Rom. viii. 1 3, i5.
Uses.
I. Examine, whether you have this Spirit.
I i He is a convincing Spirit, S. Jeh. xvi. 9,
10, IK
I , Of Sin in ourfelves,
2. Of Righteoufnefs in Chrift.
3. Of Chrift's Power and Judgment to
come.
2. A renewing Spirit, Tit. iii. 5. S, Jeh. Hi.
3, 5- . . ¦ ,
3. A quickening Spirit, Rom. viii; 2. S. Joh.
VI. 53. .
4. A

Thefaurus Theologicus. 179
4. A leading Spirit, iRowj. viii. I, 14.
5, A praying Spirit, Rom. viii. 1 3, 25.
2, Ufe afl Means to get the Spirit in your
Hearts. Motives- Confider,
I. Tifl then, you are not Chrift's, Rom.
viii. 9.
2. Can do no good Thing, S, Joh. xv- 5.
Rom. viii. 25.
3. Are obnoxious to afl Sin.
4. In continual Danger of Hell.
5. Can have no true Comfort.
Means.
I. Pray to GOD for it, S. Luh xi. 13.
2. Frequent the Publick Ordinances, AB.
ii. f.

M 2 Gal.'

l8o Thefaurus Theologicus.
G A L. V. 19,
W?tr, the Works of the Flejh are mariu
fefted., which are thefe., Adultery., &c.
L TT7-HAT is Flefli? It is taken,
VV I . For the whole Man, Gen. vi. 3,
2. For the mortal Body, 2 Cor. vii. i . Gal. ii, 20.
3. For the Ceremonies of the Law, Gal. iii. 3.
and vi. 12. Phil. Hi. 3. becaufe performed by the
Body. 4. For the Humane Nature of Chrift, Rom. i. 3.
I Pet. iii. 1 8. and iv. i . as Spirit for the Divine,
Rom. i. 4.
5. For afl Mankind, Gen.vi.12. Ifa.xl.6. Ob
imbecilitatem, Ifa. XXxi. 3.
6. For the humane Nature, as corrupt, or a
State of Sin, Ephef H. 3. Rom.vii. 3.
This denotes the Corruption of the Soul, as
-wefl as Body -, for we read of,
I. *e?cti/xr» -f (TAfKoi, Rom. viii. 5,
2. 'T'ttq tS vooi -f (FAfKos twn, Coloff 11. 1 8.
7. For the unregenerate Part in a regene
rate Man, Rom. vii. i8. fo inthe Text, Sa'px*
tJiya r' hm TaVftps) <? yvdiivif poxar, mnHfiA /& ? iyoi-
T.'ioAV ydej-i, Theodor. Tldhiy cdfKA to a-Afx-mov ka-
Aei 9eo'c»^ot, Idem.
<s»vv(^y i!rc$Aifieiy, S- Chryfbft.
II. What by Works? Whatfoever proceeds
from the Body of Death.
Seji ^ iffud eleganter quod in carne opera pofult,
fruBus in Spirltu ; quia v'ltia in femetipfa fnivntur &
ptreunt.

Thefaurus Theologicus, l8i
pereunt, virtutes frugibus pullulant & redundant^
S. Hieron.
III. How manifeft ?
I. By the Light of Nature-, ' Fel omnibus ed
nota efs demonfhat, quia per fe pateant efie maid
& fugiendd, S. Hieron.
2. They cannot be hid, Hebr. iv. 14.
Use.
I . Take notice of them.
I . The Power of the Flefli in the Heart.
I, Though fome have all Flefli and nb'
Spiritj none have all Spirit and no'
Flefh,
2. The Power of the Spirit ought to be
above the Power of Flefli.
2. The Works of the Flefli in your Life.
2. Labour againft them.
I. They are pleafing to Satan.
2, Offenfive to GOD,
3. Tormenting of the Confcience.
4. Injurious to Religion.
5. Deftrudive of the Soul.
Adultery is a great Sin.
I , The Nature of it, it is a Vice oppofed to'
ehaftity, and may be committed,
I , In the Heart, S.Matth.v. 28. and therefore,
1. Look not upon yourfelves as innocent,
becaufe not adual Adulterers.
2. Repent of unchaft Thoughts.
3. Beg Pardon for them.
4. Labour againft them. ¦•
2. In the Adi when the Perfons thatconi-
mit it, are joined to others, either by
Marriage or Con trad.
M J 2. The'

iSa Thefaurus Theologicus.
2. The Greatnefs of it.
I . It is frequently forbidden.
2. It is a breaking the Covenant we made
before GOD.
3. It is deftrudive to others, as wefl as our
felves.
4. It is the Occafion of many -other Sins.
3. It is making the Members of Chrift, the
Members oi an Harlot, i Cor. vi. 1 5,
1 5.
Uses,
I. Repent of this Sin.
2. Labour againft it. Confidering,
I. It is a Punifliment as wefl as Sin, Prov.
xxii. 14. Rom. i. 24.
2, It confumes a Man's Eftate, Prov. v. 10.
and vi.-25. Job xxxi. 12.
3, A Man's Body alfo, Frov. 5. 1 1.
4. It defiles the Body, i Cor. vl 18.
5. It darkens a Man's Judgment and Un
derftanding, Hofiv. II.
5. It deftroys the whole Soul, Frov. vi.
32.
7. It brings into irreparable Difgrace ,
Prov. vi. 33,
8. GOD ordinarily difcovereth and pu-
niflieth it in this Life, Num. xxv. 6.
I Cor. X. 8.
9. GOD will be fure to judge it hereafter,
Hebr. xiii. 4.
ic. It keeps Men from Heaven, 1 Cor. vi.
9, 10.
Means,
I. Avoid the Occafions.
I. Idlenefs, Ezek. xvi. 49. 2 Sam. xi. 2. 2. Bad

Thefaurus Theologicus. 18^

2. Bad Company, Prov. vii. 23.
3. Afl other Sins, as much as thou canft,
Prov. i, 23.
2. Make a Covenant with thine Eyes, Job
xxxi. I.
3. Watch over thy Thoughts, Mai. ii. i5.
4. Keep in with GOD, Proy. xxii. 14.
5. Delight in- the Word of GOD, Prov. ii.
10, 1 5.
5. Be much in Prayer, Pfal. cxix. 37.
7. Be much in Meditation.

Gal. v. 19.
FornicatiGn., Sec.

I. YKJUkT is,Fornlcat'ion?
V V I- When two fingle Perfons come to
gether out ofthe State of Matrimony, Deut. xxii.
28. 2. How appears it a Sin ?
I. It is contrary to GOD's Command., i Cer.
vi. 1 8.- Ephefv. iii. i Thejf. iv 3
2. It provokes GOD's Anger, Co/o,y^-.. ,6,
5^r. V. 7. Hof iv. 14.
3. GOD will judge it, Xlofym; q iLj iJ.o..X': x-t^-vH
0 0ek, Hebr. xiii. 4,
4 This will keep us out of Heaven, i Cor.
vi. 9.
II. Uncleannefs, 'Ax.*9ctp8-ice.
i- Inward.
I o The Defire of ftrange Flefii, with a R.efo-
M' 4 latiotf

184 Thefaurus Theologicus.
lution to enjoy it, if he could, Colof.
Hi. 3. I Thef. iv. 5,
2, Height and Burning of finful Lufts and
Affedions, S, Jam. i. 1 5.
3. Sinful and unclean Thoughts, Buggery,
Levit. xviii. 23.
2- Outward^ in Adultery, or adual Fornicati
on, and Inceft, Lev. xviii. 5. Sodomy, Lev. xviii.
23. Rom. I. 25, 27.
III. Wantonnefs, 'AirsAj,«:i-, whereby the Soul
is enflamed to the other Sins ; exprefled,
I. In Apparel.
I. Excefs.
2, Lightnefs, Prov. vii, 10.
3. Singularity, 2 S^w. xiii. 18.
4, Of a contrary Sex, Deut. xxii. 3.
2. Geftures.
I, Wanton Looks, &c. 2 Pet. ii. 14. Job
xxxi. I.
2. Wanton Walking, d-c Ifa. Hi. i5.
3. Meat and Drink.
t. The Quantity, Ez.ek. xvi. 49.
2. Quality, S. Lj<I. xvi. 19.
4. Words.
I. Fooliftl, Ephef V. 3, 4.
2. Obfcene Talking, i Cor. xv. 33.
Pafcltur libido conviviis, nutritur deliciis,
vino accenditur, ebrietate flammatur '.,
graviora his funt fomenta verborum qua
vino quodam Sodomitana vitis mentem
inebriam, S. Ambrof.
IV. Idolatry ?
B. What is it ? The worfliipping Of any Thing
befides GOD-, Boas, I. To

Thefaurus Theologicus. 185

I. To pray to them, Ifa. xliv. 17.
2. To facrifice to them, 2 King. xvii. 35.
3, To build Temples and Altars to them,
fiof xii. II.
4. Asking Counfel of them, Hof iv. 1 2.
5, Thanking of them, Judg. xvi. 23, 24. Dan.
V. 4.
5. Outward Adoration of them. Rev. xxii-
8,9-
7. Prophefying in their Name, Jer. ii. 8-
2. Who are guilty of this Sin ?
I. Heathens i who worfliip,
I. Men, as Jupiter, Saturn, Mercury, Scc.
Erao hi funt Dii habendi mortalibus
nati parentibus, ClCCro.
^aify'iTAi 3 TisTKf ;^ ToKKuy oJtik; d~
banchoniath, •
Hi feparat'im nemo fit habens Deos no-
vos five advenas, nifi publics afcitos
privatim colunto., Pet. Erin.
2. Devils ; AaiiJi.ovAf e-3-p«o'K<ioi' Mmlv 59 -S-eis
dvYtyo^djov , S. Athanaf. .*.
Lev. xvii. 7- nn^yiu. Arab. ^^x!k L*«Ji).
3, Beafts ; A^iyvTrl'iav hivi td kvvZv ¦j^'©* a-
•jTAy a-'tSi^Ai, h'tui 3 ^ \vKuy n kc?m-
/wAsic, Plut,
4. Stars j Afr, Quno'i 'j n\itj> j^ o-sawh ij.ivei<ri,
Herodot. Jer. vii. 1 8.
5. Images -, firft made, A/« <? n .^d'ppA tb-
TKTex,rt)f, Epiphan. Ez.ek. xx. 32.
2, Mahumetans,
3. Chriftians,
I. Popiflij who worfliip, i. The

1 86 Thefaurus Theologicus.
I. The Bread facramental.
2. Saints ; Bonum at que utile eft eos in-
vocare, Concil. Trid.
Kiw dyykKisi oyoy.di^eiy, forbidden Concil.
Laodic.
3, Iraages ; Sunt vere & proprie veneran-
da, ita ut ipfds ter minent veneratio-
nem, Beflarm,
4. Reliques -, SanBorum reliqulas religiose
fervandas & colendas efe aiunt.
"TCcii dvdyvav eoc"]* vApi^dfjSpcu ^vii&aJt,
Aeiy'oTie^y yiKvay Kei4'AVA vdvl-A (riSety.
An impure Sacrifice is Sin, much mote.
The Reliques of a dead Man to adore.
Nazianz.
2. Proteftants-
I , The Covetous, Colof. Hi, 5, Ephef 3. v.
2, Voluptuous, Phil.iii. 19.
3. Ambitious.
4, He that lives in a known Sin,
3. How appears the Greatnefs of the Sin ?
I . It is frequently forbidden, Exod, xx. 3,4.
2. Severely punifli'd, Exod. xxii. 20, Devt.
xvii, 3, 4, 5-
3. No Sin can bring greater Diflionour unto
GOD, Jer.ii. 13.
4. It wifl certainly bring thee to Hell, Rev.
xxi. 8, and xxii. 1 3. i Cor. v. 9-

G A L ,'

'•W

Thefaurus Theologicus. 187
G A L, V. 19, ao.
Witchcraft., Hatred., Sec.
Itchcraft is a great Sin.
I. What is Witchcraft ?
GOD created fpiritual, as wefl as bodily
Creatures, or invifible, as wefl as vifi
ble. Col. i. i5.
They are not meer Motions or Inclinations,
according ro the Sddducees and Liber
tines, but iubftance.
1. For they ad, Pfal. cxlviii. 2. and ciii.
20. Hebr. i. 5. S. Matth. iv. 11.
ABiones funt fuppefitorum.
2. From their Coadiuon, S. Matth. xviii.
10. and xxv. 41.
3. We fhafl be like r.hem, S. M^^- >^ii. 25-.
4. They were created of themfelves. Ac
cidentia funt concreata. Gen. i. i . Job
xxxviii. 5, 7,
. They being created in a mutable Eftate,
fome fell into Sin, 2 S.Pet.ii. 4, S.Jud.6.
Excepta trinltate, omnls creatura etidmfinon
peccet, tamen poteft peccare, S. Aug.
Which Sin is thought to be Pride, i Tim.
iii. 5.
Ipfe Diabolus per fuperhiam natum fu£ ami-
fit gratiam, S. Ambrof
. Being fallen into Sin themfelves, they
endeavour to bring others to it too,
I S. Pet. V. 3.
Studet plures fimiles fui videre, & in eo ha
bet gloriam quod plures perditcs fecerir,
S. Ambrof. Hence

l88 Thefaurus Theologicus.
Hence cafl'd,
I- \m. ,
2. AiaCoK©-.
3. The old Dragon, liev. xii. 8, 9,
4. Amongft other ways, he often abufeth
his Power and Knowledge, to make
Men believe them to be great, and fo
truft in them.
5. To confult any of thefe Spirits, for the
knowing, getting, or doing any thing,
is that which we cafl, 4ap/*o6wict, Witch-
rraft.
2. Reafons.
r- It is forbidden, i)*Kf. xviii. 10.
2. It is punifli'd. Lev. xx; 27. Exod. xxii.
3' it is reckon'd amongft the greateft of
Sins, I Sam. xv. 23;
•4. It hath many Sins in it,
r, Miftruft of GOD.
2. Worfhipping the Devil.
3. Who are guilty of it ?
I. Afl that make any Contrad with the
Devil.
2. Afl that, though they have not formally
contraded, yet familiarly confult him,
Deut. xviii. 1 1.
3. Afl that confult thole that confult him,
I Sam. xxviii. 7, 8.
4. They come near this Sin, that ufe any
Enchantments to prevent Evil, as the
Papifts hangjng Reliques about their
Necks, and others for the curing Di-
feafes. Have a Care of it, Confider,
Deut. xviii. 9, 10, II, 12. and the
Text. Hatreds.

Thefaurus Theologicus. 189

Hatreds. 'E^^e"'-
I- Doctrine, //4fre</ is a Sin.
I, There is a lawful Hatred, Hebr.i. 9. Trov.
xiii* 5.. and xxviii, i5, thefe are the right Ob-
jeds, 2. A finful Hatred,
I. Of GOD, Rom. i. 30.
I. What is it, to hate GOD?
I. GOD is the chiefeft Good, S. Luh
xviii. 19.
J . The only Effential,
2. Original,
3. Univerfal,
4. Infinite, •
5. Satisfying, .
5. Neceflary,
7. Eternal, Good.
2. Therefore He ought to be lov'd as
the chiefeft Good.
I. With all our Hearts, Deut,.vi. 3.
S. Matth xxii. 37.
2. Above afl Things, S.Matth. x. 3-].
S. Luk. xiv. 25.
3. Afl Want of this true Love to
GOD, is accounted as hating
Him.
2. Reafons.
I. It is a Sin againft Scripture.
2. Againft Reafon-
3. Againft Confcience.
3. Who arc guilty of it ?
I . Such as know not GOD.
2. That wifli there was no GOD, Pfal.
xiv. I. • '
3. That bate the Knowledge of Him, Ffal.
I. 17. Job xxi. 14. Prov. viii. 36.
4- That

190 Thefaurus Theologicus.
4. That hate the Ways and Ordinances of
GOD.
5. That hate the Children of GOD, i S. Joh.
V. I . S. Matth. xxv. 40.
6. They that love other Things more than
GOD, 2Tiw?. iii.4. fiXnJ'oyoi, &c.
I . Such as think of other Things more,
2, Defire,
3. Rejoice in,
4. Are loath to part with, more than
GOD.
7. Such as love Sin.
8. Such as do not keep His Commandments,
Exod. XX, 3, 5. S- Jeh. xiv. 1 5.
Use.
Have a Care of this Sin.
I . It argues you are in your Sins.
2. If you hate GOD, GOD wifl hate you,
3. Love Him, and afl Things fliafl work to
gether for Good to you, Rom. viii. 28,
4. Love Him here, and live with Him here
after. IL Doctrine. Hatred of Men.
I, What is it? Know,
I. We are commanded to love our Neigh
bour as ourfelves. Lev. xix- 1 8. S. Matt.
XX. 39. S. Jam. ii. 8. fo as,
I. To wifli Him no more Evil than our
felves.
2. To wifti Him Good, as wefl as our
felves.
3. To defire this meerly out of Good- WiU
to Him, not ffcking ourfelves.
4. To endeavour it, as well as wifli it.
2. The Want of this Grace is Hatred.
2. How

Thefaurus Theologicus. I91
2. How doth it appear a Sin ?
I . It is contrary to Law.
2, ItisthcCaufeof many other Sins; as,
I. Anger, Eph. v. 25, 31,
2, Envy, S. Jam. Hi. 14.
3, Unmercifulnefe, Rom. i. 3 1 , Ames vi, 5.
4. Cruelty, Pfal. v. 5.
3, Pride, Prov. xiii, 10,
5, Defire of Revenge, Rom. xii. 1 9.
7. Uncharitable Sufpicions, i Cor.xiii- 5,7.
8. Refradorinefs, Rom. i. 3 1 .
3, It is a breaking the whole Law, Rom. xiii,
9. C<z/. V, 14,
Hatred,
I , Doth not honour Father and Mother,
2. Murders, S, Matth. v, 2 1 , 22, i S, Joh.
iii. 12.
3, Commits Adultery.
., 4, Steals.
5. Bears falfe Witnefs, ^
5. Covets,
3, Who are guilty of it ?
1, Afl that wifhEvil to their Neighbours,
unlefs for a good End.
2. Afl that wifti them not Good.
3. All that do not do what Good they can.
4, All that do not reprove them for Sin,
Lev. xix. 17.
5. All that do not excite them to Good,
Hebr. X. 24,
5. All that bear any fecret Grudge and Ma
lice againft Him.
Use.
Have a Care of it, Confider,
I. It is a Sin highly provoking GOD.
2, An unprofitable Sin. 3. A

192 Thefaurus Theologicus.
3. A Soul-tormenting Sin.
4. A Duty-difturbing Sin.
I . Prayer.
2. Meditation.
3. Sacraments.
5. It is the Caufe of Trouble and Vexation,
Prov. X. 1 2.
5. It is an Evidence of a finful and unregene
rate Heart, and that loves not GOD, i S. Joh.
iv, 20.
• 7. It will itfelf keep out of Heaven.
Objections.
1. He is a Sinner.
I. Perhaps his Sin is not the Caufe of thy
Hatred, but thy Hatred the Occafion
why thou thinkeft him a Sinner, Prov.
X. 12.
2. GOD loved thee when a Sinner, Rom.
V. 8.
3. He hath common Love for all, even
Sinners, S. Matth. v. 43.
4. Though he lefs deferve, he more needs
thy Love.
5. If thou loveft no Sinners, thou muft love
none at all.
6. Thou oughteft, therefore, fo to hate his
Sins, as to love his Perfon, Pfal.
xcix. 8,
2. He hath wronged me.
1. Thou haft wronged GOD more.
2. Thou doft thyfelf a greater Injury, by
hating of hira.
3. Thou art not to fin againft GOD, be
caufe he fins againft thee.
4. If thou doft not pardon him, GOD
wifl not thee, S. Matth. vi, 15. 3. He

Thefaurus Theologicus. 195
He hates me. •
[. The Heathens love thofe that love
them, S. Matth. v. 45, 47.
2. G O D loved thee, when an Enemy to
Him, Rom. v. 10.
3. If they be thine Enemies, thou haft a fpe
cial Command to love them, S. Matth.
V. 44.
4. If you plead this againft your Brother
now, GOD wifl plead it againft you
hereafter.

Gal. v. I04
Variance., Sec
I, \WT H A T is Fariaace ?
VV A Sin oppofed to Amity;
I. In Opinion, Ephef. iv. 13.
2. Affedion, Efhef iv. 3. confifting in a m^ek
and peaceable Spirit,
I. To our Superiors^
2, Equals.
I. Friends.
2. Enemies;
3. Inferiors.
II. How is it a Sin ?
1 . From its Contrariety to GOD's Law.?
2, Its Caufes,
I. Pride and Ambition, Pro-y. xiii. 10,
2. Want of true Love and Affedion.
3- Its Efl'eds.
I. Vexation to ourfelves.
Vol. III. N 2, TrOH-

19^ Thefaurus Theologicus.
2. Trouble to others.
3. Hatred of our Neighbours.
4. Its Judgments.
I . It will bring a Curfe on us here.
2. Throw us into Hefl hereafter.
III. Who are guilty of it ?
I. Scepticks in Philofophy, efpeeially Divi
nity. 2. Such as fafl out for Trifles with others.
3. Such as being faflen out, refufe to be re
conciled. Emulation. 2.nK©-.
I. What is it"? There is a twofold Emulation.
I. Good. KaAaf ij TB ^oA^ta-a/, Gal. iv. 18. that
is, when we are forry for any Hurt done to what
is really Good.
2. Evil.
I . To grieve for Hurt done to what is not
reafly Good.
2. Or if it be not really Hurt -, as, to grieve
for another's excefling us ^ for by that
we are not reafly hurt.
Emulation is, to grieve for another's excelling
, me, joined with a Defire of my ex
celling him.
Envy, to grieve meerly at another's Happi
nefs.
II. It is a Sin.
It proceeds from a finful Root.
I. Errour.
2. Pride.
It brings forth finful Fruit-
I. Contention-
2. Envy. III. Who

I

Thefaurus Theologicus. 19^

III. Who are guiity of it ?
I . Such as are zealous in a bad Caufe;
2, Such as are zealous in a good Caufe, but
in a bad manner, Rom. x. 2.
3. Such as are more zealous for themfelves^
than GOD.
4. Such as love to fee no-body above them;
Anger. I. What is it?
A Paflion of the Mind raifed up in it, againft
fome prefent Evil that cannot eafily be removed.
II. Whfether may a Man be ever latwfuUy
Angry ?
Yes, Ephef iv. 26.
I. When it proceeds frora a lawful Caufcj
even Sorrow that GOD is provoked, S. Mar.
iii. 3.
2. When it is placed upon a lawful Objed,
S.Joh.xHl 17. Sin, Exod.xi.Z. and xjcxii. 19^
Lev. X. 1 5, i'7.
3. In a lawful manner, S..(T/^rf/7. viii, 22;
4. To a lawful End;
III. Who fin in their Anger ?
I. Suchas are not angry fo much at the Of^
fence, as Offender;
2. Such as are angry at any thingy rather be
caufe it wrongs them, than diflionours GOD,
3. Such as are angry without a Caufe, S.Matti
V. 22. 4. Such as are too angry, though ia a good
Caule, Gen. xlix. 7.
3. Such wiiofe Anger is accompanied with
Hatred^ N 2 $. Saeis

196 Thefaurus Theologicus.
5. Such whofe Anger breaks out into Curfes,
Pfal. cvi. 33.
7. Such whofe Anger indifjpofeth them to
holy Duties.
8. Such whofe Wrath proceeds frora finfiil
Caufes^ as,
I. Mifunderftanding.
2. Want of Love.
3. Pride, frov. xxi. 24.
9. Such whofe Anger is to'a wrong End.
10. Such as continue long in their Anger,
Ephef iv. 25.
IV. Motives againft it.
I . GOD forbids it, Ephef iv. 3 1 . Colof ill 8.
2. It difturbs both Soul and Body.
3. It is not only a Sin, but Fofly, Ecclef vii. 9.
Prov. xiv. 17, 29.
4, It may prove thy Ruin.
5. It wifl keep thee out of Heaven.
V. Means to avoid it,
1, Get thyfelf convinced of the Sinfulncfs
of it.
2. Confider the Unreafonablenefs of it.
3. Often think how it difcompofeth thee.
4, Bring down and labour againft the Pride of
thy Heart.
3. Watch over thy Heart continuafly, Frov.
iv. 23.
5. Abftain from the firft Rifings of it.
7. When it begins, divert it with Anger at
thyfelf lor it.
8. Beg of GOD to give thee a meek Spirit.
Gal.

'S

Thefamus Theologicus. 197
Gal. v. 20.
Strife., Seditions., Herejies.

Trife. 'Eei9e7ttt.
I . Lawful.
I. Which fliould bring the moft Glory to
god's Name.
2, And perform the exadeft Obedience to
His Precepts, Phil. iii. 10, 1 1, 13.
3. Believe the firmeft in His Son.
4. Grow the fafteft in Grace, 1 S. Pet. iii. 1 8.
5. Make our Cafling and Eledion fureft,
2 S. Pet. i. 10.
2. Sinful. Cum quls femper ad sontradicendum paratus
ftomacho deleBatur, alieno & muliebri jur-
gio contendit, & provocat contendentem.
S. Hieron.
I. When proceeding from Anger and Ma
lice.
2. About Trifles.
3. In opprobrious Terms.
4. Ending in Hatred and Revenge.
Use.
Avoid it, I Cor. xi. 16. it is puniflicd, Rom. ii. 8.
II. Seditions. AiKo^AtrtAi, in civil Affairs.
I. To oppofe lawful Governours, Rom. xiii. i.
2. To confent to, or connive at them that
do it. '
3. To raife Tumults in a Kingdom, or Com-
moflwealtbj or Pariih. N 3 III. Herefies.

198 Thefaurus Theologicus.
III. Herefies.
I. What is it ? To it are required,
I. That a Man profefs Chriftianity.
Hi^refis grace ab eleBione dicitur, quod fci^t
licet vnufquifque fid fibi efigat quod ei me
lius videatur, Hieron. otherwife he i?
injidelis.
2. That he err againft the Fundamentals of
Chriftianity, S. Matth. xxviii. 19,
}, Concerning G O D.
.1. One in Nature,
2. Three in Perfons.
3, Infinitely Perfepl.'
2, The Son, '
I. That He is GOD begotten,
2, That He was incarnate'of a' Virgin.
3. Suffered for us, i/«. liil, 5.
4, Rofe again.
5, Afccflded.
6. Intercedes.
7. Wifl come again.
8. Is the only Saviour, AB.iv. 12,
•3. The Holy Ghoft.
I. That He is GOD.
2, Proceeding from Father and Son.
3. Our Sandifyer and Cbrnforter.
4. That He fpake by the Prophets.
3. That he be obftinate and pertinacious in his
Opinion, Tit. Hi- 1,0, 11,
II. How appears it to be a Sin ?
I. Iii that they V'ho are guilty of it, difobfey
GOD, who comtfiands us to believe what He re
veals, 2 Tim. i. 15.'
2. It hath many Sjns accompanying it.
I. Ignorance.
2. Errour. • 3, Obfti'

Thefaurus Theologicus. J 99
3. Obftinacy, 7»>. iii. ri.
4. Pride.
5. Cenforioufnefs.
5. Apoflacy.
7. Self-Condemnation. Ol/' >B lp^««'T«l', OT/ (i'/s/V ^i'7^iv, iS'iif iya^i-
Ttxrey- oT*f Zv /us]* t <i^5i.iv£<ric o a*TB< cot-
/<(i(/')t, rt«/Vox«.1*xei]©- >iy«3, S. Chryfoft.
3. It is the Caufe and Occafion of much Evil
in the Church of GOD.
1. Hatred.
2. Sedition.
3. Sceptifm.
4, Schifm, I Cor. xi. 18, 19.
4. Herefies are commanded to be punifli'd by
the Church, Ttt. iii. 10, 1 1. "
5. They arc damnable, 2 Pet. ii. i .
Quomodo c£tera vitia, qua inter carnis opera
numerata funt, excludunt nos a regno Dei,
ita etiam nobis h&refes auferant regnum
Dei ; & non inter quomodo quis dum tan-
tum excludatur d reono.. S. Hieron.
in. Who are Hereticks ?
I . Such as deny the Unity of the Godhead •, as,
Bafilides, Manes.
'EroA/(two-«F iiTay'iroi S'vo .3-£oTiiTttf, ixiav dyccQlw,
i^ fjiUy kakIm, Cyril. Hier. Valentinus, Te/*-
My^A Qioy KAJAyfiKdHi, Cyril. Hier.
2. The Trinity of Perfons, Socinians, i S. Joh.
V. 7- S. Matth. xxviii, 19,
3. The Divinity of Chrift, S. Joh. xx. 28.
I S. Jeh. V. 20. Rom. ix. 3.
Carpocrates, Cerinthus, Ebion, Anemon, Theo-
dotus Byz.itntius , Faults Samofatanus , Sa-
bellius, Marcellus, Photinus, AriuSy Nefto-
rius.
N 4 4- Th'

aoo Thefaurus Theologicus.
4, The Humanity of Chrift, S. Joh. i. 14-
Mtnichees, Eutychlans, Marcionites, Saturniant,
with Apollinarians, who denied his Soul.
5. The real Pafllons of Chrift, AB. Hi. 1 5. Rom.
V.8. Saturnilus, BafiUdes, who faid, Hunc pafum k
Judais non efe, fed vice ipfius Simonem cru-
cifixumefe, Tertufl.
iivy) 'Imrsc (pctcrx.« •arSTa^/flscsa, dh.kd'S.li/MVATiy Ku-
^YivAiov, Epiph.
°Aam9i»; 3 )(5 i J'ox.rKset sraupaflo ;|^ *Tifl*i/s, Ignat.
So Cer^o, Marcion, Lucanus., Marcita, Co-
larbafus, Manichni.
6. The Divinity of the Holy Ghoft, AB. iv. 3.
Samofatanus, Photinus, Macedonius, Socinians,
&c, Servetus, Ochinus, of late ; Manes and
Montanus call'd themfelves the Holy Ghoft.
'O Moclo.)'©- KC iKuy©r i^^KKtlToy ieuJTiy <ay-
eny'ofdii, Zon,
7. The Divine Infjpiration of the Scriptures,
2 Tim. iii, 15,
fircumcellians, and others amongft us, who
burn the Scriptures. The Quakers, that
think themfelves above them. Pope Leo
the Tenth, who counted it a Fable.
Uses.
I. Obferve, a Man may be of a good Life, and
yet a bad Man.
2. Have a Care of Herefy. Confider,
Motives.
T. The leaft Herefy, as wefl as the greateft
Sin, is damnable.
2. When you are once faflen into it, you know
not when you fhafl be converted from it. 3. If

Thefaurus Theologicus. not
3. If once a Heretick, you are in G O D's
Efteem no Member ofthe Church, Tit. Hi. 1 1.
4. Therefore, if you live and die a Heretick
you live and die out of GOD's Favour.
Means.
I. Do not affociate yourfelves with them re
member S. John and Ceririthus. '
2. Labour after an humble Spirit.
3. Study the Scriptures, S. Matth. xxii. 29.
4. Rely not upoojour private Interpretation
of them. Id teneamus, quod ubique, quod femper, quod
ab omnibus creditum eft ; univerfalitas,
antiquitas, confenfio, Vincent. Lyr.
5. Pray for the Spirit of Truth, S. Joh. xvi.

A L.

301 Thefaurus Theologicus.
Gal. v. 21.
Envyings, Murders., Sec.
I. TXT" HAT is Envy?
V V Invidet »»» qui cuplt exceRere, fed qui u-
ritttr aliorum praftantid ; amulatur qui cupit excel-
lere, Arift.
Improbus fuo deleBatur bono, invidus torquetur a-
lieno ; ille dillglt mala, hie bona edit, S, Ambrof
Superbia eft amor excellentia propria, invidia odium
falicitatis aliens, S- Aug.
II. How appears it to be a Sin ?
I. It is contrary to GOD's Comraand, Rom.
xiii. 13.-1: S. Pet. ii. i.
2. It is a Repining at GOD's Providence and
Goodnefs. 3. It is the Fruit of Pride.
iVb» enim caufa fuperblendi eft invidia, flid
caufa invidendi fuperbia, S. Aug. .
4. The Root of Confufion and Evil, S. Jam. iii.
1 5. 3. It is a Sin that always hath its Punifliment
going along with it, Prov. xiv. 30.
To (Jilvoy ^ VA^aV dS'lKUTAloy Tg AfiA )^ J^IKAl'oTA-
7oc " 75 fj^ oTt TAffi (i^tax>^ei rolf KAKali "/ to 3 ot/
T»Kei Toi 'iyoi'lt'fy Nazianz.
Juftius invidia nihil eft, qua protinus ipfum
AuBorem rodit^ difcruciatque animum.
6. The Caufe of Hatrcd-
Qu£ enim eft caufa inimicitiarum, nifi in
vidia ? S. Ambrof
7. . It wifl keep frora Heaven. Use.

Thefaurus Theologicus. io^

USE-
Havc a Care of Envy.
Confidcr,
T , Thou art never the worfe, for others being
better. 2, Envy makes him never the worfe, nor thee
the better.
3, Thou haft more Caufe to rejoice, than be
troubled at others Goodnefs.
4, Thy envying GOD's Goodnefs to others,
may hinder it to thyfelf.
Means.
I . Oft remember it is a Sin.
2. Endeavour to get a publick Spirit-
3- Think not fo much upon what GOD gives
to others, as to thyfclf-
4. Remember the Text.
IV. Murders, iiyp,,
I. What is it ?
I. Adual Murder is the wilful kiUing of our
Neighbour, without lawful Authority.
I. It muft be wilful, otherwife not Murder,
Exod. xxi. 13. Deut. xix. 5, Num.xxxv.
22, 23.
But this is a Sin alfo,
1. In that the Party was to lofe his Liber-
fy tifl the Death of the High-Prieft,
Wum. xxxY- 23. Jop. XX. 6. to fliew
he could not be freed but by the
Death of Chrift,
2. It proceeds from Want of Confidera-
tion, ''' '
2, Without lawful Authority, which can be
only from GOD. Either, I. Imme-

204. Thefaurus Theologicus.
I- Immediately, zs Abraham, Gen- xxii. 10.
Kg^y©- 'la^nK 'isii/, ¥.£^v®- Ttlvuu %v oJ fat-
fijtfr 'lo-gjiHA <8ij?o-«fop<i'K(r/, Sanch.
?9/c«KSj 0 ;|^ KfnTif liy Y.e)yov Iv TfKVo5vei»i(
dJ^ iKde^vla, S. Athanaf
2. Mediately from GOD, by the lawful
Governours He hath appointed for the
Execution of Juftice, Rom. xiii. i. Gen.
ix. 5. Non autem ipfe occidit, qui mini-
fterium debet jvhenti, &C,
II. How appears it to be a Sin ?
I. It is contrary to GOD's Law, Exod. xx.
2. It is a defacing GOD's Image, Gen. ix. 5.
3. It is a Sin that cries up to Heaven, Gen.
iv. 10. . .
4. It poflutes a whole Land, Num. xxxv. 33.
5. It wifl certainly keep thee out of Heaven.
IIL Who are guilty of it ?
I. Such as are but angry, with their Brother,
&c. S. Matth. V. 22.
2. That wifli his Death, 1 S. Joh. iii. 1 5.
3. That intend it.
4. That contrive it, as David.
5. That employ others to do it, as David.
6. That do not endeavour to prevent it.
7. That kill themfelves ; this is a great Sin,
I Sam. xxxi. 4. 2 Sam. xvii. 23. S. Matth. XXvii. S*
I. Againft GOD's Law.
2. His Sovereignty.
3. His Goodnefs.
4- His Providence.
5. The Law of Nature.
USES^

Thefaurus Theologicus. 005
Uses.
1. Examine yourfelves, whether you have not
been guilty of Murder in fome of thefe Senfes.
2. Repent of it.
3. Have a Care efpeciafly of adual Murder.
Confider,
I . It is to imitate Satan, S, Joh. viii. 44.
2- It feldom lies long undifcovcred, Gen. iv.
9, AB. xxviii. 4.
3. GOD Himfelf wifl revenge it. Gen. ix. 6.
4. It wifl lie heavy upon your Confcience,
Gen. iv. 13, 14-
5, It wifl moft certainly be puniflied here
after.
Means.
" I. Have a Care of Pride, Prov. xiii. 10. and
the falfe Opinion of the World, placing Valour
and Manhood in Revenge and Bloodflied.
2. Keep not Company with furious Men, Prov.
xxii. 24,23.
3. Beware of the greedy Defire of Gain, Prov.
i. 19-
4. Keep under thy Paflion.
5. Avoid Riot and Drunkennefs, Prov. xxiii.
29. *

Gal.

ao6 Thefaurus Theologicus.

G Al.. V. 3fi
Drunkennefs.
I. ixrn A T Is it ?
VV An immoderate Ufe of any Liquoi-^
Ephef V. 1 8.
II. How appears it to be a Sin ?
1. It tranfgreffes the Law, Ephefv. i8. ]^omi
xiii. 13-
2. Abufeth the Creature.
3. Deftroys the Body, Prov. xxiii. 19.
4. Difturbs the Soul, Hof iv. it.
PerfplcuuHt eft, ebrietate & ficerd ftatuni
mentis everti, S. Hieron,
Ipfam quoque mentem fubruit., & animum
capit, fenfum extorquet S. Ambrof
5. Spends Time.
Ebrietas temulentis tempera furatur, & dies
furripit, S. Aug, Temporis amijfio. Idem
6. Unfits for Employment;
I. TeraporaL
2. Spiritual, S. Luk. xxi. 34.
7, It hath many Woes entailed upon it, Ifa. V;
II. and xxviii. i.
8. 'Tis fcldora fubdued, Hofiv. 11.
Multi reliquorum ferpentum veneno curatt-
tur.f nemo ebrietate, S. Ambrof;
9. 'Tis the Caufe of other Sins.
Ebrietas ab anima injuria incipit, &¦ flagi-
tiorum omnium mater eft, S. Aug- Cul-
parum materia, radix criminum, & origi

omnium vitiorum, Idem.

I. Pride.

Thefaurus Theologicus. 207

I- Pride. Fiunt ebrietate divites, qui funt in veritA-
te inopes, S- Ambrof.
2. Swearing-
3. Contention, Prov. xxiii. 19.'
4, Murder,
5. Luxury, Inceft, Gen. xix. 31,
Fult ergo ebrietas ori^o incefti, S.AmbrpH
Sane dijiimus vltandam ebrietatem fer
quam crimina vitare non pofumus, Idem.
10, Keeps from Heaven,
III, Who are guilty of it ?
I, Afl that drink tifl they are unfit for Em
ployment. 2- That have fo habituated themfelves to it,
as to fit at it a long time, though without cloud
ing the Reafon, Frov. xxiii. 30. Ifa. v. 1 1, 22,
3. That give it others, on purpofe tO make
them drunk,
4, Efpeciafly, fuch as invite others,and perfuade
them to it-
3. That love Reveflings.
They fhall not inherit the Kingdom of G 0 D.
I. What is the Kingdom of GOD.
Twofold.
I. Of Grace, S. Matth. v. 19, 20.
2. Glory, where S. Matth. xviii. i, 3. and xix.
23- I. Jehovah is King,
2. The Laws are Juftice-
3. The Subjeds unanimous,
4- Where there is neither,
I, Sin, 1 Cor.xv. 50,
2. Mifery, Rev.v'H. 17, 5- The

2o8 Thefaurus Theologicus.

$. The Subjeds cloathed with Righteoufnefs
Rev. iii. 3. '
6. Fed with fatisfying Comforts, Pfal. xvii.
15-
I . The Company of Angels and Saints.
2. The Sight of Chrift.
3. The Fulnefs of the Spirit.
4. The Prefence of GOD.
7. An eternal Kingdom.
II. How appears it they cannot inherit it ?
1. From the Word of GOD, Ephef v. 5.
1 Cor. vi. 9, 10. Hebr. xii. 14.
2. The Rules of Juftice,
3. The Conclufions of Reafon, becaufe not
capable.
Use.
Examine.
And if you have been Guilty.
I. Confefs it to G 0 D.
2. Be really troubled for it.
3- Refolve againft it.
4. Never leave tifl you be converted from it.
5. Lay hold by Faith on Chrift, AB. xvi. 3 1 .

E P H E S.

A

' Thefaurus Theologicus. 209
Ephes. ii. 5.
And were by Nature the Children
of Wrath., even as Others,*
Doctrine. ,
LL the People of the V/orld are by Nature
the Children of Wrath.

I. Explication.
I, Who are ineant by afl People?
I, Of all Nations, Roni. iii. 9.
2, Of afl Degrees, £cc/e/^ix»r.
3. Of afl Qualities, i Tim. i. 15.
2. What by Children of Wrath ? Expofed to
Wrath, b^^^ ''yHi Deut. xiii, 1 3. rilQ D, i Sam.
XX.3I. ijif ysici'ii;, S. M^tth, X.xiii, 13, ^hyTnid-XM^
kuAf, S. Joh. xvii. 20.
I. Negatively.
I. Not only by Imitation or Cuftom.
2. Not only rtA«9i»j, as Gal. iv. 8.
2. Pofitively. .^uVai by natural Birth, we
are born fo, fo that this paflTeth an Ad
of Condemnation upon afl that are
born, Rom. v. 18,
II. Confirmation.
I. "Qy/.
I. From Scripture, Gal. iii. 22. Pfal. li. 5.'
Rom. V. 1 9. and iii, 1 9.
2. Reafon, G O D's Wrath is manifefted
againft afl, therefore are afl obnoxious
to GOD'S Wrath, Ecclef vi. 5, 7.
i^el. IIL O 2. Ai5T/i

aio

Thefaurus Theologicus.

2. Cii'aTi. Children of Wrath, becaufe of Sin^
Sin is natural to us.
Becaufe,
I . It corrupts the whole Nature, Pfdl. xiv. 3.
2. It is always jiutting itfelf forth. Gen.
vi. 3. ;^r:
3. It is involuntary and neceffary,
4. Sin is natural to us, becaufe fb much de
lighted in by us. Job xv. i5.
Ill, Application.
I. Information.
I . Man not to be feared, S. Ma\ih. x. 28.
2, Not to be trufted in, Pfal. cxlvi. 3.
3, Not to murmur at GOD's Difpcnfations,
Lam. iii. 39.
4. What a little Difference there is betwixt
. afl Men by Nature.
5. What a great Difference there is betwixt
what a Man is by Nature, and what he
is by Grace.
2. Lamentation.
3. Examination. Confider,
I . The Refult of your Judgment concerning
Spiritual and Temporal Things, Ecclef.
i. I.
2. The Motions of your Heart, what you
moft think of, Ffal. cxix. 18. and
cxix, 97.
3. The Tendency of your Affedions.
I. To GOD, P/^/. Ixxiii, 23.
2. To Sin;
'4. The Defing of your whole Life, 2 Cor.
i. 1 2. I S. Joh. ii, 3. IV. Exhor-

Thefaurus Theologicuf. _ 3 1 f

iV, Exhortation. •*^.
I. Labour after a right Kgowledge, and fa;!,
ferfuafion of this Truth, without which,
I. We can never know ourfelves. E ccelo
defcendlt yyubi aicwTvy, Pfal. iv. 4,
2, We cannot rightly repent of Sin, Ffal.
li, 4, 5> Rom. vii. 24.
3, Wc cannot rightly cflieem of Chrift,'
Rom. V. 8, 9.
2, Labour to get out of this natural Eftate.
So long as Children of Wrath ;
r. 1 ne Children of the Devil, S. Joh: viii.
44-
2. Nothing you do but is difpleafing to
GOD, g6d is always angry, Pfal. vii.
1 1. Prov. xix. 12. Ffal. xc. 1 1.
3. Noihing you have but is a Curfe to you,
GOD gives you every thing in His
Anger, Hof xiii. 1 1 .
4. You live in the Territories of Hefl. -
3. You live in Danger of Hefl.
5. If you die as you were born Children of
Wrath, you muft fcorch in the Flames
of that Wrath to Eternity, S. Maiib.
. xxv. 41. S. Mar. ix„43, j ¦

6' 2 Ep'iit^l

ail .^y^hefaurus Theologicus.

JirHE s. IV. I.
/ therefore., the Prifoner of Jefus Chrift.,
befeech you, that ye walk worthy of
the Calling wherewith ye are called.

C

Doctrine.
Hrifl:ians fliould walk worthy of their Cal
ling.

I. What is the Cafling of a Chriftian ? Our
general Cafling, whereby we are cafled to Chrift.
I . What are we cafled from ?
I. From heathenifli Idolatries, iS.Pef.ii. 9.
2. From Jewifli Superftitions.
3. From Satan's Tyranny, ^ff. xxvi. 18.
4. From Sin's Dominion, Rom. vi. 1 4.
5. From the World's Vanities, S. Matth.
vi. 33. Thefe we renounced in our
, Baptifm.
2. What are we cafled to ?
I. To the Knowledge of G dD, i S. Pet.
ii. 9.
2. To the Faith of Chrift, i Cor. i. 9. Gal.
' i. 5.
3, To Holinefs of Life, i Thefiv. 7. Rom.
vii. I.
4, To Peace, i Cor. vii. 13,
I, With GOD, Fom.v. i.
2. With our Confciences, AB. xxiv. i5.
3. With one another, Ephefiv. 2.
5. To eternal Life, 1 S- Pet. iii, 9. and v. lO.
I Thef. ii. 12. 3. By

Thefaurus Theologicus. 1 1 ^

3. By whom are we cafled ? By GOD, who
caUeth us, ( i Cor. i. 9. )
I, By His Prophets, Ifa. Iv. i, Ez.ek, xxxiii.
•IV.
2. By His Son, Hebr. i. 1,2. S. Matth. xi.
29.
3. By His Apoftles, 2 Thef, ii. 14.
4. By His Minifters, 2 Cor, v. 20.
3. By His Providences, Mic. vi. 9.
4. What kind of Cafling is it ?
I . An holy Cafling, 2 Tim. i. 9.
, 2. Noble, P/)/7. iii. 14. 2T'^fjy:^i. IT.
1 3. Spiritual and Heavenly, //e^r. iii. I.
4. Pleafant, Proi/. iii. 1 7.
3. Moft profitable, i T^m. iv. 8.
5. What is it to walk worthy of our Cafling ?
l. Gencrafly, to carry ourfelves as becometh
Chriftians, Phil.i. 27, Col.i. \o. 1 Thef
ii. 12,,
2, Particularly,
1. To believe what Chrift aflTerts, 1 S.Joh.
V. 10.
2. To truft in what He promifeth, 2 Cor.
i. 20.
3 . To perform what He commands, S.Joh.
xiv. 1 5.
5. Why walk worthy of our Cafling?
I . Otherwife we ftiame our Profefllon, Heor.
vi. 3.
2. WelofetheComfortof our Cafling, ?>/.
xix. II.
. 3. We fliaU lofe its end, Hebr. xii. 1 4.
7. How may we walk worthy of our Vocation ?
By being holy in afl manner of Converfation,
I S. Pet. i. 15.
I. Holy in our Thoughts, employiiig thcro
{Gen-vi. 5.) O 3 1. U:-:

aiij. Thefaurus Theologicus.
1. Upon holy Objeds, Pfal. i, 2. ancj
cxxxix, 1 8. ^
2. In an holy Manner.
'g.. In our Affedions, Prov. iv. 23.
" I. Love.
I. To GOD above all, D^^f.'vi. 5.
S. Matth. xxii. 37.
2. To Man, S. Matth. v. 44.
2. Defire.
I. Of fpiritua^ Things above tempo
ral, I Cor. xii. 3 1 .
2. Of temporal Things only for fpi
ritual, Prov. XXX. 8, 9.
3. Sorrow only for Sin, 2 Cor. vii. 10. Job
xxxvi. 21.
4. Joy in GOD above all, Phil. iv. 4.
5. Truft and-Gonfidence, Prov. iii. 5.
3. In our Words ^ fo as to fpeak,
I. Reverently of GOD, i)eaN xxviii, 58.
2. Truly and civilly to Men, Tit. iii. 2.
4. In our Adions. ' '
I. To GOD, Frov. xxi. 2"].
2. To Man.
I, Oor Superiors by obeying them,
Rem. xiii. i. i S. Fet. ii. 13, 14.
2. Our Inferiors by helping them, Prov.
xix. 17.
3. Our Equals by loving thera, i S-Petl
ii. 17. • '
Use.
Walk worthy of your Vocation.
Confider how Ihould we walk, S.Matth. v. i6.
I. Who know what we know.
I. That there is a GOD that rules the
'¦ World, AB. xvii. 22, 23, 24. 2. That

Thefaurus Theologicus. 215
2. That this G O D is the chiefeft Good,
S. ia*. xviii. 19.
3. That our Souls arc immortal, 2 Tim. i.
10.
4. What it is that GOD requires of us,
Mic. vi. 8.
5. That Holinefs is the way to Happinefs,
Hebr. xii. 1 4.
2. Who profefs. what we profefs.
I. That we have repented, S. Matth. iH.^.
Cant. V. 3.
2. That we are interefted in Chrift, i Cor.
vi. 18,
3. That we are none of our own, i Cor._
vi. 19.
3. Who believe what we believe.
I. That the Scripture is all true, 2 Tim.
iii. i5.
2, That Chrift died for Sin, AB. iii. 25. So
that by Him our Sins may be pardoned,
and ouc Duties accepted.
3. That GOD always fees us, Pfal. cxxxix.
<^» 7.
4. That Sin is the Caufe of all Mifery, Pfal.
cvii. 17.
5. That all Things work for good to them
that love GOD, Rom. viii. 28,
5. That we muft all appear before Chrift's
Tribunal, 2 Cor. v. i o.
7. That there is a Hell, Pfal. ix. 1 7.
8. That there is a Heaven, i S. Pet. i. 4.
4. Who enjoy.what we enjoy, ( Ifa. v. 4.)
I . The Word of GOD, S. Matth. xi. 21.
, 2. The Ordinances of G O D, Jer. vii. 25,
25.
3. The Prefence of GOD amongft as, Deut.
iv. 7, 8. And fo His aflifting of us.
O 4 5. Who

2i6 Thefaurus Theologicus.
5. Who exped what we exped.
1, The Favour of GOD here,
2, The Enjoyment of GOD hereafter, Phil.
iii, 13, 14. • '

Ephes. iv. 2.
With all Lovplinefs and Meeknefs., &c.

Kjt]

•Iriflians ought to w^lk mth allLovnUnefs.
I. There are two forts of Humility.
I, Towards GOD.
2, Towards Men.
II. A Chrifl:ian fliould walk in both, AB. xxiv.
i5. I. Humble towards GOD. '
Which confifteth, '
I. In the acknowledging GOD's Sove
reignty over us, I S, Pet. y. 5. Jer.
V. 22. Gen. xviii. 27.
2. Of our Sins' againft Him, i Tim. i. 1 3.
Rom. ii. 19.
I. Original, Py^/. li. 3,
2. Adual, Ez.r. ix. 5, '
- I. Many, .,Py^/. xix, 12. and xl-i2.
2. Great,
¦ I , Againft Mercies, Ifa. i. 2. and v. 4.
2. Againft Knowledge, S.Joh: iii. 19.
S- Againft Vows in Baptifm. '
3, Qf our Sjnfulnefs, Ifa. i, 5, 5, £. Luk.
' • 'xviii.' 115 13. '••:'• • '.
1, In

Thefaurus Theologicus. 217
I. In our Undera:Tndings, Gen. vi. 3.
2. Wills, J^oOT. vii. 22,23, 24.
4. In acknowkdgiiig GOD's Mercy in all
we have, 1 Chron, xxix. 14. Lam.Hi.
22.
3. In admiring the Ways and Works of
GOD, Rom. xi. 33, 34.
5. In fubmitting to the Judgments of GOD,
1 Sam. iii. 18. ^.of' i- 21.
7, Chearfully undertaking what He enjoins,
Phil. ii. 8. 2 Satfi. vi. 22.
8, In laying afide all high Thoughts of our
felves, efpeeially before GOD, Rev.iv.
10. S. Luk. xviii. 1 1.
9. In renouncing bur own Righteoufnefs be
fore GOD, Ifa. Ixiv. 6, S. Lttk, xvii.
10.
10. In denying ourfelves for Hiti?.
Use.
Labour to be humble.
Confider,
I . GOD requires it, Mic. vi. 8.
2, Chrift Himfelf pradifed it, S. Matth. xi, 29.
3. Your Chriftian Calling requires it.
4. Humility is the beft S.icrifice, Pfal. li. 17.
5. GOD dwells with the Humble, Ifa: ivii. 1 3.
6. Humility is neceffary,
I. For getting Wifdom, Prov. xi. 2.
2. For attaining Grace and Holinefs, Frov.
iii. 5, '5,
3. For the Performance of all Duties, Zeph.
ii. 3, AB] XX, 19.
4. For preferving Unity in the Church,
S. Jam. iv. I .
5, Foi' diverting Judgments, 2 Chron. vM. 7.
and vii. 14. • 7. It

2i8 Thefaurus Theologicus.
7. It is the beft Ornament ofthe Soul, 1 S. Pet.
V. s-
8. There are many Promifes made to the
Humble. I. GOD will refped them, Ifa. Ixvi, 2.
Pfal. cxxxviii. 5.
2. He win give thera Grace, Frov. Hi. 34.
S. Jam. iv, 6. i S. Pet. v. 5.
3. GOD wifl exalt them, S. Jam. iv. 10,
I S. Fet. V. 6.
4, Reward thera with all good Things, Prov.
xxii, 4.
Means.
I. Pray, S. Jam. i. 5, 5.
2. Meditate upon the Greatnefs of GOD,
Job xlii. 35.
3, Often think upon thine own Vilenefs, Gen.
xviii, 27. and xxxii, 10. Ifa. xl, 5.
2. Humility towards Men.
Which confifteth, '¦
1. In not having too high Thoughts of our
felves in refped of others, Rom. xii. 3.
*Not exalting or carrying ourfelves a-
bove our Degree, 2 Cor. x- 13, 14, 1 3.
2. In avoiding, or at leaft not affeding any
outward Signs of Height and Eminence
in the World, S. Matth. xxiii, 5, 5, 8,
12. Pfal. cxxxi. I-
3. In having juft and honourable Thoughts
of others, eftceming them better than
ourfelves, Phil, ii, 3.

P HE S.

Thefautus Theologicus. 2 1 9

Ephes. iv'. 2.
And Meeknefs., with Long-Suffering., for
bearing one another.
I. /^Hriftians fliould be meek.
VV I. What is .Me/^Hey}.? It confifteth, ,
I. In being flow to Anger, Frov. %iv. 17.
S- Jam. i. 19.
. 2. In fupprefljng unjuft Anger.
Anger may be iinjuft,
I . By the Caufe.
I. When it is for no Caufe, S.Matt.v.22.
2. For an unjuft Caufe.
2. By the Effeds.
I. Execrations, Curfes, Pfal. cvi. 33.
2. Unfitnefs for Duty, S. Luk. xxi. 1 9.
3, By the End, when it is not for GOD's
Glory, Prov. xxi. 24.
4, When it is too long, Ephef iv. 26.
3- 'In regulating juft Anger, Gen. xlix. 7.
S. Jam. i. 20.
Use.
Be meek.
Confider,
I. It is coraraanded, Colof Hi. 12.
2. The Saints were fo, i Thef. ii. 7. Num. xii. 3.
3. Chrift was fo, S.Matth. xi. 29, and xxi. 5.
Ifa. Iiii. 7.
4. It is an Argument of Wifdom, Lam. fii. t 3.
Nullum enim eft argumentum maTmtudrn.s
certius, qu^m nihil pofe quo inft:/'eris at-
cidere, Senec Prov. y.\'h 32,
' ¦ 3. It

220 Thefaurus Theologicus.
5. It is profitable.
I. GOD will .teach the Meek His way, Pfal.
xxv. 9.
2. He will lift them up, Pfal. cxlvii. 5.
3. Save them, Py^/. cxlix, 4.
4. They are bleffed, S, Matth. v. 5. Ffal.
xxxvii. II.
II. Chriftians fliould forbear one another. Uild
(iAKefivfJ^iA; dyiyhf^at dhKrWvi iv dydtfyi.
I . Vv'hat is the Purpofe of thefe Words ?
I. Negatively.
I. Not that Magiftrates fhould forbear
punifliing Offenders, Rom. xiii. 4.
2. Not that we fliould fuffer one another
to lie in Sin, Lev. xix. 1 7.
2. Pofitively.
I. Not to revenge ourfelves of private
• Wrongs, Rom.xXi. 17.
I. Becaufe Vengeance belongeth to the
Magiftrate, Rom. xiii. 4. i S. Pet.
ii. 14.
2. No Man is Judge in his own Caufe.
3. By private Revenge, we cannot at
tain the Ends of Vengeance
Which are,
i . To amend' the Injurer, Rom. xiii. 4.
2. To terrify others, and make them
better.
3. For the Peace of others, i Tim.
ii. 2.
4, Judgment belongs properly to
GOD, Deut. xxxii, 33. Rom.
xii. 19, Hebr. x- 30. And there
fore it belongs to His Officers.
2. Not to hate others.
I. For their Failings in Life. For,

Thefaurus Theologicus. 22 iv
For,
I. We are not to fin, becaufe o-
thers do.
2. We all fail, S. Jam. Hi- 2. Ecclef.
vii. 20.
2. Not for their Hatred to us, S. Matth.
V. 44.
3. Not.for their Contrariety in Opinion
tous, Rom. xiv. I. and xv. i.
Use.
Forbear one another, Rom. xii. 21.
I. GOD commands it. Lev. xix. 18. Rem.
xii. 17-
2. GOD forbears and loves us, S. Matth. v. 44.
Rom. V. 5, 7, 8.
3. Chrift left us an Example, i S. Per. ii. 21,
22, 23.
4. We are afl Chriftians, 1 S. Pet. ii. 1 7,
3. We muft e'er long be afl together before our
Supreme Judge, 2Cor. v, 10.

P H E s;

Ill

Thefaurus Theologicus.

Ephes. iv. 22.
That ye put off, concerning the formei
Converfation.^ the old Man., &C.
I. ^"T TE are to put of the old Man.
VV 1. What means pfn'wg; o/".'
What is here cafled ^94c&a/, putting off, is
clfe where cafled, laying afide, Hebr, xii. i.
I S. Vet. ii. I. Mortification, tolof. iii. 3,
Crucifying the Flefli, Gal. v. 24. Deny
ing ourfelves, S. Matth. xvi. 24.
It is a Metaphor, taken for putting off of old
.Cloa'ths -, and implies,
I. That we have the old Man on tifl our
Converfiori, Ephef. ii, 2, 3.
2. That we fhould now put it off, and lay
it afide, i S. Pet. iv. 3.
3. So as never to take it up again, 2 S. Fet.
ii. 22,
2, What old Man ? Not the Subftance, but ifl
Qualities of afl old Things which we have by Na
ture, 2 Cor. V. 1 7.
Hakaiov ttV9p«'Jroc «' rriy (pv&iv \i(.dM<Ttv, dh^d my -?
diJ^TiAi onipyeiAy , TheodorCt. OvJ^i ^ oa-
l^a 0 ^a7rji^'o//S/y@- ^T/'flsJ), dKfid -^ di^TlAi
¦n -ar/ccte.oi' hJ'u/ji.A, Idem,
T3' |m!W -ismnei^oy 'iy '£it, Ta 3 oy/u'/n*]* J^Jo, Ti TV
iKMfj^Jov, }L,Ti IvJ'vo/u^cy, S, Chryfoft, in.loc
I. Old Ignorance, Ephef iv, 17, 18. and v, 8.
2. Old Sins, I Cor. vi. 11. Colof. iii. ^,9.
Ephef iv. 31, 32.
I , Covetoufnefs, Ephef. iv- 28. S. Matth.
xxi. 13. 2. Voluptu-

Thefaurus Theologicus. 225
2. Voluptuoufnefs, Tit. ii. 1 1, 12.
3. Pride.
3. Old falfe Ways of Worfliip, Ifa. ii. 20.
Jer. vi. 1 5.
4. Old Prefumption, Rom. vii. 9, 10.
5, Old Thoughts, Jer.iv. 14.
, /J. Old Words, Ephef. iv. 23, 29. '
7. Old Adions.
I. Natural, i Cor.x. 31.
2. Civil, 2 Cor. iii, 17.
3. Spiritual;
I. Our old card efs Performance of
them, Ez.ek. xxxiii. 3 1 ,
2. Our old Refting in them. Gal. vl 1 5.
Ifa. Ixiv. 5.
3. What Neceffity is there of our putting of
the old Man ? "^
Till then,
I, We are Enemies to GOD, Rom. viii, 7.
Pfal. vii. II.
2. Nothing wc do is accepted, Prov. xxi. 4.
and XV. 8. Ifa. i. 11, 12, 13. andLxvi, 3.
S- Matth. vii. i9.
3. We cannot perform any Duty ariftht,
S. Jokxv. 3.
4. Nor enjoy the Benefit of Duties, i Cor.
ii. 14. (
5. Our Sins cannot be pardoned, AB. viii.
22, 23. S. Luk. xiii. 3. Ifa. Iv. 7.
5. Nor our Perfons reconciled to G OD, Rotft.
V. i.
7. There is a Curfe upon us, and afl we have,
Mai. ii. 2. Gal. iii. 10.
8. We are not true Chriftians, 2 Ti/iw.ii. 19.
9. But Satan's Slaves, 2 Tim. ii. 25.
10. In continual Danger of Hell-Fire, Rem.
viii. I. '
Uses,

¦  1
224- Thefaurus Theologicus.
Uses.
T, Examine whether you have put off thoft
old Things 6r no.
T. Was you ever convinced of your Sins?
AB. ii. 37.
2. Have you. been reafly humbled for them ?
Pfal. li. 3-, 4i 5-
3. Do you loath ai^d abhor yourfelves upon
every Remembrance of them? Johir. i.
4. Have you quite forfaken them, as not to
love and delight in them ?
5. Do you find yourfelves and Inclinations
altered aim changed ? 2 Con v. 17.
2. Put off this old Man.
Confider,
I. It is corrupt.
2. GOD hath given you Means whereby to
do it.
3. You have continued in your Sins (oo long
already, Rom. xiii, 11. i S, Pet. iv. 3.
And the longer you keep it on, the
worfe it wifl be.
4. It is a thing that muft be done, or yotf
undone for ever ; for the new Man
cannot be put on, tifl the old be
put off

Ephes.'

Thefaurus Theologicus. 225

Ephes. iv. 25.
And he renewed in the Spirit of your
Mind.
I. rX 7 H A T is the Spirit of the Mind ?
VV The whole Soul ; not only the infe
rior Faculties, but fupreme too ; the Mind, and
fo the whole Man.
II. How'renewed in that? I|||"^
I. In the Underftanding, i Cor.*"^2.
2. Thoughts, Pfal. Ixiii. 5, cxxxi.x. 1 8. and i. 2'.
3. Confcience, Tit. i. 1 5. i Tim. iv. 2. AB^
xxiv. 1 5,
4. Wifl, S/^o^.v. 40. and viii,44, pyij/.lxxiii.25.
5. Affedions, Colof. iii. 2.
I. Love, I S. Joh. ii. 1 5. S. Matth. xxii, 37.
2, Defire, Tfal.x\H.i,2. and xxvii. 4.
3. Joy, Rom.v. 2, 3, A,.
I, In GOD, I S. Pef.i. 8.
2. In a good Confcience, 2 Cor. i. 12.
4. Hatred, Pfal. cxix. 113.
5. Grief, 2 Cor. vii. 10.
I. For Sin more than Suffering, Jebxxxvi.
21.
2. For Sin becaufe it is Sin.
Use.
Labour after this renewing of the Spirit.
I- Until thus renewed,you are ftifl in your Sins.
2. External Reformation is nothing worth
without internal Renovation.
3. Therefore unlefs renewed, undone.
Vol.in. P W.Wt

226 Thefaurus Theologicus.

II, We muft put on the new Man.
I. What is the new Man?
I. Negatively,
I, Not as if there was a fubftantial
Change,
2. Nor as if wc fliould feek after a new
Faith, Jer. vi. i5. <
Hoc pr'imum credimus, cum credimus quod
nihil ultra credere debemus. Tertull,
3, Nor as if in this Life wc could have afl
new, and no old, Rom. vii. 21, 22,
23.
2..^<fii[vely. It confifteth ill the moral
Cnange,
I. Of our Inclinations,
2. Adions, from Sin to GOD.
2. What are the Properties of this new Man ?
i. It is fupernatural, created by GOD, 2 Cor,.
v. 17. Ffal. li. 10,
This Creation exceeds the other.
1. That out of nothing, this from Sin.
2. That coft GOD only His'Word, this
His Son,
3. That hath only a natural, this a mo
ral Exceflency, and aduafly glorifies
GOD.
2. It is created after GOD in His Likenefs,
I S. Pet. i. I 3,
3. It partakes ofthe Divine Nature," 2 S. Pet.
i. 4.
4, It prepares a Man for every good Work,
Ephef. ii. 10.
5. It inclines the Soul wholly to GOD,
2 Cor. V. 14.
5, It lifts a Man above himfelf, and fo makes
hira happy even here. 7. It

Thefaurus Theologicus. 227
7. It is incorruptible and everlafting, 1 S.Pst.
i. 23.
3. What Neceffity of this new Man ?
I. We were afl born in Sin, Ephef ii, 2.
2, We have afl lived in Sin, Ecclef vii. 20,
I S. Joh. i. 8,
3. Hence we are obnoxious to afl Mifery,
Lam. iii, 22. ' "
I , Temporal.
' 2. Eternal.
4. So long as we continue in our old Sins,
we are not capable of Happinefs.
I. Becaufe of GOD's Decree, Hebr. xii.
14. S, Luk. xiii, 3,
2." Becaufe of the Nature of true Happi
nefs, I Cor. ii. 14.
5. Hence Putting on the new Man is necef
fary to afl true Happinefs.
I, To the Peace of Confcience, 2 Cor,
i. 12.
2. To the Favour of GOD, Rom. v. i.
Ifa. i. 1 5, 1 7, 1 8.
3. To the getting to Heaven, i Cor. xv.
5°.
Use.
Put on this new Man.
ObjeB. It is only GOD's Work, Ephef iv. 20,
21. Anfwer. But He doth it by His Word, AB. iii.
5. S. Joh. xi. 43. Cen. i. 3.
Confider,
I. You enjoy the Means whereby GOD works
it, AB iii. 5.
2. This is the End of Chrift's Incarnation and
Paffions, AB. iii, 25, P 2 3- It

^ib Thefaurus Theologicus.

3. It is the End of His Word revealed, S. Joh.
ax, 31.
.\, Of afl His Providences, Hebr. xii, 10,
5. Of all others, and this prefent Ordinance.

Ephes. v. i.
Be ye therefore Followers of GOD as
dear Children.
I. T ^THAT is it to follow GOD?
VV I- To do what He doth.
2, Pecaufe He doth it -, imitandi fiudio.
3. Ai He doth it.
II. Why foflow GOD?
I. We are his dear Children, i S, Joh. iii, i,
S. Matth. V. 45. S. Luk. vi. 33.
2. Becaufe we were made in Hislmage, Gen.i,26,
3. Holinefs confifteth in the Imitation of GOD,
I S. Pet. i. 1 3.
III. Wherein fliould we follow GOD?
I. Negatively.
1 , Not in Ads of Omnipotence,
2. Nor in Ads of His Sovereignty, Exod.
xi. 2.
3. Nor in Ads of Revenge, Rom.xii. 19.
2. Politively.
I. In Wifdom, i Tm. i. 17.
I. Knowing Him, 1 Chron. xxviii. 9.
2. Knowing ourfelves, 2 Cer. xiii, 5.
3. Knowing ail Things that concern us."
2. In

Thefaurus Theologicus. 229

2, In Prudence,
I. In the Performance ¦ of afl Adions,
Gen. i. ult.
2. In the Management of afl our Af
fairs,
3. In Truth, Exod. xxxiv, 5,
I, In what we fpeak, Ephefiv. 25.
2. In what we promife. Tit. i. 2. Hehr.
xiii. 5, 5.
4. Juftice, Rom. xiii. 7.
5. Mercy, Pfal. ciii. 8, 9, 10.
I. In relieving others Neceflities, iTim-
vi. 17.
2. In pitying others Miferies, Pfal. Ixiii.
9. .^o»?. xii. 15.
3, In forgiving others Injuries, Epkef iv.
32-
5. Love.
I, Loving Him above afl Things, Deut.
vi. 3.
2. In loving others though Enemies ,
S. Matth. V. 44.
7. In Humility and Meeknefs, S. Matth.
xi. 28.
8. In Holinefs, i S. Pet. i.' 1 3,
Uses.
I. Reproof. How far fliort have we come of
this? 2. Exhortation.
1 . Motives. Confider,
I. He is the beft Exemplar.
2. Unlefs you foflow Him, yoa will follow
Satan, S.,Joh. viii. 44.
3. ifyoufolWw Him here, you fliall come
to Him hereafter.
P 3 2. Means.

ii^o Thefaurus Theologicus.
2. Means. «
I . Deny yourfelves, S, Matth. xvi. 24.
2. Confider how others have followed
Him, I Cor. xi. i.
3, Live always as under His Eye, Pfal.
cxxxix. 5, 7.
4. Exercife yourfelf continuafly in good
Works, AB. xvi. 24,
5. Pray without ceafing, i Theff. v. 17-
S.Jam. i. 3.

Ephes.- v. 14..
Wherefore He faith., awake thou that
Jleepeft., and arife from the dead., and
Chrift. fhall give thee Light.
I. TT E faith.
XfJL 1. TheProphet, 7/i.lx.i.andxxvi.i9,2i.
2. The Apoftle from the Spirit, niiT nw.
3. Or the Gofpel by its Minifters. •

ke.

II. Thou that fleepeft, awake
I. What Sleep? There is,
I . Natural Sleep, properly fb taken.
2. Improperly.
I. For Death, Mic. v. 39.
2. For fpiritual Safety, Ezjeh xxxiv. 25.
3. Carnal Security, and a State of Sin,
Rom. xiii. 10, II. 1 Thef. V. 6.
I . Such are good for nothing.
2. Fear nothing. 3, Care

Thefaurus Theologicus. 2^1

3. Care for nothing.
4. Eajoy nothing.
5. -Have no Thoughts, but Dreams and
Fancies.
2. Awake, that is, be converted, i Cor. xv. 34,
III, Arife from the dead.
I. There is a fpiritual Death, from which we
fliould arife, Ephef ii, i, fuch as are in Sin, are
dead, I Tim. v, 6.
1. Becaufe they are unfenfible.
2. Abominable, Ffal. lin. 1,3.
3. In a State of Separation from Chrift our
Life, S. Joh. xiv. 5.
2, Temporal Death, from which we fliafl arife,
I Cor. XV. 32,
Concerning this Refurredion, note,
I. Our Souls never die, £fc/e/; xii. 7.
2, Thefe Souh, though feparated, are in
clined to their Bodies,
3, Therefore, at tbe end of the World, the
Body, though in Duft, fliafl be made fie
for the Soul again.
4. Then fliafl the Soul be re-united to it ',
fo as to make the fame Man or Perfon.
5. Both Soul and Body fliafl appear before
god's Judgment-Seat, 2 Cor. v. 10.
5. Both puniflied in Hell, if finful.
7- If righteous, glorified in Heaven, Job
xix. 23.
IV. And Fie jljall give thee Light.
I . Spiritual in this Life, S. Joh. i. 4, 9,
2. Eternal, whereby wc fliall fee, ,.,
I. GOD, I Cor. xiv. 12. S. Joh. xvii. 3,
2. In Hira afl Things that can make us
Happy.
P 4 Uses.

232 Thefaurus Theologicus. /
¦ UsESt
I, Rouze up yourfelves from your fpiritual Se
curity. 2. Lay hold upon Chrift to quicken you.
3. See that ye walk circumfpedly, Ephefv. 18.
4. Often meditate upon your Refurredion, and
prepare for it.

Eph e s. v. 15.
See then that^ye walk circum/peSlly^ not as
Fools., hut as Wife.

I

T is our Wifdom to walk circumfpeBly, Prov.
iv. 25.

I. What is it to walk circumfpeBly ?
To it are required, ¦
I. Knowledge, Prof.ii. 10, II.
I. Of the Way we are to walk in, Jer. vl.
1 5. S. Matth. vii. 14,
2. Of the Perfon we walk with. Gen. v. 22
Hebr. xi. 5.
3. Of the End 'we walk to, i S. Pet. i. 9.
2. Faith in Chrift to dired us in our going,
S. Joh. XV. 5. 2 Cer. V, 7. v
3- Diligent keeping our Hearts, Prov.iv. 23.
S. Luk. vi. 45.
4. Prudent forefeeing of Dangers, and pro
viding for the future, Prot;. xxii, 3. Deut.xxxH. 29.
¦ 5. A walking by Rule, Hehr.xH. 1 3. Calvi. 16.
, .. . II. Wherein

Thefaurus Theologicus. 2 ^ ^
II. Wherein fliould we walk circumfpedly ?
I , In our Relations.
' I, Political, Rom- xiii. i. i S. Pet. ii. 13.
I Tim. ii. I •
2. Conjugal, Ephef v. 23.
3. Oeconomical, Gen, xviii. 1 9. Jojh, xxiv. 1 5.
4. Chriftian, i S, Pet. il in-
2, Our Vocations.
It is fuppofed,
I. That we have fome Calling, Jojiui. 8-
Pfal- xci. 1 1 .
2. That it is lawful.
R u t E s.
I. Mind your own Calling, i Thef. iv. 1 1.
2. Be induftrious in it, Ephef iv, 28. ?ro-j.
vi. 9, IC, II.
3. Be juft and faithful in if, i Thefiv. 6.
Jer. xvii. 1 1.
4. Truft only on GOD for His Blcffiag
upon your Endeavours, DfE/r. viii. 18.
Prov. X. 22.
5. Let not your Particular juftle out ycir
• General Calling, Phil. iii. 20. 1 T'lm.
V. 8.
3. Our Conditions, Phil. iv. 1 1, 12.
. I. Profperity.
I. Doat not upon it, Ffal.V.iW. 10. You
know not, but it may prove your
. Ruin.
2. Be thankful to GOD, and improve it
for His Honour, Deut. xxviii. 47.
Frov. iii. 9.
3. Have a Car€ of being enfnared by it,
Pfal. cxix. 6"j- •
I. So as to leffen your Love to GOD.
2. And increafe it to the VVorld. 4. l-'rovide

2^4- Thefaurus Theologicus.
4. Provide for a Change, Job iii. 23. Prov.
xxiii. 3.
5, Confider the Afflidions of others, Amos
vi, 5. I Tiw, vi. 1 7.
2. Adverfity, Ecclef vii, 14,
I . Acknowledge GOD in it. His Mercy,
Juftice, Power, Hebr. xii, 5, Job. i.
21.
2, Look upon it as lefs than thou de-
ferveft, Exjr.ix. 13. Lam. iii, 22, 39,
3, Do not aggravate your Miferies, by be
ing impatient under them, S. Luk,
xxi. 19.
Levius fit patiendo, quicquid corrigere eft
nefas, Hor at.
4. Make not hafte to be delivered from
thera, //i. xxviii. i5. Prov- xxviii. 20,
22, 1 Tim. vi. 9.
5, Truft only in GOD,
I. To fupport you under them, 2 Cor.
i. 4.
2. To deliver you frora them, 2 Cor.
i. 10.
6. Improve them aright, Ffal. cxix. 71.
Hebr. xii. i o.
4. Temptations.
I. Be. always on your Watch, S.Mar.xxH.
37.
2. Refift them at firft, S. Jam. iv. 7,
3. Look up to GOD alone for Help, 2 Cor.
xii. 8.
5. Words i have a Care of,
I . The Matter, Ttt. iii. i , 2.
2. The Manner, Deut. xxviii. 58.
3. The Meafure, Prov. xvii. 27. and xxix.
II.
4. The Seafon, Prov. xv. 23. 5. The

Thefaurus Theologicus. 255
5. The End, Ephef.^ iv. 29.
Confidcr P/4/.xxxix. i. S.Jam. i. 26. S.Mm.
xii. 35. ,
5. Adions.
I. Natural, i Cot. x. 31.
2. Civil.
3. Spiritual, 1 S. Pet. iv. 7, Colof. iv. 2.
III. Reafons for our walking circumfpeBly.
This is our Wifdom •, for,
I. It is the fafeft: Way, Prov. x. 9. and iii. 21,
23. 2. The moft pleafant and comfortable.
3. The moft honourable Walking, i Sam. iL
30. 4. The moft gainful, i Tim- iv. 8.
5. The only Way to Heaven, Hebr. xii. 14.
.Use.
Walk thus wifely.
I . G O D's Eye is always upon you, Frov. v.
21.
2, The Devil always about you, i S, Pet. v- 8.
3- Heaven will make amends for all your Care
and Circumfpedion.

Eph

ES.

2^6 Thefaurus Theologicus.

E p H e s. V. 1 6.
Redeeming the Time., hcaufe the Days are
Evil.
'Efajpe^t^o/Ltgyoi T H^^v, on ax v^tA^am irovrr
est/ ^Qi. Coloff. iv. 5.

W

E ought to redeem our Time, S- Matth-
X. 1 5.

L What is Time? Kaigju
1. Sometimes the fame with Xejiv©-' da^fx©- x.t-
vrtgiai x? Ts 'S^^Ti^y yi^ ureejc, Ariftot.
2. Sometirties for Opportunity, Ephef. vi. 1 8.
'Ec Wei' x.tufa-
II. What is it to redeem our Time ?
I. In the firft Senfe, for our Abode on Earth.
I . We afl come hither upon Bufinefs.
I. To ferve GOD, .S, Joh. xvii. 4. Prov.
xvi. 4.
2. To lave our Souls, Phil. ii. 1 2.
2. We have a fet Time to do it in. Job vii.
1,2. and xiv. 14.
3. This Time is but fliort. Job xiv. i, Pfal.
xxxix. 5.
4. We have fpent much of this Time in do
ing nothing of our Bufinefs, or very
little,
5. We have made ourfelves raore Work here,
Jer. vii. 25.
5. Hence we may be faid to have loft our
Time. s 7. There-

Thefaurus Theologicus. 237
7. Therefore, our double Diligence for the
future, is our Redemption of loft Time,
and fo we may get it up again, 2 S.Pet.
ii. 1 0.
II. How muft we redeem our Tme ?
I. Repent "of that you have loft, Ffal. xxv- 7.
Job xiii. 25.
2. Make the beft Advantage of what you
have. I . Be fare to fet apart fome time, every Day,
tor your great Work, AB. iii. 2.
2. Do not trifle that Time away, Ecclef.
ix. 10.
3. Let all other Times be fpent with fome
Reference to that, S, Luk i 75.
4. Look upon that Day as loft, wherein
you have not done fome particular Ad
vantage to your Souls. Diem perdidi.
3. In Time of Health, lay up againft Sick
nefs, Ifa. xxxviii. i , 2, 3,
iL Redeem the Time, that is, the Opportuni
ty -, that is, lay hold on afl Opportuajtici, what
foever they coft.
I, For doing GoAd,
I. For GOD, S. /-i/i^. ii. 49.'
2. To Men.
I. To all. Gal. vi. 10.
2. To good, ibid.
3. To bad, S. Matth. v. 45.
4. To poor, Prov. xix. 1 7,
2. For receiving Good,
I . To get your Sins pardon'd.
2. Your Minds fiilighten'd,
3- Your Lufts fubdued. 4. Your

3^8 Thefaurus Theologicus.
4. Your Graces ftrengthen'd, Phil. iii. 11,
12, 1 3. S. Luk. xvii. 3. 2 Pet. i. 5.
As,
I. Prayer, S. Jam. i. 3.
2. Hearing, Rom. x. 1 7.
3- Receiving Sacraments, Meditation.
Use.
Redeem your Ttme.
Confider,
I. You have loft too much already, i S. Pef.
iv.3. 2. You know not how little you have to come,
S- Jam.iv. 14.
3. You have a great deal of Work to do.
4. When your Time is fpent, you can do no
thing, Ecclef ix. 10, S.Joh ix. 4.
5. Your Tirae is none of your own, i Cor. vi.
19, 20.
6. You muft give an Account for it.
7. The Days are Evil, Job xiv. i . Gen. xlvii. 9.
1. Negatively.. Not in themfelves.
2i Pofitively. Made fo by us and Mens Sins.
I. Fufl of the Evil of Punifliment.
2. Of the Evil of Sin.
3. Fufl of Temptations, S. Matth. vi. 33.
34-

E P H e s,i

Thefaurus Theologicus. 239

Ephes. vi. 4.
And ye Fathers., provoke not your ChiU
dren to Wrath ; but bring them up in.
the Nurture and Admonition of the
Lord. Provoke not, Coloff. iii. 2 1.
'in N <ara<J^«V, difciplina, verbo, cxemplo, virgi,
t-j Proxi. xxii. 13. and xxix. 15.
'Ek vsifisiTif Kt/eiK, out of his Word, 2 Tm iii, 15.
Kftlw^'C^^ >"'95'7«''. Hefych.
L In what?
I. Baptlfmal Vows.
I. Afl fliould be baptized, S. ^W^r. xvi. i5.
S- Matth. xxviii. 19.
2. Particularly Children, S. Mar. x. 14,
3. But- they muft promife to live accor
dingly.
This they muft be put in Mind of.
2. Creed.
3. Commandments.
4- Prayer.
5. Sacraments.
n. Why ?
_ I. GOD commands it, h. loc. Prov. xxii. 6, and
xix. 18, Deut. vi. 7.
2- He commends it, Frov. iii.. 12. Hebr. xii. 7.
CeH. xviii. 19.
3. He reproves the Negled, Irov. xiii. 24.
I Sam. iii. 13.
4. Nature requires it. 5 It

24.0 Thefaurus Theologicus.
5. It is profitable,
r. To the Parents, Prov.xxix- 15, 17.
2. To the Children, Prov. xxii. 5, 1 3. and
xxiii. 13,14. 2 Tim. iii. 1 5.
5. The Saints have always done it, i Sam. i.
24. 2 Tim. i. 3. and iii. 1 3. S. Luk. i. 4. Gen. xviii.

15).

Directions.
i. Begin with them, as foon as they are ca-^
pable, Ecclef. vi. 18. and xxx, 11, 12.
2Tim. iii. 15. implied in -sroiJ^eirf.
L, They who cannot themfelves, muft get
them taught by others,
|, Send them t© the Minifter of the Parifli-'
to inftrud them in it, better than any
other can do it.
.. Continue tifl they come into the World,
or to the Age when they are to do
what they have been taught in their
Childhood.
. Teach them by Example, as wefl as Pre
cept.

Ephes,

Thefaurus Theologicus. 241

Ephes. vi. 11.
Put on the Whole Armour of GOD., that
ye may be able to ftand againft the Wiles
ofthe Devil,
I. OBSERVATlOil.
CHriftians have a fpiritual Warfare to manage
here on Earth, 2 Tm- iv- 7.
I. Who are His Comraanders ?
I. The Lord of Hofts, his General, Zech. i. 3.
2, Chrift, his Captain, Hehr. il 10.
3. The Holy Ghoft, his Lieutenant, that fup-
pHes the Place of the abfent Captain, S-Joh.x\i. 7.
and xiv. 17, 18.
n. Who doth he fight for ?
1. For GOD, I Sam. xxv. 28.
2, For the Church and Truth, S. Jud. 3. 2 Cor.
xfii. 8, Jer.ix. 3,
3, For himfelf. Rev. iii. i ti
III. Who do we fight againft ?
I. Sin and the Flefli.
I, Becaufe it is an Enemy to GOD, Rom.
viii. 7.
2. It fights againft the Spirit, Gal- v. 17.
Rom. vii. 23.
3. Unlefs conquered, it will deftroy us,
Rom. viii. 5. Colof. iii. 3.
2. Satan, who is an Enemy both to GOD and
as, Ephef vi. u .
rol. Ill Q, 1. Innfible.

242 Thefaurus Theologicus.
I. Invifible.
2. Subtle, Gen. iii. i.
3. Potent, £/)/)«/ vi. 12.
4. Malicious.
5. Conftant, i S. Pet. v. 8.
3. The World, i S. Joh. v. 4.
I , The Pleafures, that we be not taken with
them, I S. Joh. ii. t 3, i5,
2, The Profits, that we be not greedy of
them, Colof. iii. 5.
3, The Honours, that wc do not thirft after
them.
4. The Cares, that we be not over-charged
with them, S, Luk. xxi. 34,
5. The Troubles, that we do not fink under
them, Rom- viii. 35, 35,37,
IV. How muft we fight ?
I. Circumfpedly, Ephefv. 15.
2. Decently and in Order, i Cor. xiv. 40.
3. Valiantly, Jojh. i. 7. Ephef. vi. 10.
V. When muft we begin, and how long con
tinue ? '
I. We were lifted in Baptifm.
2. Muft bold out tifl Death, i Cor. xv. 38.
I S. Pet. V. 9. Rev. ii. 25,
VI. What is the Word given ? The Word of
GOD, S. Matth. iv. 7,9, 1 1.
VII. What do we fight for as the ^e^-Citov ?
A Kingdom, Rev. Hi. 21.
I. Heavenly, 2 Cor. v. i.
2. Peaceable, Rom. xiv. 1 7.
3. Glorious, I S. Pet. v. 4.
4. Joyous, I S. P«f. i. 8, Pfal. xvi. 1 1.- 5, Ever-

Thefaurus Theoldgicuk 245

5. Everlafting Kingdom, iCor. i.x. 23.
Vllf. What Armour muft wc ufe ? That is here:
defcribed ia the foflowing Words.
Use,
Be valiant and courageous in this your fpiritual
Warfare, Confider,
I, It is for your Life.
2. Though your Enemies be ftrong, He yoii
fight under and for, is ftronger. ,
3. Nothing but Cowardife can lofe the Vi-
dory, S; Jam. iv. 7.
4, If conquered, you will be carried Captive
to Hell.
3. If conquer, you will ride Triumpha'ntly into
Heaven', 2 Tim. iv-. 7, 8.

Q 2 EpifEs,

044 Thefaurus Theologicus.

Ephes. vi. 14.
Stand therefore., having your Loins girt
about with Truth., and having on the
Breaf 'plate of Righteoufnefs.

Tand ; implying,
OuivCourage, not fearing, i Cor.xvi. 13.
2, Readinefs.
3, Refolation, i Cor. iii. 8, Ephef iv. 27. S.Jam.

I, QTai

IV. 7.

II, Having your Loins girt with Truth.
I. What Loins? i S.Pet i. 13.
2, Why girt? Z(»Vn/c8-a/., S's-Ai^ecS-a*^ Hefych-Suid,
I. The Girdle clngulum, was infigne militia.
2. To be always ready, Exod- xii. 1 1. S- Lvk.
xii. 35-
3. What Truth muft wc be girt with?
St. Chryfofteme, and from him Oecumenius j
'AKn^etA S^ofiiJ.Ti>y.
'AAi)9«* Koyay.
I. As oppofed to Errour, Sic itaqve fuc-
clngemus lumbos noftros, fi parati fimus
errori refifiere, S. Ambrof
5. In our Judgment of Fundamentals,
Ephef iv. 14.
I. Concerning the Divinity of Chrift,
Rom. ix. 3.
2, Concerning the Reality and Merito-
rionfnefs of Chrift's Death and
Paffions, I S. Jeh. ii. 2, Hebr. vii.
3.^ Con-

^ Thefaurus Theologicus. 245
3, Concerning the Refurredion ©f the
Dead, i Cor, xv., 13, 14, 58,
2, In our Opinions of fpiritual and tem
poral Things, Ifa. v. 20.
I, The Scriptures are the Standard of
afl neceffary Truths, S, Matth. xxii.
29.
2. Yet afl Errors and Herefies are pre
tended to be drawn fronji thence ;
which is occafioned,
I . By falfe Tranflations ; as Eph'ef. vl
32. Ti y.uTnetov tSts //.iyA S^V.
Sacramentum hoc magnum eft.,
S. Matth. xxviii. 19.
2. The Original itfelf is in many
Places hard to be underftood.
Many Things neceffary to it.
'Aaa' twri 4'^? 'imx,e),j"h''<" TMAs^a,
C!em. Alex.
3. The Things themfelves are beyond
our Apprchenfions, 2 S. Pet. iii.
15.
3. Hence to keep us from Error, we
muft underftand the Scriptures,
as interpreted by the Catholick
Church, I Tim. iii. 13. Kci,9o\iyJ(,
Holy Catholick Church.
2. As oppofed to Hypocrify, S. Job. iv. 24.
I. In our Graces, Pfal.ll 6.
2. In our Performances.
3. As oppofed to Lying, Zech. viii. i5- Ephef
iv. 13.
4. Why thus girt with Truth ?
I. We fight for the GOD of Truth, Tit.
i. 2.
2. Againft Satan, the Father of Lies, S. Joh.
viii. 44. Q.3 3- Gtber-

^ _ , ,_ . ; — -;  ^  "~ iiii^ 1. m
246 Thefaurus Theologicus.

3. Otherwife wc fhafl fight againft ourfelves,
<
Use,
Stand girt xplth Truth.
I, Otherwife you wifl not be looked on as
Chrift's Soldiers,
2. Your Endeavours wifl fignify nothing.
3. You wifl certainly be conquered.
II. We muft have on the Breaft-plate of Righf"
'eoufnefs., Ifa, lix. n 7.'
I , What Righteoufnefs ?
I. Imputed,
I. Chrift became Man, S. Joh. i. 14,
2. In our Natures He fufferid many
Things, Ifa. Iiii. 4,
3. What He fuffered were of infinite
Value,
4, Not for Himfelf, but us, Ifa. Iiii, 5,
5. For afl Believers are united to Hini,"
S. Joh. XV. 5,
5, And therefore are looked on as fuffer
ing in Him, Colof. Hi. 1. Ifa. Iiii, 5,
7, This is cafled their imputed Righteouf
nefs,
2. Inherent,
r. whereby the Heart is fandified, 1 Cor.
i. 30.
2, The Life reformed, fo as to pay to afl
their Dues •, fo that Chrift doth not
Only pay our former Debts, but
enables us to run into no more.
I. To GOD-
i. To Man, S. Matth. yii. 12.
2, Why is it cafled a Breaft- Plate ? '
- I.' Becaufe tbe Breaft is the Seat of afl true
Righteoufnefs, S. Matth.xii. 35.
i, ^, . ,,. .,,.,, ' , %.\t

Thefaurus Theologicus. 247
2. It is the only Defence againft our Enemies,
S.Luk. xxii. 31, 32-
3. It animates us, and makes us the raore
courageous, Prov. xxviii. 1. 2Cor. i. 12.
"O-TMy ijAyiriv '^y i dfiTn ^gjwf .
Use.
Pvt on this Breaft-Plate of Righteoufnefs.
- Confider,
1. Chrift hath purchafed it at a dear Rate,
2. He reckons none as His Soldiers, but they
that have it on,
3- Without it, GOD Himfelf wifl fight againft
you. 4. Unlefs. yon have it, the leaft Dart wifl
pierce the Heart.
5. If you have it, you are fure of Conqueft,
Rom. viii, 31, 32, &c.

Q 4 Ephes.

24§ Thefiurus Theologicus.

Eph e s. vi. 15, 1 6.
And your Feet Jhod with the Preparation
of the Gofpel of Peace. Above aU^
taking the Shield of Faith., wherewith
ye Jhafl be able to quench all the fiery
Darts oj the wicked.

L \-KjnY fi,od?
V V I. Shooes arc a Sign of Liberty ; only
Slaves went barefoot.
2. A Sign of Mourning, 2 Srfwj. XV. 30.
3. Makes us go with lefs Fear over Briars and
Thorns. «
II. What is the Preparation of the Gofpel of
Peace. I. Knowledge of the Gofpel.
Without this,
I. We know not who we fight for, AB-
xvii. 23.
2. Nor whom we fight under, Hebr. i. 1,2;
3. Nor againft whom we fight.
4. Nor how to fight.
3. Nor what we ftiaU have, if vidorious,
2 Tim. i. 10.
2. Meditation.
I . Upon what our Saviour faid and did ii}
the Gofpel, S. Joh. xiv. i.
2. Upon what He fuffered, i Cor. ii. 2.
3» Upon what He commanded, S. Matt})-
xxviii. 20. .. , -
4. Upon

Thefaurus Theologicus. 249
4. Upon what He threatened, S. Matth.
xxv. 41,
5. Upon what He promifed, S. Matth. xv.
34-
Use.
Search the Gofpel, S. Joh. v. 39.
Confidcr,
I, Afl Knowledge, without this, is nothing,
S. Matth. xxii. 29.
2, This is fufficient to make us wife to Sal
vation, 2 Tim. iii, 5, 1 3, i5, 17.
3, Without Knowledge, you can never obey.
IL The Shield of Faith.
I . What are the Darts of Satan ?
I . Satan is a bitter Enemy, i S. Pet. v. 8.
2. Being incenfed, he gafts fiery Darts,
'ZS-og^ffoA©-.
3. Even oft at the beft of Men. Adam.
Chrift, S. Matth. iv. i Cor. x. 1 2.
4. At their Heart and Head, fo as to make
thera raortal.
5. He cafts them with both Hands.
I. Sometimes with the Left, S. Luk. xxii.
31. Jobi. 14.
2. And foraetiracs with the Right-Hand.
6. He cafts them by others, as well as with
His own Hand.
7. He hath them ready always, and every
where, i S. Pet. v. 8.
2. What is that Faith, that is a Shield ?
1. The Subftance of Things hoped for, Hebr.
xi. I.
2. Or applying Chrift, S. Joh. xx. 28.
3. How is Faith .a Shield ?
I. If he cafts Security, Faith fliews the
Danger, S. Luk. ^iii. 3. 2. If

25© Thefaurus Theologicus.
2. If Prefumption, Faith fliews the Juftice of
GOD, Mai. iv. 3, 5.
3. If Defpair, Faith fhews,
I. GOD's Mercy, £j>ro</, xxxiv, 5,
2. Chrift's Merits, Hebr- vii. 23.
4. If he cafts gilded Darts of Profit, Faith
fhews its Vanity, Ecclef i. 2.
5. if Darts infeded with Pleafure, Faith
fhews they are fweetcn'd Poifons.
6. If feather'd with Honour, Faith fhews its
Lightnefs, S. Matth. v. 7, 8.
7. If he darts vain Thoughts in Duty, Faith
fliews GOD prefent, Pfal. cxxxix. 6,
7,8.
Use.
Take this Shield of Faith.
Confider,
I. You are in continual Danger of Satan's
Darts. 2. Without Faith, every one wifl wound you
mortally. 3. With it, none can hurt you, S. Lvk- xxii.
32.

Ephes,

Thefaurus Theologicus. 251

Eph E s. vi. 17.
And take tbe Helmet of Salvation., and
the Sword of the Spirit., which is tlje
Word of GOD.

• T

HE Helmet of Salvation.
^ I . What Salvation ?
I. In this Life.
2. In the Lif€ that is to come.
I. In this Life.
I . Salvation from Sin, S. Matth. i. 2 1 .
2. From our fpiritual Enmities, i Cor.
X. 13.
3. From all Evil, Rom. viii. 28.
2. In the Life to come.
I. To behold GOD cleariy, i Cor. xiii.
12.
2. To love Him perfedly.
3. To enjoy Him eternally, Pfal.xvH.
15. and xvi, 1 1,
2. What by the Helmet f -jfexe^ stAai*!/.
I, Meditations upon Salvation, Thil. iii. 20.
2. Hope for it, i S. Pet. i. 1 3. 2 T^ef. v. 8,
3. A continual Expedation of it,
3. What Ground to hope for it ?
I. From the Truth of GOD's Promifes, Tt.
i. 2.
2. The Perpetuity of the Covenant, Hehr.
viii. 10.
|. The Oath of GOD, Hehr.xi. 17, 18.
' ' 4- The

252 Thefaurus Theologicus.

4. The Gifts of GOD without Repentance,
Rem. xi. 29.
5. Chrift hath reconciled us to GOD, Rom-
V. 10,
Use,
Fpt on this Helmet.
Confider,
I . This wifl make you adive in afl Duties, Ttt.
ii. 12,13-
2. Courageous in all Conflids, 2 Cor. iv. i5.
and V. I.
3, Undaunted at all Difgrace, Rom. viii. 5,
Pfd. xxii. 5.
4. Chearful in aU Conditions, Phil. iv. 11.
5. Conftant to the End, i Cor. xv. 58,
II. The StBord of the Spirit, which is the Word of
COD. I. What is the Word of GOD ?
The Books of the Old and New Teftament,
qafled GOD's Word, becaufe He fpake them.
I . By His Prophets, 2 S. Pet. iii. 2.
2. By His Son, Hebr. i. i.
3. By His Spirit, 2 S. Pet. i. 20, 2 1 .
2. Why is it cafled a Sword ?
I. Becaufe it pierceth like a Sword into the
Heart, Hebr. iv. 1 2. Rev. i. 1 6.
2. It wounds and kills Sin, AB. ii. 37.
3. Why the Sword of the Spirit ?
1. The Spirit made it, 2 Tim. Hi. 1 6.
2. The Spirit alone teacheth us iiow to ufe
jt, and enables us too, i Cor. ii. 14'
2 S. Pet. Hi. 1 5. S. Joh. xvi. 13.
4. How muft we ufe this Sword?
I. In general, as our Saviour did, S. Matth.
iv. 4. and vii, 10. 2. In

Thefaurus Theologicus. 255

2, In particular, applying it to thy Ufe.
Doth Satan tempt thee,
I. To Atheifm? It is written Pfal. xiv, i.
2, To Security and Irapenitence ? It is
written S.Luk.xiii.3.
3. To Defpair? It is written Ifa. Iv.j.
Pfal. ciii. 8, 9, 10.
4. To Unbelief? It is written ./iif.iv, 12.
Hebr. vii. 21,
5, To Drunkennefs? It is written Ifa.
V. 22.
6. To Covetoufnefs ? It is written
1 S. Joh. ii. 13. Hebr. xiii. 5, 5.
7. To Whoredom ? It is written Heh:
xiii. 4.
8. To Pride ? It is written Prov. xvi 5-
S. Jam. iv. 5.
9. To Hatred ? It is written S. Mattk
V. 44.
10, To Revenge ? It is written Rem. xU-
19, S- Matth. vi, 14, 15.
Uses.
1. Read the Scriptures, S. Jofc, v. 39.
I. With Reverence.
2. With Confideration.
3. Conftantly, P/^/. i. 2.
2. Frequent the Pubflck Ordinances.
Confider,
I . There you have the Word of GOD ex
plained, and applied to them.
2. Here you worfliip your Maker,
3, Thefe are the ordinary Means of Salva
tion, Ram. X. 1 7.
But hear,
I. With Reverence.
2. With Attention.
3- With Faith, Hebr. iv. 2.
Phii.-

2 54 Thefaurus Theologicus.

Phil. i. 21.
For to me to live is Chrift., and to die
is Gain.
'E/ipl y*j> To'Qv, X/»,pof, S TO am'jy.veiv, vJep^©-^.
I. "Tp H E -Words may be thus interpreted ; I
l defire to live only for Chrift's fake.
Non alid causa volui vivere, nifi Chrifti, ui ejus
corpus adificem, S. Hieron.
IL That Chrift is our Life.
Ko/ c* Tn ^«>5i 3 TOUTWy i nTO ^r/ ^s to ^h(/, ctAAa a
Xei^of, S. Chryfoft.
Ill, That Chrift is Gain, both in Life and
Death, K*t* ^h j^ j^ ^QAySr.
1. He is Gain in Life.
For by Hira we gain,
I . The Repentance of Sins, AB. v. 31 .
2, A Pardon for them,
3, The Acceptance of our Perfons,
4. The Love of GOD.
3^, The Conqueft over Satan, i S. Joh. v. 4;
5. The Graces of the Spirit, S, Joh. xvi. 7.
7. A Blefling on afl wc have, Rom. viii. 28.
8, A fure Title to Heaven, S. Joh. xiv. 2,
2. In Death we gain,
I . Freedom from afl Evil and Mifery.
t. Frora the Cares of this World.
2. Frora the Troubles of Our Minds, Rev.
vii. 17.
}. From the Temptations of Satan. 4, From

Thefaurus Theologicus. 255
4, From the Reliques of our own Cor
ruptions,
5. Frora all Fear of GOD's Difpleafure.
5. From afl Pain in our Bodies, Rev'.
xxi. 4.
7. From all Infirmities in our Souls,
Hebr. xii. 23.
2. Gain the Enjoyment of afl Good.
I. We gain true Riches.
2, True Honours, i Sam. iii. 30.
3. True Pleafures, Ffal. xvi. 11.
Use.
Endeavour to gain Chrift, and by Him you will
gain afl Things.
Confider,
I, Our Lives here are fhort.
2. Hereafter in the other Wodd, our Souls live
for ever, either in Happinefs or Mifery.
3. There is no way to be happy hereafter, but
only in Chrift, AB. iv. 1 2.
4. Hence, nothing you can labour for wifl be
more gainful to you than Chrift.

Phil.'

256 Thefaurus Theologicus.

Phil. i. 23.
For I am in a freight betwixt two., ha^
ving a defire to depart., and to be with
Chrift., which is far better.
^uue'^^fji.M 5«p ox T ^'0, tiw eT^i^/Juoai %<y,)v as
TO ocvxAvottf, ^ CM) Xp/ij-a ai/«a tbAA^ y3,a
(igin.oy xf«0OTP.
I. 'T' H E Saints are fometiraes in Streights,
JL 2 Sam. xxiv. 14.
IL They mind not only their own, but the
Glory of GOD, and Good of others,- Phil. ii. 2 1 .
III. The truly Pious defire to depart, and be
with Chrift.
I. What is it to depart? Ti dyAKva-Aiy 2 S. Pet.
i. 14. 2 Cor. V. I. To go into the other World.
2. What to be with Chrift ?
I. To enjoy His Prefence, S. ^oA. xvii, 24.
and xii. 25.
2. To behold His Glory, S, Joh. xvii. 24.
I Cor- xiii. 1 2.
3. To have Communion with Him.
3. Why do they defire to be with Chrift ?
I. Becaufe they believe His Promifes, S.^o^.
xiv. I, 2.
2. Are convinced of the Creatures VanTty,
and Chrift's Exceflency.
3. Love Chrift above afl Things, Phil. iii.
8, 9. Ffal, xlii. I, 2. 4. Long

Thefaurus Theologicus. 257

4. Long to be eafed of their Sins, Rom.
vii. 24.
5. To be out of the Devil's Reach, i S. Per.'
V, 8,
5, Becaufe they have had the Foretafts of
Heaven already, i S. Pet. i. 8.
7, Becaufe this is the End of afl their La
bours, I S, Pet. i. 9.
8. Becaufe it is far better.
4, It is better to be with Chrift, than here^
S- Matth. xvii, 4. We ftiafl have,
I. Better Souls, Hebr. xii, 23.
2. Better Bodies, Phil, iii, 21.
3, Better Company, Hebr. x'd. 22,23. S.Joh.
xvii. 24,
4. Better Employments, Rev. vii. 11,12.
5, Better Honours, S. Joh. xii. 25.
5. Better Riches, S. Matth.vi. 19,20.
7. Better Pleafures.

Phil. i. 2^.
It is better^ to he with Chrifti
than here.

I. TT 7 HAT is it ro be with Chrift ?
VV It implies,
I - Our being where He is, S- Joh. xiv. 2, 3, 4.7
2- Our enjoying what He. enjoys.
I- Clear Knowledge of GOD, S- Joh. xvii; 3-'
I Cor. xiii, 1 2,
2, Perfed Love to Hira,
3- Eternal Joy in Him, Phil, iv- i.
Fol. IIL R II. Uovf

258 Thefaurus Theologicus.

II. How is it better ?
I. In its Immunities.
I. From Sin, i Cor. xv. 50,
I . Errors in Judgment, i Cor- xiii. 1 2.
2. Diforder in Affedions.
3. Infirmities in Adions,
2. Frora "Mifery, Pet/, xxi. 4.
2. In its Enjoyments, which are better.
Becaufe,
I . More real, Prov. xxiii. 5.
2. More fpiritual, S. Matth. xi- 28, 29.
3. More fatisfying, Pfal. xvi- 11. and xvii-
IS- '
4! More certain, I/a. Iv. 3.
5. More lafting and during, 2 Cor. v. i.
Uses.
I . Labour to get to Chrift.
I, Means.
I. Repent, S. Luk. xiii. 3.
2. Turn from Sin.
3. Bplievc on Chrift, AB. xvi. 31.
4. Labour after true Grace.
Without which,
I . You fliall not, Hebr. xii- 1 4.
2. You cannot, enjoy GOD.
. 5. Ufe the Means appointed, as Reading,
Praying, Hearing, &c. Rom.x. 17.
2. Motives.
I. Labour after it. Confider,
I . It .is poffible.
2. It is defired by G OD, Ezxk. xxxiii.
u.
3. You wifl afl repent e'er long, unlefs
you labour for it. 2. SeeJt

Thefaurus Theologicus. 259
2. Seek it firft.
I. It is a Thing of the greateft Con
cern.
2. It is the only Thing needful, S. Luh
X. 42.
3. Labour after it now, Pfd. xcv. 8, 9.
Confider,
I. Your Time is fliort.
2. The Work is great.
3. You know not when you wifl be cal
led to an Account.

Phil. i. 27.
Only let your Converfation he as becometh
the Gofpel of Chrift.
I. I TTT H A T in the Gofpel muft our Conver-
VV fations become ?
I. The Dodrine of the Gofpel.
2. Living as thofe who believe,
I. That Chrift is the Son of GOD, and
Man, S.Joh. i. 14.
2. That He died for Sin, Hebr. ix. 26. Ifa.
Iiii. 5.
3. For our Sins, i S. Joh. ii. 2, 3. 2 Cor-
vi. 21.
4. Rofe again, Rom. iv. 25.
5. Afccnded, Hebr. vii. 25.
6. Wifl come again, aB. i. i i, Hebr. ix. 23.
7. Wifl judge afl the World, AB. xvii. 31.
2 Cor. V, 10. R 2 II. Be-

26o Thefaurus Theologicus.
II. Becoming the Difcipline of the Gofpel,
for which there are feveral Canons or Rules to
walk by, that afl Things be done,
I. Decently and in Order, i Cor. xiv. 40.
2. In Faith, Rom. xiv. 23.
3. In Love, Ephef. v.'2.
4. In Huinility, Phll.iv. 1,2. S. Luk. xvii. 10,
3. To the Glory of GOD, i Cor. x. 3 1 . S. Matt.
V, 1 5. t
III. Becoming our Expedations from the Go-
fj;5el, live as thofe who exped, ( i S. Joh. iii, 3. )
I . The Pardon of your Sins, Ephef i. 7.
2. The Acceptance of your Perfons, Gal. ii.
1 5. 3. Peace with GOD, Rom. v. i,
4. Joy in the Holy Ghoft, Rom. xiv. 16, 17.
I S. Pet. i. 8.
5. Afl the Graces ofthe Spirit, 1 S. Pet. ii. 9,
5. A joyful Refurredion, 1 Cor.xv. 32, 33.
7. Eternal Happinefs, i Cor. ii. 9.
I, To be with Chrift, S. Joh. xvii. 24,
2. To behold GOD, i Cor.xiii. 10, 11,
3. And to enjoy Hira for ever^
IV. Becoming our Profefllon ofthe Gofpel, for
which we have thefe Rules.
I. In departing from Iniquity, 2Tlm.ii.19.
2. In being new Creatures, 2 Cor. v. 17.
3. In loving Chrift above all Things, S.Luk.
xiv. 25.
4. In denying ourfelves, S. Matth. xvi. 24.
I. Denying ourfelves.
2, Taking up our Crofl^s.
3, Foflowing Chrift.
5. In bearing much Fruit, S- Joh. xv. 8. 5. Ifl

Thefaurus Theologicus. 26 i
5. In being holy in afl manner of Converfation,
I S. Pet. i. 1 3.
I. In Thought, Prov. xii. 3. Phil, iv. 8.
2, In Affedions, Colof. iii. 2.
3. In Words, S. Jam. i. 26. Ephef. iv. 29,
4, In Adions, Tit. ii, 1 1, 12.
7, In loving one another, S. Joh, xiii. 35.
8. In continuing to the End, S, Joh. viii. 3 r .
II. Why walk as becometh the Gofpel ?
I. Otherwife we are a Shame to the Gpfpel,
Hebr. vi. 6.
2. Enemies to Chrift and His Gofpel, Phil. iii.
18, 19.
3. Otherwife you wifl receive no Benefit from
the Gofpel, Hebr. iv. i, 2.
4. But the Gofpel itfelf wifl rife in Judgment
againft you, S. Joh. iii. 19, *
3. If you walk as becometh the Gofpel, all the
Promifes of the Gofpel fliafl be made good to you,
S.Joh. i. 29, and xiv. 2. S. Matth- xxv. 34,
III. What Converfation is that, which becomes
the Gofpel of Chrift ?
I. Towards GOD.
2. Towards Men.
I. Towards GOD.
I. An humble Converfation, Ephef. iv, i,
2, S. Matth. xi. 29.
I. Acknowledging our Frailty and In
firmity, Ifa. xl, 5, I S, Fet. i. 24,
29.
2. Our Guilt and Sin, Rom. iii. 1 9. Pfal.
xxxii, 3, and li. 3. S. Luk. xviii.
^^^
3- Our Lufts and Corruptions, Ifa. i^ 5,
Rom vii, 24, i Tim, i. 15.
R 3 J?or,

a62 Thefaurus Theologicus.
For,
I, We are not able to do any Good,
S. Joh. XV. 3.
2. Arc prone to afl Sin.
3, Always obnoxious to GOD's
Wrath.
4. In a quiet and patient Subraiffion to
the Providence of GOD, iSam.Hi.
18. Jobi. 21. 2 Sam. XV. 26. Rom.
ix. 20.
5. In an Acknowledgment of GOD's
Mercy in afl Things, i Chron. xxix.
14. Deut. viii. 17, 18, and ix. 4.
5. Reverence and Modefty in the Wor
fliip of GOD, Ecclef V. 1,2.
7. A voluntary undertaking whatfoever
GQD commands, P/7//. ii. 8. S.Joh.
xiii, 13, 14. 2Sam.vi.22.
2. A truftful Converfation ; trufting,
I . On the Mercies of GOD, Pfal. xlii. 3,
1 1, xliii. 5. and xxvii. i.
2. On the Merits of Chrift, i S. Joh.
ii. I, 2.
3. The Promifes of the Gofpel, Rom.
viii. 28.
3. A chearful Converfation, Phil. iv. 4.
Always rejoicing,
I. In the Goodnefs of GOD, Ffal.
xxviii. 7.
2. In Chrift our Saviour, S. Luk. i.
45, 47,
3, In Hope of eternal Glory, i S.Per.
i. 8.
4. An obedient Converfation.
5. An Heavenly Converfation, Phil. iii.
20. 2. Towards

Thefaurus Theologicus. 263

2, Towards Man,
I . Meek, S. Matth. xi- 29.
2. hovii^, ibid.
3. Loving, S.5fofc.xiii. 34,35-
4. Juft, S. Matth. vii, 1 2,
5. Charitable, i TVii^vi, 17, 18.
I. Wiflingly, Rom. xii. 8. 2 Cor. ix. 7.
2. Proportionably, i Cer. xvi. 2.
3. In the Name of Chrift, S. Mar. ix.
41.
Use.
Walk thus according to the Gofpel.
Motives.
I . This is the moft fafe, Prov. x. 9.
2, The moft profitable, i Tim.vi. 18. S-Jam.
Hi. 5.
3, The moft honourable, i Sam. ii. 30.
I. It is the Life of Angels.
2. Of Chrift.
3. Of GOD, I S. Per.i. 15.
4. The moft pleafant, Prov. iii. 1 7.
1. In the Ads,
I. Obedience.
2, Meditation.
2. In the Confequents,
I, Peace of Confcience.
2. Joy in GOD.
5. The moft neceffary, S. Lui. x. 42.
1. To Happinefs here.
• 2. To Hapi)inefs in Heaven, Hebr. xii. 1 4.
Means.
I . Search the Scriptures, S. Joh. v." 39.
2. Frequent Publick Ordinances, Rom. x. 7.
3. Be much in Prayer, S. Jam. i. 3.
4. Meditate often, Phil. iv. 8.
5. Live above your Bodies, i Cer. ix. I'j.
R4 Phiil.

264 Thefaurus Theologicus.

Jthil. n. 12.
Work out your own Salvation with Fear
and Trembling.
I- ITT THAT are we to underftand here by
VV Salvation ? '
I . Freedom frora our Mifery.
I , Guilt of Sin, Gal. iii. 22. S. Matth. i. 20.
2. Strength of Corruption, .Kowj. vii. 24. AB-
iii. 25.
3. Power of Satan, i S. Pet. v. 8,
4. Wrath of G OD, Ffal. vii. 1 1.
5. Eternal Torments, S. Matth. xxv. 45.
2 Thef i. 9.
2. Advanceraent to Happinefs.
i- In this Life ^ confifting,
I. "In GO D's Love to us, Pfal. xxx. 3.
2. In our Love to Hira.
2. In the Life to come ; confifting,
I. In the Perfedion of our Souls, Hebr:
xii. 23,
2. In the Enjoyment of GOD, S. Job. xvii.
5, 24.
n. What by Working out ?
I , Our making Ufe 'of afl Means appointed "by
GOD for this End, S. Matth. vi, 33.
2, Continuing in the Ufe of them, until we
have attained this End, AB. xiiL 43. Rom. xii, 12,
in. What by Fear and Trembling ?
I, Not with Pride, i S. Joh. i. 8.
2. Nor Prefumption, Pfal.xi^. 13, '3. Nor

Thefaurus Theologicus. 265
3. Nor carnal Security, i S. Pet. v. 8.
4. But with an Holy Fear.
I. Left we fliould go the wrong Way, or
make Ufe of wrong Means, Rom. x- 2.
2. Left we fliould fail in the Ufe of thofe
.Means, Hebr. iv. i.
Observation.
One great Work that Man hath to do on Earth,
is, to work out his own Salvation.
To clear up the Nature of this Work •,
Confidcr,
I, It is not to be done only by the Way,
but with afl our Might, Ecclef. ix. lo.
2S, Per. i. 10.
2, Afl our other Works are to be referred to
to this, I Cor. X. 3 1 ,
3, We cannot do it by our own Strength,
Jer. X. 23. 2 Cor. iii. 3.
ObjeB. Why then doth GOD command us
to it ?
Anfw. I . GOD's Commands fliew not our A-
bility, but Duty.
2. GOD, by His Comraands, puts us upon do
ing what we can, depending on Him for the
reft. 3. GOD, by His Commands, enables us to do
it. Gen. i. 3. S.^oh, v. 5. and xi. 43. AB. iii. 5.
4. None can enable us to do it, but GOD,
Phil.ii. 13. 2 Car. Hi. 3.
3. We have no Ground to exped Strength
frora GOD to do it, but by Chrift, S. Joh.
XV. 3.
5. We muft not do this Work in our own Way,
but GOD's, Ifa. viii. 20.
7. This Work is the one Thing needful, S. Luk.
X. 42. ' ¦ . •
8Mt

266 Thefaurus Theologicus.
8. It is the moft honourable Work we can be
employed in, Frev. xii. 25.
9. ]t is not to be begun only, but finiftied,
S- Jeh. xvii. 4.
10. It can never be coraplcated tifl we come
to die, Phil, iii, 1 1, 12, i Cor. xv. 58,
II. How doth it appear that this is the Work
we ought to do ?
I. This is the End of our Continuance on
Earth. 2. GOD cafls on us to do it, Ezek. xxxiii. 1 1,
3. Nay, He commands us to do it, AB.xvH. 30.
4, He hath fhewn us how to do it, Mic.
vi. 8.
5, .He hath afforded us the Means, Jer. vii.
25. 6. He hath promifed to enable us in the Ufe
of thofe Means to do it, S. Matth. xviii. 20.
7. AH his Providences tend to it. Job xxxvi. 8,
9, 10.
8. And fo do His Ordinances.
III. How miift we do this Work ?
1. Begin it.
I. With Knowledge, i Chron. xxviii- 9- V^'
i-7- .
2. Repentance, Hebr. vi. i. AB. iii. 19- and
V. 31.
Confifting,
I . In a Senfe of Sin, S. Joh. xvi. 8.
I. Original, Pfal. li. 3.
2. Adual, Pfal. li. 3, 4.
I. In our Thoughts, Ce». vi. $•
2. Affedions, 2 Ttm. iii. 3, 4.
3. Words, S. ^<jrf. xii. 35.
4. Adions. 3. Habi-

Thefaitrus Theologicus-. 267

3. Habitual, Jer. xiii, 23.
2. In Sorrow for Sin.
I. Cordial, Joelii. 13.
2, Univerfal, Ez.ek, ix. 4.
3. Exceeding afl other Sorrow, Zech.
xii. 10, II.
3. An Hating of Sin, Rev. ii, 5, Py^/, cxix.
113,
I, General of afl known Sin.
2, Conftant.
3. Implacable, P/<!/. cxxxix, 21,22,
4. In a firm Refolution againft Sin, Pfal.
xvii. 3. and cxix, io5,
5, In a conftant Endeavour to perform
thefe Refiilutions, Pfal. cxix. i o5.
. With Faith, >4ff. xvi. 31.
I, Affenring to the Scripture in general,
AB. xxiv, 14. 2 Tim. iii. i5.
I. That the Affertions are all Truths,
Hebr. vi. 1 8.
2. The Hiftories certain.
3. The Comraands Divine, Rom. vii.
12, 14,
4. The Prophecies afl fulfiflcd.
5. The Promifes afl perforraed, 2S.?et.
iii. 9.
6. The Threatnings afl executed.
2. Affenting to the Gofpel in particular.
I. That Jefus is the Son of GOD,
S. Matth. xvi. 1 5.
2, Truly Man, i Tim. ii. 5.
3 . The promifed Mefiah, S. Joh. xx, 3 1 .
4, The only Saviour of Mankind, AB.
iv. 12. Hebr. vii. 23.
1. That His Sufferings were only upon
our Account, Ifa. Iiii. 3, 4, 5.
5, That

268 Thefaurus Theologicus.

6. That they were infinitely meritori
ous for us, as Satisfadory to GOD's
Juftice, I S. Joh. ii. 2.
7. That He now intercedes for us,
Hebr. vii. 23.
3. Applying thefe Truths to ourfelves,
S. Jam. ii, 19.
I. That He is our LORD and GOD,
S, Joh. XX. 28.
2, Our Saviour and Redeemer.
3. Our Advocate at the Hand of GOD,
I S. Joh. ii, I.
What Means muft we ufe, to begin
this Work?
I. Reading the Scriptures, S.Joh. v.
39-*
2. Meditation upon them, Pfal. i. 2.
3. Self-examination, Lam. iii. 40.
4. Praying, S, Jam. i. 3. S. Matth.
vii. 7.
5. Hearing, Rom. x. 17.
, Wc muft carry on this Work,
I . By increafing our Knowledge, 2 S. Pet.
iii, 18.
?. By renewing our Repentance, Pfal. xxv. 7,
I Cor. XV. 9.
3. Renewing Ads of Faith.
4. By watching over our Hearts, Prov. iv,
23.
5, By frequent exercifing our Graces.
I . Love.
2. Truftf
3. Joy, Phil, iv, 4.
4. Obediencc-
5- Heavenly-mindednefs, Phil. Hi. 2c.
I Thejf. V. 16.
6. Thankfiilncfs, i Thef. v. 18. 7- By

Thefaurus Theologicus. 269
7. By frequent receiving the Holy Sacra
ment, 1 Cor. xi. 24, 25.
This is an exoeflent Means to carry on
this Work.
I. Becaufe it puts us upon examining
ourfelves, i Cor. xi. 28.
2. Exercifing our Graces.
3. It is a quickening Ordinance.
I. To our Repentance.
2. Thankfulnefs.
4. It confirms our Faith.
3. Wc muft finifli this Work, S. Joh. xvii, 4.'
I , By mortifying afl our Sins, 2 Tim. iv. 7.'
Rev. iii. 12, 21..
2, Continuiog in the Performance of all
Duties, I Cor. xv. 58. Rev. iii. u.
3, Pcrfevering in afl Graces, 2 Tim. iv. 7.
Use.
Set upon this Work.
Confider,
I . This is the Work you came about.
2. You have Comfort of no other Works, Rami
vi. 21.
3. Afl other Works arc Sin, tifl this be be
gun, Prov. xxi. 4, 27, and xv, 8. Ifa. Ixvi, 3,
Omnis infidelium vita peccatum eft, (^ nihil
eft bonum fine fummo bono, S. Aug,
'OvHy m IIc.'jWw^ dyA^or, S, Chryfoft.
4. Till this be done, ye are uncapable of any
Mercy, Mai. ii. 2.
5. Subjed to afl Mifery.
I. The Curfe ofthe Law, G/i/. iii. 10. Deut.
xxviii. 15, 1 5.
2. The Wrath of GOD, Pfal. vii. 1 1.
5, Even

270 Thefaurus Theologicus.
6. Even in this Life, this is the beft Work.
I. Moft Pleafant, Prot;. iii. 17.
I . Here wc exercife our beft Parts, S.Matt.
xi. 29.
2. Fix them upon their proper Objeds.
3. Employ them to their proper End.
2, Moft Honourable, Frov. xii. 25.
I . As to the Perfons we converfe with-
2, As to the Employment itfelf.
3, Moft Profitable, i Tim. iv. 8,
Hereby we attain,
1. The raoft real. Prow, xxiii, 5. S.Luk-
viii. 18,
2. Moft fatisfying, Ifa. Iv. i , 2.
3. The moft lafting Riches, i Tim.vi. 17.
Frov. viii, 1 8.
7. Afl the Power we have of doing any
thing, was given us to do this.
8, Afl our Tirae is given us for this End,
9. Unlefs this Work be done, wc are undone
for ever, S, Luk. xiii. 3.
I. GOD will be always angry, 2Thef.i.9.
2. The Devils our Corapanions, S. Matth.
XV. 41.
3. Our Confciences our Torraentors for ever,
S. Mar. ix. 41 .
10. If this Work be done, we fliafl be happy ;
I . In our Freedom from afl Evil, Rev. xiv.
13.
I. Of Soul, Hebr. xii. 23.
2. Of Body, P/j?7. iii, 21.
2. In the Enjoyment of afl Good.
For,
1. We fliafl then be with GOD, S-Joh.
xvii. 24, 23.
2, feehold Him, i Cor. xiii. 1 2.
3. Love Him. 4. Rejoice

Thefaurus Theologicus. 271

'4. Rejoice in Him.
3. And fo enjoy Him to Eternity.
ObjeB. I. I haVe no Time.
Anfw. I. What haft thou any Tijne for but
this? 2. Thou haft Time for other Things, Ecdef.
Hi- I, 2.
ObjeB. 2- We know not how to do this Work.
Anfw. I have told you.
ObjeB. 3. It is hard Work.
Anfw. I. But it is feafible.
2. It is not hard in itfelf, but our Sins make it
fo, S. Matth. xi. 30.
3. Do what ye can, and GOD wifl enable you
to do the reft,
4, Be but wifling, and the Work is eafie,
1 S, Joh. V. 3-
3. Whatfoever Pains you take, wifl not be ia
vain, I Cor. xv. 58.
5. Heaven will make amends for afl.
ObjeB. 4. 1 have done it already.
Anfw. I. You may be miftaken, S. Matth. vii.
22. and xxv. 11.
2. Howfoevcr, you cannot do it too wefl.
3. None have done fo much, but there is more
to do. I. Haft thou no Si» to be repented of, and
to get a Pardon for, Ecclef. vii. 20.
2: No Luft to get fubdued, Rom. vii. 24.
3. No Grace to get quickened, Phil. iii. 1 1,
12.
4. Nonc's Work is done or finiflied tifl ye die,
for if ye had done your Work, GOD would give
you^your Reward, S- Joh. xvii. 4,
ObjeB. 5, Tirae enough hereafter.
Anfw- No, the beft Time is now, S. Joh. ix. 4.
P a I L.

372 Thefaurus Theologicus.

Phil. iii. 1.
Finally., my Brethren., rejoice in the
Lord. 

1

T is GOD's Wifl that we fliould rejoice in
Him.

I. What is if to rejoice ?
Delight is the Soul's Acquiefcence, or Refting
itfelf, in what it apprehends to be Good,
There is a two-fold Delight.
Am(riAaffAy 3 ai 4-vX.ii(-Ai 1^ ai ffai^AjiKai, Aflftot.
Ethic. 1. 3-
I. Bodily or Senfitive, cafl'd P/e/?/z/re j which
1 proceeds from fome Irapreffion raade by a fuita-
ble Objed upon the Senfes. Of which note,
I- This in itfelf is not finful, becaufe both
the Senfe and Objed, and the Suitable-
nefs of thera, were afl made by GOD-
2. Hence it is permitted by GOD, Ecclef.
iii. 22. and V. 19.
3. But corrupt Man is too apt to fin in thofe
fenfitive Pleafures.
I- Either in the unlawful 0bjed,Py^/.lxii.4.
2. Or elfe in tfie Manner, by Exceffive-
nefs, S. Jud. ver. 12.
2. Rational or Spiritual Joy, feated in the
Soul itfelf
oJoy 9/Ao7//xi«, 9/Ao/ix«flfl«, Ariftot.
II. What is it to rejoice in the Lord ?
1. GOD was pleafed at firft to order the Soul
of Man fo, that it had a natural Tendency and
Suitablenefs to the Nature of GOD. 2. But

Thefaurus Theologicus. 275
2. But the Soul being difordered by Sin, is apt
to rejoice in nothing but Externals.
3. It is therefore GOD's Will, that we labour
after our Primitive Perfedion and joys, fo as to
delight ourfelves in Him and His.
I. In Him.
I. As GOD.
2. As our GOD, Pfd. xxviii. 7. Deut. xii.
12, 18.
2. In His.
I. His Works, Tfd. civ. 3^.
2. His Word, Ffal. i. 2. and cxix. 103.,
3. His Properties.
I. Goodnefs, S. Zai. xviii. 19.
2. Merxy.
3. Juftice.
4. Power, Pfal. Ixiii. 3, 5, 7,
5- Wifdom.
5. Truth.
7. Imiaenfity and Omniprefence.
tli. How doth it appear, that we ought, and
tnay thus rejoice ?
i- From Scripture.
I. From GOD's Commands, Pfd. xxxii. 11.
Phil. iv. 4.
2. Our Saviour prays for it, S. Joh. xvii. 1 3.
3. This is one great End of His Promifes,
Rom- XV. 4.
4. It is one End of the Minifl;ry, Ifa. iii. 7,
Earn: T- l 5. 2 Cor. i. 24;
5. It is the End ot Chrift's fending His Spi*
rit, S.Joh.xvi. 7.
The Spirit comforts us,
I. By renewing us.
2. By convincing- us it iS our Duty, S. Joh.
xvi, 9.
.m.ML S 3. By

274 Thefaurus Theologicus,
3. By witnefling our Adoption, Gal. iv. 5.
4. By bleffing his Ordinances to us.
5, By bringing and direding us to Chrift
for k, S. Jeh. xiv. 26.
6. By weaning us from fleflily Delights,
7. By powerful working Comfort in us,
Cal. V. 22,
6, This was the End of Chrift's Coming.
2. From Reafon.
1. It is certain, that we fliould rejoice, be
caufe GOD hath given us that Power.
2. It is as certain, there is nothing in this
World that we can have any folid
Joy in, becaufe not fuitabic to the
Soul.
3. And then there is none, but GOD, we
can rationally rejoice in.
ObjeB. But doth not GOD command us fome
times to weep and mourn ? Ecclef. iii. 4, Ifa. xxn,
1 2. Joel ii, 12,13, .
Anfw. I. ifhis Sorrow confifteth not in ab-
ftaining from fpiritual, but natural Joy.
2. It maketh way for fpiritual Joy.
3. It fliould be accompanied with it, Pfal. ii.
II.
Uses.
I-. Information.
I. Obferve GOD's Goodnefs to His Crea
tures, in makiflg it their Duty to re
joice.
2. The Privilege of Chriftians above others,
S. Joh. xvi. 22.
3. The falfe Calumny that is laid upon Ho
linefs, as depriving us of Joy, S- Joh.
xiv. I' 4 OuE

Thefaurus Theologicus. 275

4. Our Mifery is aU from ourfelves, Hof
xiii. 9-
5, See the Exceflency of Chriftian Joy a-
bove. others; it ii in the Lord.
2. Exhortation ; Rejoice.
I. Confidcr the Neceffity.
I. Pracepti, GOD comtnands it.
2. Medii, it is neceffary,
I. For the Glory of GOD.
2. For the Credit of Religion.
3. For the attaining true Happinefs on
Earth.
2. The Exceflency abo^^e other Joy,
I. It is Spiritual, the Joy of the Soul,
Pfd. xxxiii. 2 1 i
2. Pure and unmix'd, Prov. xiv. i 3.
3, An eafy and cheap Joy.
4, A real and true Joy,
3. An univerfal Joy •, in refped,
I. Of Time.
2. Place.
3, Condition.
6. It is a furpaflliig joy, furmbunting all
Sorrow, Hob. iii. 17, 18.
7. A wefl-grounded Joy ; grounded,
I. On GOD's Mercy.
2. Chrift's Merits, i S. Fit. i. 8.
8. A fufl and fatisfying Joy, Sijoh. xvii. 13.
Pfat. xvi. II. and xvii. 1 3.
9- An heavenly Joy.
10. It is Joy in GOD.
III. Confider the Exceflency of this Joy in its
&wa Nature. This Exceflency appears,
I. In the Caufe, GOD.
I. The Father.

S i 2. The

276 Thefaurus Theologicus.
. 2. The Son, S. Jeh. xvii. 13.
3. The Holy Ghoft, GaLv. 22.
2. In the Subjed, the Soul, S. Luk. i. 4.6, 47.
I. The Underftanding.
2. The Will.
3. The Objed, the chiefeft Good.
4. The End.
1 . The Glory of GOD, the ultimate,
2. The Happinefs of Man, the fubordmate.
End.
5. The Effeds.
1, It wifl deftroy our finful Joy, Pfal. xvi.
1 1.
2, Leflen our Efteem of the World, Pfal.
iv. 7.
3. Enlarge our Hearts, and make them more
capacious of Heavenly Things.
4, Facilitate afl Duties,
5, Make us more adive and ferviceable for
GOD, Nehem. viii. 10. De«r, xxviii.
47-
5, It will make us long raore after Heaven,
Pfal. cxix. 20.
7. It will fupport us in Afflidions, i S. Pet.
i. 6, 7, 8.
8. Defend us againft the Prevalence of Tem
ptations, j
Means and Directions-
I. Labour after a right Knowledge of GOD,
Pfal. ix. 10.
2. Endeavour to get an Intereft in Hira.
3- Get thy Evidences clear, and keep them fo,
7o^ xix. 25. Pfal. xxvii. i.-
4. Convince thyfelf it is thy Duty to re
joice. 5. Live above the Temperature of thy Body.
6. Study

Thefaurus Theologicus. 277

5. Siudy well the Nature of juftification, Rom.
V. I. and iv. 3.
1. He was made Sin for us. "A//5^Tictf stoImo-s,
cmiKAJd^Tiy ^^AvSy, S. Ghryioft.
2. And we Righteous in Him.
The Righteoufnefs of GOD- "OTrtr f^w ~ji
'i^yay *AA' ^ p^:te/T0f J^KOcaQc^^j^', Idem.
Rom. iii. 22, 23, 24.
7, Have frequent Recourfe to the Promifes,
Hebr. xiii. 3, 5.
8. Let the Eye of thy Faith be conftantly fixed
on the Attributes of GOD, Ifa. xiv. 24. Pfal.
Ivii. I, 7-
9. Have a Care of what will damp thy Joys.
I. Wilful Sins, Pfal.H.S:
2. Nice Queftions about Eledion.
3. Dark Providences, Ecclef. ix- i .
10. Often meditate upon a Chriftian's Privi
leges. I, That he hath GOD for his Father and
Portion,
2, Chrift for his Advocate, i S- Joh. ii. i.
3. All Things working for his Good, F.om.
viii. 28.
4, A Kingdom provided for him, S. Joh. xiv.
1,2.
ObjeEt, I. My Sins are many and great. ,
Anfw, I. GOD's Mercies are more and
greater, Ifa, Iv. 7, ni^oV nni''.
2, Chrift's Merits are greater, Hebr.
vii. 25.
3. GOD hath promifed Pardon upon
Repentance, Ez.eh xviii. 21, 22-
' ObjeB. 2. My Corruptions are ftrong.
Anfw- I. They are not too ftrong for
QOD. S3 2. Chri it

378 Thefaurus Theologicus.
2. Chrift came to fubdue them.
3. GOD hath promifed to fubdue 'em,
Hebr. X- 8. Ezek. XXXvi. 23, 25,
27-
ObjeB. 3. But tlie Devil oft tempts me.
Anfw. I. §0 he did Chrift.
2, He can tempt thee no farther than
GOD fees good.
3, GODs Grace fhafl be fufiicient for
thee, 2 Cor. xii. 9.
ObjeB. 4. GOD hath forfaken me.
Anfw. I, It is but for a while.
2, He will again receive thee, Ifa. xlix.
13, 14, 13. Pfal. xlii. II.
ObjeB. 3. I have many Loffes and Croffes.
Anfw. I. That is no new thing to Saints,
I S. per. iv. 12, 13.
2. It is oft a Sign of GOD's Love,
Hebr. xH. 6, 7. Amos iii, 2,
3. Their End is Good, Hebr- xii, 10.
4, And they effed Good, 2 Cor. iv- 1 7.
P/«/. xlii. II.

PhiL

Thefaurus The-ologicus. 279

Phil. iv. 5.
Let your Moderdtion be known unto all
Men. The Lord is at hand.
To 'Qi<lyM wj^p.
L WJ H A T is Moderation ? An equal Tem-
W perament of Mind.
Moderate,
I. In undergoing Afilidions, S.Luk. xxi. 19.
I. They are lefs than we deferve, Z,<*«i. iii.
39. Ez.r. ix. 1 3.
2. They are balanced with other Mercies.
3. Tfaey produce fpiritual Bleffings, Hebr.'
xii. 10.
2. Moderate in our Love to, and Defires of, afl
temporal Enjoyments, ^'er.-xlv. 5.
I. Becaufe they are bnt temporal, i S. Joh.
' ii. 13,15,17.
2. The more we defire them, the more we
may, Ecclef i. 7, 8. and iv. 8.
3. They can never make us Happy.
3. Moderate in our Enjoyment of temporal
Mercies. I, We may cafily exceed, S. Jud. 2. S. Luk.
xxi. 34.
2. Excefs changes their Nature into Curfes.
4. Moderate in our Anger at others for Injuries
received. I. So as not to let it boil up to Hatred,
S, Matth. V. 22, 44
2. Nor continue long, Ephef iv. 26.
S 4 5. Moderate

280 Thefaurus Theologicus.

3. Moderate in our Cares about the World,
Phd. iv. 5.
I. So as to make ufe of no unlawful Means
to get an Eftate, jfer. xvii. 11. Prov..
xxii. i5.
2. So as not to negled your Souls for the
Care of your Bodies, S. Matth. vi. 33.
' II. How known to all Men?
I. So as that it may be real and apparent,
S. Matth. V. 1 5.
2. Univerfal, towards all, i S. Per, i. 15.
III. The Reafon : The Lord is at hand.
How is the Lord at hand ?
I. So as to be prefent every where, Pfal. cxxxix.
7. Frev. XV. 3,
I, Otherwife He would not be Infinite, and
fo not GOD,
2, He made all Things, Ffal. cxxxix. 14.
3. He preferves all Things, AB. xvii. 27,
28.
How every where?
I, In.His very Subftance, Deus femper &
in omnibus manens, C^ ubique idem, &
nufquam ipfe nm totus, Jer. xxiii, 23,
24-
1. So as to know what is done every
where, Hebr.iv. 13. ry/uca x^ Tsr^a-
yjiKisfj^/A., taken frora the />c«;!/ofl->c6*5/>
who cut the Sacrifices down the
fpina dorfa, to fee that they were
ctfJ-UUi. >y dat\r!i.
3. So as to obfei"ve and ponder every A-
dion, Prov. v. 21. o'^TpQ, Prov.XV. 3.
be diftinguiflies betwixt Good and
EviL 2, The

Thefaurus Theologicus. 281

2. The Lord is at hand :, that is, He is ready
to come to Judgment, Hebr. x. 37.
1. To examine our Adions, Ecclef. xii. 14.
2. To give to every one according to them,'
2 Cor-V. 10.
He is at hand ', for,
I . We know not how foon He wifl come,'
I Thef. V. 2. 2 S. pet. iii. IO. S. Mar.
xiii. 35»3<^-
2. We know He wifl come, AB. i. 1 1.
3. And that e'er long, 2 S. Per, iii. 8.
Uses.
I. Have a Care of Excefs, but be moderate in
afl Things. Confider,
I. By this Means, you wifl keep yourfelf
always in an even Frame, S, Luk. xxi.
19,
2, You wifl avoid Sorrow, as wefl as Sin.
2. Often confider the Omniprefence of GOD.
I. In your civil Commerces.
2. When you are by yourfelves, Jobix. 1 1.
3, When in Company.
4. When you pray.
5. When you hear.
0. Often confider the Lord is at hand to judge
^pu •¦, either,
I . To eternal Mifery, S. Matth. xxv. 45.
2. Or elfe to eternal Joys.

C O L O S S.

282 Thefauruf Theologicus.
Co LOSS. i. 14.
Jn whom roe have Redemption through his
Blood., even the Forgivenefs of Sins.

I.

Here obferve,
THE Benefit we have by Chrift. Redem'
ption.
I. From the Guilt of Sin.
I. Original, £;>^e/ii. 3.
2. AduaL
2, The Prevalence of Sin,//e^r. ix, 13, 14. AB.
iii. 25. S. Pet. i 1 8. '
3. The Power of Satan, Co/oj^TL 13.
4. The Curfe of the Law, Gal. iii. 13.
5. The Wrath of GOD.
I. In Time.
2. To Eternity, i 7^e/ i. 10.
II. The Means of our Redemption. By His Blood,
I. OurRcdecraer muft be Man, 1 Tim. ii. 5,
2. He muft fuffer.
3. A Death.
4, A bloody Death, Hebr. ix. 22.
Whereby,
I. He expiates our Sins, i S. Joh. ii. 1,2.
2. Purchafeth the Spirit for us, S. Jah. xvi. 7.
3. Conquers Satan, Hebr. ii. 14.
4. Satisfies the Law, Ifa. Iiii. 5, 5.
5. Rcconcileth GOD, Rom. v. id, n.
III. Forgivenefs of Sins is one of the great Be
nefits we receive by Chrift's Blood. I. What

Thefaurus Theologicus. 285
1, What is Sin?
I. Habitual, i?o»i. viii. 17, 18.
?,. Adual. Which is a Tranfgreffion of G O D's
Law, I S. 5^ofer iii. 4.
I. GOD hath given all His Creatures
Laws to obferve.
I. To fpiritual Creatures, S. Lui. i. 25.
S. Matth. xxvi. 33.
2. Bodily, Jer. xxxi. 35. and v. 22.
3. To Man mixt of both.
2. Thefe Laws are either, ( Pfal. xxxvii.
27.) .
I. Negative,
2. Affirmative.
3. As fome Angels, fo all Men tranlgrefs
thefe Laws, Rom. iii. 23.
4. This Tranfgreffion is properly Sin.
2, How many Things are there to be con
fidered in Sin ?
I . Diffbrmity to the Law, i S. Joh. Hi. 4.
2, Privation of Righteoufnefs, J^cclef vii.
29, Not removed by Rcmiffion.
3. Offence to GOD, Pfal. xcv. 10. 2 Sam. xi,
27.
4. Turning from GOD, Exod. xxxii. 8. Ifa.
lix. 2.
5. Defilement, Rev. xxii. 1 1. 28. Pet. ii, 22.
6. The Merit or Defert, Death, Rom. vi.
23.
7. The Guilt or Obligation to the Punifli
ment due to Sin, Gen. ii. 17, Gd.iii. 10.
Hence cafled i(ftih.niid]A, S- Matth. vl
1 2. pesnas folvere.
3. What is Forgivenefs of Sin,?
A remitting the Obligation due to Sin, Mich.
vii. J 8, 19. I. Th-

284 Thefaurus Theologicus.
I , The Expreflions of it.
V I. Rcmiffion,''Aij)€(r/<, .y4f?.iL38. Difmiffion,
^ Rcleafing, Ifa. Ixi. i .
2- Mercifulncfs to our Sins, Hebr. viii, 1 2.
lAewf* S.I-ttil. xviii. 13, 'o Otf^i IhdSfYi-
T( ^to/ TW dfxf^Ta?^a.
3. PaffiHg over, Rom. Hi. 25. -wdfiffii.
4. Purging from Sin, Pfal. li. 7. 311X2
••JSUnn, Lev. xiv. 5.
5. Not rcmerabring Sin, Jer. xxxi. 34.
"Iiy "iDIS sV, P/e^r. viii. 12. 1/ /.cm
[jiynAS \ti,
6. Covering Sin, Pfal. xxxii, i, ''1DD,li.9'
and Ixxxv. 2.
7. Taking away, and reraoving Sin, Pfal.
ciii. 10, 12. Exod. xxxiv. 7. XiyiJ,
Z,e^', xvi, 20, 21, 22.
8, Cafting behind GOD's Back,i/'rf.xxxviii.
17. Pfal. xe, 8.
9. Blotting out Sin,^<«.xliii,25^and xliv,22,
lo. Not iraputing Sins, Pfal. xxxii. 1, 2.
Rom. iv. 7, 8. Mic vii. 18, 19.
2. The Nature,
Forgivenefs of Sin is an Ad of G O D's
Grace, whereby He abfolves us frora
the Obligation to fuch Punifliraents,
asHimfelf hath thrcaten'd againft thofe
Sins that arc committed by us.
Three Things premifed.
I. Remiffion is not the fame that Mor
tification.
2, It is put for Juftification, Synechdo-
chicaUy, Rsm. iv. 5, 7, 8,
3. Yet is not the whole of it, Rom. iv. 25.
In the Definition obferve,
I. The general Nature •, an Ad of
G O D^s Grace.
I. An

Thefaurus Theologicus ^ 285

I. An Ad.
2. Of GOD.
I. It is afcribed to Him alonei
Exod. xxxiv. 7. Ifa. xliii, 25.
S, Mar. ii. 7.
2. WearetoaskitofHira,S..^4rr. vi. 12.
3. GOD juftifies, Rom. viii. 33.
4, Our Sins are only againft GOD,
Pfal. li, 4.
3, Of GOD's Grace, and fo diftiAd
from the Ads of His
I , Wifdom.
2, Power.
3, -Juftice, This appears,
I . From Scripture, Ephef i, 7.
Ifa. xliii. 23.
2. Reafon J nothing in the Crea
ture could move Him,
3. Experience, in S- Paul, S. Pe
ter, &c.
ObjeB. But hath not Chrift merited it ?
I . It is of GOD's Grace to contrive
that Way.
2. It is of His Grace, that we have
Faith to apply Chrift to us,
Ephef H. 8.
3. It is of His Grace to accept it.
2. The fpecifical Difference. .
Whereby He abfolves us, &c.
1. GOD hath given us Laws.
2. To thefe Laws He annex'd Re
wards and Punifliraents, Deut.
xxx. 15, 1 5, &c.
3. We have broken the Laws, Rom.
iii. 23.
4. And

286 Thefaurus Theologicits.
4. And fo are obliged to the Punifli
raents.
5. Yet GOD of His Mercy doth not
punifli us, Exod.xxxiv. 6, 7.
5. Nay, He takes away our very
Obligation to thofe Punifli
raents, Pp/. xxxii. I. And this
is properly Remiffion.
4. Why GOD pardons Sins oji the Account
of Chrift. I. GOD in Mercy pities Man's Mifery, Ifa.
Ixiii. 9. Hof xi. 8.
2. His Juftice cafls for the Execution of His
Laws.
3. Hence Chrift undertakes to accoraplifii
His Mercy, and fatisfy His Juftice.
I. He affumes the humane Nature, Hebr.
ii. 15.
2. Suffers,
I . Difgrace,
2. The Curfe of the Law, Gal. Hi. 10,
13-
3, The Pains of Death.
4. The Wrath of GOD, S. Matth.xxvVu
45,
3. GOD accepts of thefe Sufferings for
our Sins, Ifa. Iiii- 4, 3,5, 1 1 , 1 2. Rom^
V, 8.
4, Therefore looks upon His Juftice as
fatisfied, Ephef v. 2,
5, And fo pardons us Sinners, PfaLxcix. 8.
5. What is required of us, to partake of this
Forgivemfs ?
I. Repentance, Ez.ek. ^viii. 36. AB.ii. 3S.
2. Faith, AB. x. 43. and xiii. 38, 39.
Whereby,
I. We lay hold On Chrift. 2. Are

Thefaurus Theologicus. 287
. 2. Are united to Hira.
3. Looked on as fuffering in Hira, Coleff.
iii. I.
Use.
Labour after this Mercy. Confider,
I. How Miferable you are without it.
I . GOD is angry.
2. You are in qontinual Danger of HelL
3. Afl Things curfed to you.
2. How Happy with it, Pfal. xxxii, i .
I. GOD wifl remember none of their
Sins.
2. Never condemn them, .^ow. viii. i.
3. Reconciled to them, Rom. v. 9, 10,
4. They are at Peace with Him, Rom.
V. I.
3. Quicken'd with Chrift, Colof ii. 1 3.'
6. Juftified, Rom. iv. 5, 7, 8. and 2 Cor.
V. 21.
7. Afl Things bleffed to them, Rom.yHi.Z.
I . Glorified, 'Rom. viii. 29, 30.
2. Admire the Goodnefs of GOD in this
Mercy, Pfd. ciii. i, 2, 3.

Go

LOSS,

a88 Thefaurus Theologicus.

G o L o s s. iii. I .
Jf ye then be rifen with Chrift, f§ek thofe
Things which are above., where Chrift
fitteth on the Right-Hand of GOD.
I. f>HRlST is rifeit.
\w>/ I. That He is rifen, appears,
I . From the Holy Scriptures.
2. The Eye-Witneffes.
3 . The Tcftimon y of the Spirit.
But they ftole him away, S. Matth. xxviii. r i j
12,13. and xxvii. 52, 53. Butj
I • Why not the firft Night ? S. Matth.
xxvii. 52.
''S.'TrotYiffAV dy cy T)) -s-pfcTi) vvkti, 'dn dKiy-
J'uroy }y d(ripA\ii riv, S. Chryfoft,
2. How while the Watch flept ? There
was a great Stone cafled,7Vu. mnil
ril'\'\y |3X VVljn, Obad.de Barte.
3- How did they lay the Napkin and
Handkerchief fo decently ? S. Joh.
XX. 5, 7. efpeciafly, it being wound
up with beaten Myrrh and Caffia,
and other Spices, S. Joh. xix. 40.
S,(/.vpyA »y (pdpfAAKoy «ti» KoKKaS'if Tt^ crd-
{^aIi, S. Chryfoft. 2/xvpcn o-lujjta^w
-sroAAi) H iJ.ohCGS^a i^. ^T^oc <rvyx.oKK£ -m
isdlMAJi Td h^vtds, Idem.
4, Suppofe it was ftollen by fome that
had Power and Leifure to do the
Feat, How did they know it was
the Difciples ? Stult4

Thefaurui Theologicus. 289

Stulta infdnia, fi vlgilabas,. cur .peirmififti ?
Si dormlebas, undo fcifti .? S. Auguft.
Aut falfum erat quod dormierunt, d'
mendacibus credere non debuerunt, aut
verum erat quod dormierunt, & quod
faBum eft nefclerunt. Idem.
j|. How durft the Soldiers fay it was
ftollen, while they flept ? Fid. Ad.
xii. 19. S. Matth. xxviii. 14.
5. How come they to preach Obedience
to Him, if he rofe riot again accor
ding to His Promife ?
riAng^ipopiifliKlsf //a "^ dyATdlsiat to Kye/K,-
Clem.
7. Is it likely they Would fuffer Death
alfo for Him, as they afl did, but
S. John .?
8. But how came He alive again?
If. They that are rifen with Chrift, jhould feek
thofe Things that are above.
I. .What is it to be rifen with Chrift ? Ephef.
ii. 5,6. Colof ii. 12, 20.
I. Chrift is our Head, and a Publick Perfon^
Ephef Vi 23.
2. Whatfoever He did; He did it not in a
private, but publiclc Capacity, and
therefore we are look'd upon as do
ing it in Him, Ifa. Iiii. 5.
%, Hence^ when He arofe, we arofe in Him,'
and with Him,
<? vA^ArCni dvATdent j^ i[itt< riyifSn/u^,
S. Chryfoft,
'EkhC!* jS dvA^drT©-, 'aiyTit «yif^ii/j5ii^
Theodoret.
Fol. III. t mtM

290 Thefaurus Theologicus.
Metaphorically, we rife from Sin.
2. What are the Things above ?
I. The Perfedion of Graces.
2. TheSociety of Angels.
3. The Vifion of Chrift, S. Joh. xvii. 24,
4, The Enjoyment of GOD; confifting,
I. In our clear Knowledge of Him, S.^oi!;.
xvii. 3,
2. Perfed Love unto Him,
3. Infinite Expreffions of Love from Him,
Zeph. iii. 1 7.
3. How feek them ? It implies,
I. Our Knowledge of them.
2. Our Longing for them.
3. Our Labouring to be inftated in them,
S. Matth. vi. 33.
III. Why fliould they that are rifen with Chrift,
feek thofe things that are above ?
I. Becaufe now afl Things clfe are below
them. 2. Their Eftate and Inheritance is there.
Use.
•Seek the Things above, the Pleafures abovc>
the Riches, Honours, &c. above.
1 , Motives.
I. The Things below are unfuitable, the
Things above fuitable.
2, They empty and deceiving, Thefe fufl and
fatisfying : Nay, there is more Hap
pinefs in the feeking Heaven, than in
the enjoying Earth.
3^ They uncertain to be attained, Thefe cer
tain if fought for.
4. They mixed with Troubles, Thefe pure
Comforts. 5. They

Thefaitrus Theologicus. 291
3, They tranficnt and fading, Thefe perpe
tual and everlafting.
2, Means.
I. Exercife Graces.
I. Repentance,
2. Faith, Hebr. xi, 51, 5.
3.. F'crform Duties.

G o L o s s. iii. 2,
Set your AfeSion on things above^ rtOt
on things ori the Earth.
i. TXT HAT things above? Td avu.
yV I. Things above Nature.
2. . Above Earth.
11. What things on Earth f 'Ecri tm; yni, 1 S.Joh.
li, 1 5. Gen. iii. 5.
I, Lufts of the Flefh, Pleafures.
2, Luft of the Eye, Riches, Ecclef v. 1 1.
3. The Pride of Life, Honours.
III. What by AfeBions f ie^yUtz, which re^
fpeds, I . The Underftanding and Meditating*
2. The Wifl and Affedions.
I. Love, I S.Joh. ii. 13.
i. Defire, P/4/.toiii. 23.
?• joy.

T.2. L 6^

BSBR-

092 Thefaurus Theologicus.

I. Observation.
We are not to fit our AfeBions on things upon
the Earth, Pfal. Ixii, 10.
I. They are below us, Phil. iii. 8.
2. Unfuitable to us.
3. Unfatisfying, i Cor. vii. 31. Job xxx- 15.
Pfal. Ixxviii. 39. Hof xiii. 13. Prov. xxiii. 3. S. Luk.
viii. 18-
4. Troublefome and vexatious, S. Matth. xiii.
22. Job XXXVJii. 22. S. Gregor.
5. Un neceffary.
I. To the making us Happy, Job xxviii. 14.
2. To the bringing us to Happinefs.
5. Fleeting and unconftant, Prov. xxiii. 5.
2Sam.xix.^3. and XX. i. Beljhazx.ar. S. Luk. xii.
19,20. Uses. '
I. Information.
I. How Sin hath debafed and infatuated
Mankind.
2. See the Fofly of covetous Worldlings.
3. See the Eafinefs of Charity, what a little
Thing GOD commands, and what vaft
Returns there wifl be, S. Matth. x. 41,
42.
4. What little Caufe Men have to be troubled
for the Want of fuch ThingS.
3. Or others to be proud of having them.
2. Exhortation.
Set not your AfeBion on things below.
Confider,
I. If ye do, ye crofs GOD's Ends in giving
them.
2. Ye provoke Him to take them away, Ffal-
IxxviiL 5)5,7. 3. Or

Thefaurus Theologicus. 295
3, Or to give you them for your Portion,
Pfal. xvii. 14,
4. The more you affed them, the lefs Com
fort you'll have in them, Pfal. cvi. 1 5.
3. They wifl divert your Thoughts from
Heaven, FfaLx. 3,4.
5. And fo difturb you in Duty, Ez^ek. xxxiii.
.31.
.7. It is grofs Idolatry, Colof iii. 5.'
8, You have better Things to mind, S. Matt.
vi. 33. Colof iii, I.
If. Observation.
We ai'e to fit our AfeBions on things above.
I. They are fuitable for our Affedions, Pfal.
xvii. 15.
2, Our chief Relations are there,
I. Our Father, S. Lwj^.xii. 32. S.^o^. x.x. 17.
Mai. i. 5. '
2, Husband, Hof ii. i5. Ifa. liv. 3.
3, Brethren, Hebr. ii. 11. .^ow. viii. 29.
3. Becaufe our Treafure is there.
I. Riches, S. Matth. vi. 19, 20, 21.
2, Honours, i Sam. H. 30.
3- Pleafure?, py^/#xvi. 1 1 ,
4. Your Affedions were made on purpofe
for thefe Things, Prov. xvi. 4,
S- Setring your Affedions on them now, is
the Way to come to the Enjoyment of
them hereafter.
IV. What AfeBions ?
I. Our Thoughts, Fh'd. iv. 8.
I. Upon GOD, Pfal.x.4. and cx.vxix. 18;
2. Upon Chrift, S. Luk. xxii. 19.
3. Upon the Scripture that leads to thein,
ffal. i. 2.
T 3 2. Om-

394 Thefaurus Theologicus.
2. Our Love, Deut. vi. 5.
3. Defire, Pfd. Ixxiii. 25. Phil. i. 23.
4. Hope, Rom. v. 2.
5. Joy, Pfd- iv. 5, 7. I S. Pet. i. 8.
V. How fet our AfeBions on thefe Things above ?
I. In the moft intenfe Degree, S. Luk- xiv, 25.
2, Conftantly-
Uses.
3. Examination.
I . What do you think moft of ?
2. What are you the moft loth to part
with ?
3, What do you fpend moft time about ?
S, Mar. iv. 19.
2. EfXhortatiop,
Set your AffiBiqns on things above.
Confidcr,
I. There is nothing clfe worthy your Af
fedion, 1 S. Joh. ii. 1 3.
2. This will keep you from dotting on the
World, Phil. iii. 8.
3, It wifl keep ypq too from grieving top
much about th« Affaffrs of this Life,
Phil. iv. II, 12.
'4.- This wifl make you more adive in afl
Duties and GOD's Service, AB. xx.
24.
5. By fctting your Afiedion on things above,
you wifl partly enjoy them, 2 Cor. xii.
2, 3.
6. This will make you wiUii^ to die, Phil.
i- 23.
7. And fit you for the Enjoyment of GOP
after Death. C 0 L o s $.

c

Thefaurus Theologicus. 295
CoLOSS. iii. 5.
- Nor Covetoufnefs .^ which is Idolatry.
Doctrine.
Ovetovfnefs is Idolatry., Ephef. V. 5. ,

I, What is Covetoufnefs ?
I , There is a good Covetoufnefs.
''Er/ /* ^ 'srKioyiKT»(rAt x,akS(, Nazianz. I Cor.
xii. 31. as of Grace and Glory,
2. Sinful J to love the World inordinately.
Neque enim auri vitium eft avaritia vel cupi-
ditas, fed hominis perversa amaniis aurum^
juftitid dereliBd, S. Auguft.
It confifts,
I. In the inordinate Defire of Riches.
I . Above GOD'S Glory, S. Luk. xxii. 5.
2. Our own fpiritual Good.
2. In the finful acquiring thera.
I . As to the Matter, even another's Goods,
I King. xxi. 2. '
2. The Manner and Means unjuft, Frov.
X. 2, and xxviii. 8.
3. Unjuft retaining, not laying thera out
for the Eads GOD hath appointed.
II. Idolatry.
I. External,
2, Internal, Worfliip given to what iS not GOD,
S. Joh. iv. 24.
III. . ^ How is Covetoufnefs Idolatry ?
I.' In that Man admires, Rom. xi. 33.
T 4 2. Loves

396 Thefaurus Theologicus.
2. Loves, S. Matth. xxH. 3j.
3. Defires, Pfal- Ixxiii. ?.3.
4, Fears lofing, S, Matth. x. 28.
5. Trufts on, i Tim. vi. 1 7, S. Mar. x- 23, 24,
6. Grieves for the Lofs of,
7. Rejoices in, ' Phil. iv. 4.
8. Labours after, Riches, S. Matth. vi. 33.
'O ^4 '^d^ei rni tirKiovi^iAi Aa^W di !>ily tIv
i^iTov TifAA, S. Theodor.
ObjeB. I. I worfliip no Imaged.
Jtnfw. Yes, of thiiie own Fancy.
2. 1 do not fafl down to them, and there
fore not worfhip.
Anfw- But in thy Soul, and that is Prin
cipal.
3. I offer no Sheep or Rams.
Anfw. But thyfelf.
The Phoenicians and Carthaginians .offered
Men.
iomx,i( J^i )^ Kp«T5f r K^sVoc cy TiKvo^oeiaif
t\d(TMv\(>, S- Athanaf.
Siquidem Latialis Jupiter etiam nunc fanguine
colitur humane, Ladant. Galli Hefum atq;
Tent atom humano cruere placabant. Idem. ¦
Et quibus immitls placati.r fanguine cafo
Tentates horrenfque feris altaribus Hefus.
\ Lucan.
But yours is a greater Sin. For,
I. • They offer'd Bodies, not Souls.
3. Others, not themfelves.
'Kvdj Apyi'/ac bjt %i\jov, Strabo,
4. We do not look upon them as Gods,
I. You'do in effSd, becaufe afs the chiefeft
Good.
2. Your Sin is the greater, becaufe you
know them to be do Gods, a^id yet
worfliip them as Gods. IV. Signs.

Thefaurus Theologicus. 297

IV. Signs.
1, Such as whofe Thoughts run more upoa
Earth than Heaven, S. Lw^.xii. 22, 23, 29.
2. Whofe Joy and Grief depends on outward
Succeffes, S. Lui. xii. 19-
3. Who ftrive to be rich, but matter not
how. 4. Whofe Defires increafe with their Eftate.
5. Who grudge the Time that is fpent in Di
vine Duty, Amos viii. 3.
.5. Whofe Hearts are upon the World, when
their Bodies are before GOD, Ez.ek. xxxiii. 31.
7. Who do not improve the Eftates GOD
hath given thera, S. Matth. xxv. 24, 25.
Use.
Avoid it. Confider,
I. How odious it is to GOD, Pfal.x. 3 ,
' I. In not improving,
2. In abufing, the Gifts of GOD.
2. How injurious to our Neighbour ?
I . By taking frora hira what he hath,
2. By denying what he wants.
3. Dangerous to us.
In nullum avarus bonus eft, in feipfum pefimus.,
Senec
1 . It turns our Hearts frora GOD, i S. Joh.
ii. 13.
2. The Root of afl Evil, i Tim- vi. 10.
'H ?/A()%pwfcoiryyM fiBTOp KAKQTnl®- d-rdoni^
Phocylid.
Nullum' eft ofcium tam fanBum atque fo-
lenne, quod non avaritia comminuere at
que vielare foleat, Cicero.
3. It fifls the Heart with Trouble and An
xiety, I Ti?». vi. 9, 1 p. Nidla

098 Thefaurus Theologicus.

NuH* avaritia fine poena efi, quamvis fatis
fk ipfa peenarum, Senec
4. It will certainly keep thee from Heaven,
I Cor. vi. 9, I o.
4. Fooliftinefs in itfelf
I. To ad fo much below ourfelves.
2.' To throw away our Souls for Vanity,
S. Matth. xvi. 25.
3. To fpend that little Time on Earth,
wherein we fhould prepare for Hea
ven.
4. To make ones-felf a Slave for he knows
not whom, Pfal. xxxix. 5. Ecclef. iv. 8.
Means.
I. Think much of the Vanity of afl Things
here below, and Glory above.
Filefcunt temporalia, cum defiderantur aterna,
S. Greg.
2. Ad Faith in the PronAfej, Pfal. xxxvii. 23.
Hebr. xiii. 3.
3. Meditate on the univerfal Providence of
GOD, and his Fatherly Care, S. Luk. xii. 31, 32.
S. Matth. vi. 25, 25, &c.
4. Be much in Prayer, Pfal. cxix, 35",
5, Often remember my Text, i S.Joh. v. 21.

I Thess.

Thefaurus Theologicus. ^99

I T H E s s. iv. I.
^.  --*- So ye would abound more and more.
I, XTTT HAT is it to abound ?
VV I. Negatively. Not as if we could do
more than is required.
For,
1. We cannot do afl that is required, Pfd.
cxix. 96.
2. We can do nothing as it is required,
2 Cor. iii. 3.
3. Yet if wc could, it is no raore than our
Duty, S. Luk. xvii. lo,
2. Pofitively,
I, Endeavour to go beyond others, i Cor,,
xii. 31.
2. Be more ferious in pleafing GOD, thaa
»n any Thing elfe, Ecclef ix. lo. Rom.
xii. II. S. Matth. vi. 33.
3. Every Day excel ourfelves, and grow
better, 2 S. Pet. iii, 1 8.
IL What fhould we abound more and more in ?
1. In Works of Piety towards GOD, abound
fttore and more i^,
I. Godly Sorrow for Sin paft, 2 Cor. vii, 9,
10, II.
2. In turning from our prefent Lufts, Rom.
vi. 12.
3. In Faith on Jefus Chrift, S. Matth. xv. 28.
' Rom. iv. 20.
I. Vox the Pardon of Sin, Ephef i. 7.
2. For

goo Thefaurus Theologicus.
2. For fupplying us with Grace, AB. Hi-
25. S. Joh. XV. 4, 3- Thil. iv. 13.
4. In Dependence upon GOD's Mercy, Prov.
iii, 5,
5. In making Him our only Joy and Love,
S. Matth. xxii, 37,
5. In Prayer to Him, Rom. xii, 12.
7. In hearing His Word, S. Luk. iv. i5.
And receiving His Sacrament.
2. In Works of Equity to our Neighbour.
I. Wronging none, S. .(W<«rr^, V, 44,
2. Endeavouring the Good of afl. Gal. vi,
10.
3. Of Charity to the Poor, i Tim. vi, 1 8.
2 Cor. ix. 5, 7, 8,
III. Why abound more and more ?
I. We are commanded, Hebr.v'i. i. 2S, Per. i,
5, 5, Ephef vi. 10. 1 Cor. XV. 58.
2. Unlefs we grow better, we fhafl furely grow
worfe, Non pr ogre di eft regredl.
3. We can never abound too rauch,
4. Nor enough, Phil. Hi. 1 1 .
5. The more we abound, the raore Glory we
fhall have, S, jLai. xix. 1 5, 17, 19, i Cor. xv, 41,
42. Uses.
I . Reproof
I . To fUch as never do pleafe GOD.
2. But abound in Sin.
3. That take more Pains to abound in Riches,
than Graces.
2. Exaraination.
Compare your prefent with your former Lives
and Adions.
3. Exhortation, Abeund more and more.
Means.

Thefaurus' Theologicus. .501

Means. ' ^
I. Oft think of fpiritual Things.
I. Of GOD, Pfal. Ixiii. 5. and cxxxix- 18.
2. Of Chrift. .
3, Ofthe World to come.
4. Of your hafting to it, Amos vi,3.
5, Of the Day of Judgment.
2. Prayer, S. Jam. i. t5.
3. Hearing, Rom.x. 17.
4. The Sacrament.
Motives.
I . We have abounded in Sin too long, i S. Pep.
iv. 3.
2. Our Life is continued for that end, that we
abound in Grace.
3. The more we abound, the more Comfort
we fliafl have here.
4. Abounding is the beft Sign of the Truth of
Grace, S. Jam. ii. 25.
3. Heaven wifl make amends for afl, i Cor.
XV. 58.

I Th'ess.

^6i Thefaurus Theologicus,
*i Thess. iv. i.
Furthermore, then., we befeech you., Bre
thren., and exhort you bjj the Lord Je
fus., that as ye have received of us
how you ought to walk.^ and t<i pleafe
GOD., &e.
VV E ought fo to walk., as to pleafe GOD.
i- What is it to pleafe COD i
I. Negatively. Not as if wc could do any
thing in its own Nature pleafing to GOD, 2 Cot.
iii. 5.
2. But fo as that He may accept, in Chrift,.
(S. Matth. iii. 17.)
I . Of our Perfons, Ephef. i. 6.
2. Our Adions, i S. Per. ii. 5. S.Luk. ii. 14,
I. So as not to be angry with us for
them.
2. So as to be favourable to us, Prov. viii.
33, Zeph. Hi. 17.
3. So as to give us a Reward, S. Matth.
vi, 4, and x- 42.
n. Why Ihould we pleafi GOD ? •
I. Becaufe He is fo Great and Mighty, Jer. v.
22. ' 2. So Juft. ¦
3. So Gracious, Ffal. cxxx. 4.
4. His Pleafure is the higheft Happinefs, Pfal.
tvi-i 5. and Ixiii. 3- 5. This

Thefaurus. Theologicus. gog
5. This is the End of Chrift's Incarnation, and
our Profeffion, AB. iii, 25, 2 Ttm. ii, 19.
III. How may we pleafe Him ?
I. In general, Hebr.xi. 3.
I . We mull be renewed, Rom. viii. 8.
2, Do what He hath comraanded, i Sam.
xviii. 22. Pfal.l. 12, 13,
3. Therefore do it, that we may pleafe
Him.
4. Do it with Underftanding and Difcretion,
I Cor- xiv. 13,
5. With Chearfulnefs, 2 Cor. ix. 7, Pfd. xl.8.
6. In Faith, Hebr. xi. 6.
7, To the Glory of GOD, i Cor. x, 3 1.
2. Particularly, thefe Things pleafe Hira.
I , Repentance, Ez.ek. xxxiii. 1 1 . Pfal. U. 1 7.
2, Humility, Ifa. Ixvi, 2. and Ivii. 15.
I S. Per. V, 8.
3. Truft on His Promifes, Pfal. cxlvii. 1 1.
4, Submiffion to His Providences, 1 Sam.
iii, 1 8. Pfal. xxxix. 9.
5. Prayer, i King. iii. 10. i Tim.ii. i, 2, 3, 4.
¦5. Frequent Meditations upon Him, Ffd.
xix. 14.
7. Juftice, Mic. vi. 7, 8. Ffd. li. 19.
8. Mercy and Forgiving one another, Pfd.
ciii. 9, 10, 1 1. S, Matth. vi. 14.
9. Charity to the Poor, Phil. iv. 1 8.
10* With Thankfulnefs for His Mercies and
Kindnefs to us, Pfal. Ixix. 30,31.
Use.
Endeavour to pleafe GOD.
Confider,
1. Otherwife you crofs His End in making
you, Frov. xvi. 4. 2. So

304 Thefaurus Theologicus.
2. So long as He is difpleafed, you are ia
continual Danger of Hefl-Fire.
3. If you pleafe Hira, you need pleafe none
clfe, Frov. xvi. 7.
4, Nor take Care for any thing, S. Matth. vi.
33. I S. Joh. iii. 22.
5, He wifl blefs and fandify afl His Provi
dences to you, Rom. viii. 28.
5. Pleafing GOD is the Work of Heaven,
Pfal. ciii. 20, 21.
7. Pleafe Him here, and enjoy Him here-
. after.

I Thess. v. i 6.
Rejmce evermore.
i. \T7 HAT is rt to rejoice ?
VV There is,
I. A natural,
2. A finful, Ecclef xi. 9. Res fevera eft verum
gaudium. 3. A lawful, Joy in outward Things, Ecclef ii
24. and iii. 12, 13, 22.
4, A fpiritual Joy in GOD, Phil. iii. i. and
iv. 4.
IL What is it to rejoice always in the LORD?
To make Hira the Objed of afl our Joy.
I. For what He is in Himfelf, S. Matth. xix^
n- 2. For what He is to us.
I. Our Preferver, Pfd.xlvi. 1,2. 2. Our

Thefaurus Theologicus. 505
2. Our Saviour, Hab. iii. 1 8. Ffd. xxvii. i .
3, Our GOD, Hebr. viii, 10.
III. Why ought we to rejoice evermore f
1. GOD commands it, Pfal. xxxii. 1 1. irj"im,
Phil. iv. 4.
2. Chrift prays for it, S- Joh. xvii. 1 3.
3. The Holy Ghoft works it,^ S. Joh. xiv. 26.
and xvi. 7.
4. It is neceffary and ufeful.
I. To leffen our Efteem ofthe World, and of
fi.iful Pleafures, Py^.iv.7. and Ixxxiv.io.
2. To enlarge our Hearts, and make therii
more capacious of Heavenly Things.
3. To faciUtate our Duties, and make us
adive in the Service of GOD, Deut*
xxviii. 47. Nehem. viii. lO.
4. To fupport us under our TroubleSj
I S. Pet, i- 7, 8.
IV. How may we always rejoice ?
I. Live above the World, 2 Cor. iv. 18.
2. Live above the natural Temper of your
Bodies. 3. Avoid fuch Things, as are wont to grieve
and trouble you,
I. Grofs Sins, Pfd. li. 8. S. Matth. xxvi. 73*
2 Cor. i- 1 2.
%. Needlefs Qiieftions.
I- About GOD's Decrees.
2. About rhe pundual Time of youi Con*
verfion.
3. Judging yourfelves according to yOur
outward Condition, Ecclef 'ix- i.
4. Whatfoever happens, ftifl put your Truft
in GOD, Ifa.lv. T- xlix. 13,14- and 1, 10. Hebn
xiii. 5.
Fol. III. U 5. Aa

go6 Thefaurus Theologicus.
5. Ad your Faith conftantly on our feleffed
Saviour, .S. Joh. xiv. i. Rom. viii. 33, 34.
5. Often meditate upon the Happinefs of thofe
who truly fear GOD.
I. In this World, .Xoffz. viii. 28.
2. In the World to come, i Cor. ii. 9.
7. Check thyfelf, whenfoever thou findeft thy
Spirits begin to fink, Pfal. xlii. 3, 1 1.

I Thess. v. 17.
Pray without ceajing.
L \XT HAT is it to pray ?
V V KiTncni dyA^ n^^ ^ cvisiCay eff ©soc
yiyo^n, S. Bafil.
I . It is a Defire. That is the Nature of it.
We may defire a Thing,
I. With our Mouths only, Ifa. xxix. 13,
2, With our Hearts only, i Sam.'i. 13.
3. Both with Heart and Mouth. This is
Prayer; and foPrayer is both cordial
and oral, S. Joh. xvii. i.
2. The Subjed, good Things, i Tim. iv. 8.
I. For our Natural Life.
I. For our Being, S. jf<«w. V. 14, 13.
2. For our Well-Being, Prov. xxx. 8.
2, For our Spiritual Life.
I. To underftand the Scriptures, Pfal
cxix. 18. S.Jam. i- 5.
2. To repent of Sin, Pp/. li. 7, 10.
3- To believe in Chrift, S. Z,w^, xvii. 3.
4- To love GOD. 5. For

Thefaurus Theologicus. 307
5. For Pardon of Sin, AB. viii, 22, S.Matt.
vi. 1 3,
3. For our Eternal Life.
I. To hold out to the End, Pfal. li. 12.
2. And then crown us with Glory, 2 Tni.
iv. 7,8- ,
3. the Objed;, GOD, not Saints.
As appears, ' _ ^
I. From Scripture, Rom.x- 14. S. Lvk. xi, 2.
2. From Reafon.
I, Saints cannot hear us.
2, If they do, they cannot help us, ifa.
. xiv. 20. ,
3. Prayer is Part of Divine \Vorfliip.
3. Fathers,
XlAi i^iTuyjiijXJoi -TzJ ©Si? c/^/ctAe^/e^, S. Chryf
^Afyi^ni oi/o^ai^ftc, &C. dvd^i^A, Conc Laod.
rirttrctc /J^ J^4Hfl-;c }Lj <a^(sdj')(nv dvA-7ri^.'/\eiv -tm
077I -sriiO-/ 0=a, Orig.
GOD, Father, Son, AB- xvii. 59.
61? ToJj-dv '6h 'o-i^^ey d( ti, ^ '^ aun -sri-
r<i'«c' TB /j^ ydf oil -S-soTi/J©-, Ts Q Wf7©-
'apy.yi^d]©-, Greg. Nazianz.
'Et/p(;^M ;9 AtfTpea ©£«, S. Chryfoft.
Invocare Domini nomen^ ac ad.orare Deum,
vnum & idem eft^ Orig.
II. How doth it appear, that we ought to pray ?
I. GOD commandeth it, i 77w. ii. 8.
2. It is Part of His Vv'orfliip, Pfal. xcv. 5, 7.
3. By this we give Him Glory.
I- Of His Sovereignty over us.
2. His Injmenfity and Omniprefence, S.Matt.
Vl. 5.
3. His All-fufficiency.
4- His Mercy.
5'- His Faithfulnefs to His Promifes.
U z A- This

Thefaurus Theologicus.

4. This is the Means appointed by GOD for
our Receipt of good Things, Ez.ek. xxxvi. 37.
S. Luk.xi. 13.
3. He hath prorais'd gpod Things to it, S.Matt.
vii. 7.
III. How fliould we ;!r4y.?
I . Outward Reverence in our Bodies, as Kneel
ing i for, that we ought to kneel at Prayer, ap
pears, in that it is comraanded, Hebr. xii. 28. Ffd.
xcv. 5. Ifa. xiv. 23.
The Saints always did fo.
\. Daniel, Dan- vi. 10.
2. Solomon, 2 Chron. vi. 1 3.
3. S. Peter, AB. ix. 40.
4. \^, Paul, AB. XX. 36. and xxi, 3. Epkef iii.
14.
.5. 5. Stephen, AB. vii, 5o.
6. Our Lord, S. Lui. xxii. ^i.
2- Inwardly.
I. With the Underftanding, i Cor. xiv. 13.
2. The Heart, Ifa. xxix. 13. Ez^k. xxxiii.
31. I Cor. xiv. 13.
3. In Charity, i Tim. ii. 8.
4. With refped to the Promifes, Gen. xxxii.
9, 10,11,12.
I. Abfolutely, for Spiritual,
2. Conditionally, for Temporal, Things.
I, That they are for GOD's Glory,
S. Matth. xxvi, 39,
2, For our Good.
5. In the Name of Chrift, S. Joh. xiv. 1 3.
6. In Faith, Hebr. xi. 6.
Believing, S. Matth. xxi. 22. S. Jam. i.
5,5.
I. That GOD can, 2. That

Thefamus Theologicus. 309
' — — .. ¦ I  —  — — .  ^  , —
2. That He win,grant what we ask, fo far
as it is Good for us, for the fake of
Chrift, S. Mar. xi. 24.
7. To a right End, S. Matth. vi. 5, S. Jam.
iv. 3.
8, Pray fo as to exped what we pray for,
Ffal. V, ^
Motives. Confider,
I. GOD, to whom we pray, Rom. x. 14.
2. Our own Dependence upon Him, AB.
xvii. 28.
3. The Neceffity of what we defire.
4, Our own UnworthineCs, Gew. xxxii. 10.
3. The Ground of our Hopes in Chrift, 1 S.^o^.
ii. r,
5, GOD hath promifed to hear our Prayers,
S. Matth. vii. 7, S, Joh. xvi, 24. S, Luk. xl 9.
IV. When Ihould we pray ?
Without ceafing.
1, Negatively. Not as if afl our Time was to
be fpent in Prayer,
2. Pofitively.
I. So as always to have our Hearts in a
praying Pofture, Pfal. Ivii.' 7.
2. So as to take afl Occafions of Prayer,
2 Sam. ix. 13, S, Luk. ii, 37. and xxiv,
53. AB. i. 14.
3- So as to pray in afl Conditions, Ephef vi.
1 8. S, Jam. V. 1 3.
4. So as not to leave off praying for any
Mercy, becaufe GOD doth not at firft
hear us, S, Lui. xviii, i, 2 Cor. xii.
8, 9,
S- So as to pray every Day ; for,
U 3 I. GOD

3 IO Thefaurus Theologicus.

I

I. GOD is to be worfliipped every Day,
S. Luk. i. 75- ¦
2. The Sacrifices of the Old Teftament
were to be offered every Day, Num.
xxviii 3. Pfal. li. 17. Hebr. xiii. 15.
AB. iii. I. arid'x. 9.
3. Our Saviour teacheth us to pray every
Day, S. Matth. vi. 11.
4. The Saints, in afl Ages, have made
Prayer their daily Exercife, Ffal. Iv.
17. and cxix. 154. Dan. vi. 10.
5. Nature itfelf teacheth afl to pray each
Day ; yea, the Mahometans do it.
5. There is not a Day, but we fin.
7. Nor a Day, but we want Mercies,
our Dependence being always upon
GOD.
6. So as to take afl Occafions to lift up our
Hearts to G O D id fhort Prayers or
Ejaculations, S. Z/w^.xvii. 3. Nehem. H.
4. V. 19. and xiii. 22. S.Mar.ix, 24,
1 Sam.i. 13. S, Z,w^, xxiii. 42,43.
Uses.
. Information.
I. How hard it is to pray, Ephef vi. 1 8.
2. How few that do it, Pfal. xiv. 4.
3. How imperfed our beft Prayers are.
, Exhortation,
I . Repen t of your Negled of this Duty.
2- Reform. Pray without ceafing.
1. Publickly •, fo as, (S. L»i xviii. 10.
S. Matth. xviii. 20. S. Luk. ii. 37. and
iv. 16.)
I. To mind what is prayed for.
2. To pray for it yourfelves. ' 2. In

Thefaurus Theologicus. 31*

2. In your Families ; for,
I, This is commanded, Ephef vi. 18.
S- Matth. vi. II.
2. We have Precedents of it, Joflj. xxiv.
15. I Sam- i. 21. Efth.iv. i5. S.Luk.
ix. 18. AB. X. 2.
3. Confider the Neceffity of it,
I , There are Family-Sins to get par-
•doned,
2. Family - Mercies to be obtained,
and to oblige us to Thankful
nefs.
4. Confider the Benefit of it.
I. It wifl keep Sin out.
2. Bring a Bleffing into the Family,
Frov. iii. 33.
3. Secret Prayers, S. Matth. vi. 5.
I. With Reverence, Ez.r.ix. 3,5. Dan.
vi. 10. AB.ix. .i\.o.
2. Attention.
I. Of the Mind.
I. To GOD we pray to.
2. To the Thing we pray for.
2. Of the Wifl.
I. The Defire.
2. Truft and Faith,
3- Sincerity, S. 7'2'w-i.v- 3.
Motives. Confider,
I. We have no ground to exped any Bleffing
without Prayer, Ezjek. xxxvi. 37,
2._ It is a Means for the getting afl Bleffmgs
Spiritual and Temporal, S. Matth. vii. 7, and xxi.
22. S. Jam.i. 3.
3. It is, in itfelf, the raoft heavenly Duty we
can perform, Phil. iii. 20.
U 4 I The SS.

gl2 Thefaurus Theologicus.
I T H E s s. V. 18.
In every Thing give Thanks. 
J. T is our Duty to be always thankful.
I. Whom muft we give Thanks to ? Only to
GOD ; becaufe, ^Pfal. c 4.)
I. It is only by Him, w€ are preferved from
Evil, Pfal. cxxi. 7.
2. It is only from Him, that wc have any
Thing that is Good, S- Jam.i. 17.
3. Becaufe He only is Good in Himfelf, Pfal.
cxxxvi, I. and cvii. i. S. Luh xviii, 19.
II. How fhould we give Thanks to Him ?
I. By an humble Confeffion of our own Un-
worthinefs. Gen. xxxii. 10. Ephef. i'n. 2.
I. By reafon of Original Sin, Ffal.li. 3,
2. Adual Tranfgreflions, i Cor. xv. 9.
3. Our Abufe of His Mercies, S.Jw^, 4.
2. By an humble Acknowledgment of Hira in
afl we have, rn%% Prov. iii. 5,
I. His Power, Pfd.cxxxv. 1,6.
2. Goodnefs, Pfal. cxlv. i, 2, 9.
.3. Mercy, Pfal. cxxxvi. 1,2,3.
3. By admiring Him in afl we have, and
praifing, i Chron. xxix. 12, 13.
4. By improving all for His Glory, Prov..
iii. 9.
5. By walking before Him in afl Wefl-pkafing,
2 Tim. i. 3.
III. What muft wc thank Him for? For afl
Things, Ephef V, 20.
'''¦''. I. Our

Thefaurus Theologicus. 3 1 3

I. Our Mercies.
1. Spiritual.
1 , His fending Chrift to die for us, S. Luk.
ii, 14.
2. His Spirit to quicken us, 2 Cor. ix. 1 5.
3. His Gofpel, S. Matth. xi. 23.
4. His reftraining Grace, 1 Cor. xv, 37.
Rom. vii. 23,
5, His renewing and fandifying Grace,
5, His fpiritual Comforts, Pfal. cxlvii.
I, 2, 3,
7, His Ordinances, as at this time.
i. Temporal.
I. His making us, Pfal. c, i, 2, 3, and
xcv, 5,
2, Preferving us, AB. xvii. 28.
3. Providing for us, P/<i/, cxlvii, 7, 8, 9.
I Tim. vi. 17.
4. Our Health and Strength, Pfal. xviiL
32.
5. Our Gifts and Parts, iCor. xiv. 18,
6. Our Life and Liberty.
7. Our Protedion frora afl Dangers.
2. Our Afflidions, ^fo^i. 21,
I , Becaufe they arc not fo great, as we have
deferved, £2:r. ix, 13,
I. Not fjpiritual, Pfiil. cxlvii. 20,
2. Not eternal. Lam. iii, 39.
2. Becaufe they are ftiil mix'd with Mer
cies.
3. Becaufe they are reafly fpiritual Mercies,
Rom. viii. 28. Hebr. xii. i o.
1 - For the deadning our Sins, Job xxxvi-
•8, 9, 10-
2- For the quickning our Graces, Pfal.
cxix. 57-
Us ES.

314 Thefaurus Theologicus.

Uses.
. Reproof.
I. To fuch as never think of that GOD,
who gives them afl Things to enjoy,
Pfal. X. 4.
2. Who think upon Him, but arc not thank
ful to Him.
3. Who thank Him with their Mouths, but
not their Hearts, Colof'iH. i5,
4, Who thank Him for fome Things, but
not for' all, Ephef v. 20.
. Exhortation. Be thankful,
Confider,
I. This is afl the Requital GOD cxpeds, or
you can give, for your Mercies, Pfal. I.
10, 14. and Ixix. 30, 31.
2. You cannot exped a Bleffing on them,
unlefs you be thankful for them,
3. The more thankful you are for Mercies
received, the more ground you have
to exped raore.

I Thess. v. 19.
^uerKh not the Spirit.
» I. WJ HAT are we to underftand by the Spl-
W riti' It fignifies,
I. The Divine Nature in general, S.Joh.iv.
24. 2. The Third Perfon in particular. 3- The

Thefaurus Theologicus. 3 1 5
3. The Influences and Effeds, or Worksof tlic
Spirit, S. >fe- iii. 34- AB. vii. 35. S, Luk. xi. 13.
compar'd with S. Matth. vii. 1 1 . Ephef v. 1 8.
II. What by Quenching ? To wzHf^.A [xii irCivyvJs.
It is a Metaphor taken from Light and Fire.
I. GOD works in and of Himfelf.
2. No Creature can ad, but by Hira, AB.
xvii. 28.
3. In fpiritual Adings, we do not onjy need
the general Concourle of His Providence, but
alfo the fpecial Influence of His Grace, S. Joh.
vi. 44.- '
I. Becaufe of the Darknefs of our Minds,
I Cor- ii. 14.
2. The Perverfenefs of our Wills, Jer.
xvii. 9.
4. When GOD is pleafed to vouchfafe the In
fluences of His Grace, we are not to ftifle them ;
as. Cant. i. 4.
I . Good Thoughts, Rev. Hi. 20.
2. Holy Defires.
3. Heavenly Delights.
4. The Beginning of any Grace, Zech. iv-
10.
5. The Adings of it, when begun.
5. Inclinations to Duty.
Uses.
I. Have a Care ofthe Impediments that hinder
the Influences of Grace. '
I . Blindnefs and Hardnefs of Heart, S.Matt.
xiii. 13.
2. Carnal Security, Cant. v. 2, 5.
3. Pride, Pfal. xxv. 9. i S. Pet. v. 5.
4. Earthly-mindednefs, S. Luk. xviii. 23,
3. Unbelief, Hebr. iv, 2.
'' 1. Wait

3i6 Thefaurus Theologicus.
2. Wait upon GOD for His Spirit, in the ways
appointed. I. Reading the Scriptures, Pfal. xix. j,S.
2. Praying, AB. ii. i, 2.
3. Hearing, AB- x. 44, and ii, 37,
4, Meditation.
5. Sacraments.
3. Refift not the Motions of the Spirit.
Confider,
I. We are comraanded not to quench the
SpiriL
2. It is a Fight with GOD againft ourfelves.
3. If we once quench the Spirit, He may
never come again. Gen. vi. 3.
Dcfpife not Prophecying,
I. What Prophecyings ?
I. The Scriptures written, 2 S. Fet.
i. 20, 21. 2 Tim. iii. i5.
I. TheTruthsafferted,^c'if.xxvi.27.
2. Comraands enjoined, S. Mar.
vii. 8, 9.
3. Promifes made, Rom. iv. 20,
4. Threatnings denounced, Prov.
i, 30, Amos iii, 8,
2, The Scriptures preached, i Cor.
xiv. I, 2, 3.
Which They defpife,
I. Thatdonotcome to hear them,
S. Luk. iv. 1 5.
2. That do not regard what they
have heard, S. Luk. iv. 20.
3. That do not pradife what they
hear commanded, Lev. xxvi-
13. S. Joh. xiii. 17.
Why not defpife them?
I. They are the Word of GOD,
I Thef. ii. 13. 2. They

Thefamus Theologicus. 317
- - - .1 ¦ ¦ ¦" —  - ¦ - ¦ ¦
2. They that defpife them, de
fpife Him, S. Luk. X. 16.
3. If we defpife the Word, GOD
may juftly deprive us of
it,
4, If we defpife GOD's Word,
He wifl defpife us, i Sam^,
ii. 30. Prov. i. 23, 28,
5, By our defpifing His Word,
wc make it ineffedual to
ourfelves, Hebr. iv. 2.
Why are the Scriptures
called Prophecyings?
I. They foretefl the firft
Coming of Chrift, Ce«.
iii. 15. and xlix. 10, Ifa.
vii, 14. Md. iii, i.
2, The fecond, Job xix. 23.
AB. i. II.
3. The Refurredion from the
Dead, J^>b xix. 25, i Cor.
XV. 32.
4. The Day of Judgment,
Ecclef xii. 14. 2 Cor. V.
10.
5. The Affair's of the World
to come, S. Matth. xxv.
45.
I. The Punifliment of the
Wicked, 2 Thef. i. 7,
8, 9.
2. The Glory of the Right
eous, Ifa.i Ixiv. 4.
I Cor. ii. 9.

I T

I M.

giS Thefaurus Theologicus. * 
i Tim. i. 15.
This is a faithfid Saying., and worthy of
of all Acceptation.^ that Jefus Chrift
came into ihe World to fave Sinners ;
of whom I am chief.

C

Hrlfi Jefus came into the World to fave Sin

ners.

I. Who. was this Chrift Jefus ? One that liv'd
ii^ g^We^, about 1700 Years ago, cafl'd Christ,
ab Of clo ; J e s u s, <i Beneficlo.
II. What was He ?
1. GOD, S.Joh. i. I / Rom. ix- $-
I . The Name of GOD is attributed to Him,
Ifa. ix. 6. Jer. xsiii. 5.
2. The Works of GOD were performed by
Him, Laz-arus, S. Joh. xi.43. S. MatthJ
xii. 23. Rom. i.4.
Why fliould He be GOD ?
I- That He might bear GOD's Wrath,
2, To fatisfy GOD's Juftice, Pfal. xlix, 7,
3. To overcome Death, Satan, Hebr. ii.
14.
4, To purchafe the Donation of the Spi
rit, and fo merit Eternal Life for us.
Use.
Inference i. Then afl His Adions were
meritorious.
2, He is able to fave us, Hebr. vii. 25.
Uses.'

Thefaurus Theologicus. 319
Uses.
I. Confolation. We may be affur'd of
Salvation by Him, if we come to
Him.
2. Exhortation.
I. Admire Hira.
2. Truft in Him.-
2. Man, 1 Tim ii. 4.
. This appears,
I. In His Birth and Incarnation.
2. His Death and Paffiom
^ Why Man ?
I. To fufitr, Hebr. H. 9. 10.
2. To fufi^r for us, ver. 14.
3, To fandify our Natures.
Use.
Come boldly to GOD in Him, Hebr. iv. 13,
i5.
3. GOD and Man united together in One
Perfon, i S. Per, iii. 18. Rom. ix. 3. Ifa, vii, 14.
S. Matth. i, 23. Why ? That the Works of each
might be attributed to one another, and fo His
Death as meritorious, as if GOD Himfelf had
fuffered, ^^. xx. 28.
Uses.
I. See the Wifdom of GOD.
2. The Condefcenfion of Chrift.
I. Exhortation. Rely whofly upon,
2. Labour after an Intereft in, this Union,
that as He had, you may have Two
Natures in One Perfon.
III. Who are the Sinners He came to fave ?
I. Repenting, S.i?/^. V. 32. .
2. Believing Sinners, S. Joh. vi. 35, 40, 47.
iV. What

g20 Thefimus Theologicus.

IV. What did He come to fave them from ?
1. From Sn,
f. Guilt, 2 Cor. V, 21.
2. Filth, and fo AB. iii. 25.
2. From god's Wrath, Rom.v. 9.
V. What to ?
I. Righteoufnefs in their Perfons, Rom, iii. 25.
2. Holinefs in their Natures, Hebr. xiii. 1 2.
3. Happinefs in their Souls, S. Joh. vi. 47.
Uses.
1. Information.
I. Then are Sinners loft.
- 2. They are not able to fave themfelves.
3. No Creature could fave them, Pfal.
xlix. 7,
4. The Lo.ve of GOD was much feen, in
that He came to faveSinners,iRowj.v.8.
2. Cotfolation.
I. Are thy Sins great?
2. Many ?
3. Strong? Pfal.lxxxix. 19, Chrift came
to fave frora thera.
3. Exhortation.
I. Labour to know Him, 2 S, Pet. iii. 1 8.
2. To love Him, confidering (^Ephef.vi.24:.
I Cor. xvi. 22. )
i . What He was from Eternity.
2. What He became Ln Time.
3. For whofe Sakes He did it.
3. Turn to Him, look upon yourfelves as
Sinners,
4. Believe on Him, i iTief. iv. 14.
5. Get an Affurance of your Intereft in
Him, 2 S. Pet. i. 10, Job x'lx. 23
I Tm.

Thefaurus Theologicus. 321

i Tim. ii. i, 2^ 3.
Ver. I . / ejchort therefore., that firft
of all., S'jppli'atipns., Prayers., InterceJ/ionSy
and Giving of Thanks be made for all
Men :
Ver. 2. For Kings ^ and for all that
are in Authority ; that we may lead a quiet
and peaceable Ufe in all Godlitiefs and
Honefty. Ver. 3. For this is good and accept''
able in the Sight of GOD our Saviour i
Timothy being pireferred to be Paftor of Ephe-
fus, and fo the Ambaffador of the Lord of
Hofts to his People there, the Apoftle thinks fit
to inftrud him in the way, and to fliew him the
Duties that lay upon him. Having therefore, in
the firft Chapter, exhorted him to fupprefs Er
rors, and uphold the Truth, in this he enters
upon the other Part of his minifterial Fundion^
viz. Prayer ; and in particular, that I may not
difcourage your Attention with any tedious Pre-*
face, in thefe Words we find thefe Four Things,
I. Apoftolum exhorian'tem ; I cxfiort.
il. E.vhortationis fubjeBum; Topray fofOtherSj
which is farther fet forth,
Fol. III. t i. Jib

2 22 Thefaurus Theologicus.
I. Ab enumeratione partium ; which are four :
I. Asafl-«f, Supplications, or rather Depreca
tions.
2. ne?o-<ix*'> P'''«>'erj, or Petitions.
3. 'Ei/J<i'|«f, Inter cefions.
4. Euvrteiricw, Thankfgivings.
2. Ab objeBo.
I . Generali ; /or all. ' '
2, Particulari ; for Kingt and dl in Authority.
Ill, SubjeBi hujufce prioritatem ', firft of afl, n«-
(y.KAh.a i y nr^uTnv itrdvlm.
IV. Argumentum aut exhortationis rationem ; two
fold, I. Ab utili.
2. A commodo.
I. It is the Duty of Elders to inftrud
their Juniors.
2, GOD is pleafed fo far to condcfcend
to His Creatures, that He doth not
always deal with them by Comraand,
bat fometiraes, yea, often by Exhor
tation.
3. In ouf Addreffes to the Throne of
Grace, wc are not to be mindful of
ourfelves only, but of others too.
I. We are to make others Sharers in
every Part of our Prayers.
2. To that end, we are to obferve
GOD's Difpcnfations to others,
as wefl as to ourfelves,
I . It is not only for our Friends and
Relations, or for this, or that
Sort, that we are to pray, but
for all.
2. We

Thefaurus Theologicus. 323
2. Wc are in a more efpecial manner
to pray for fuch as fit at the
Stern, and are in Authority.
We are to be fo careful of this Duty, as
to place it in the Fore-front.
It is the Duty of Governours to en
deavour the Peace and Quietnefs of
their Subjeds : And they are fo to
look to the Peace and Qiiietnefs of
their Subjeds, that this Peace and
Quietnefs ftifl be joined with Godli
nefs and Honefty.
That the People that would live quiet
and peaceable Lives In all Godlinefs
and Honefty, under their Governours,
muft be often foliciting the Throne
of Grace for it ; for,
I, Thus to pray for others, and efpe
ciafly for Governours, is a good
Thing. 'Tis good,
I. Materially, formally, finafly, ef-
feduafly.
2. As 'tis good in itfelf, fo it is'ac-
ceptable in the Sight of GOD-
3, Its being fo ought to ftir us up to
the Performance of it.
In the Performance of every Duty, we
arc to look to the pleafing of GOD,
and to have a Care that what we
do be good and acceptable in His
Sight.

X 2 I TimJ

324 Thefaurus Theologicus.
I T I M. il. 5.
For there is One GOD., and One . Me
diator between GOD and Men., the
Man Chrift Jefus.
Doctrine I.
Efus Chrift is Man, as wefl as GOD, in One'
Perfon.
I. That He is G O D.
I. He had a Being before born, S. Joh. xvi.
27, 28.
2. He was before the World, S. Joh. i. 3,
Colof I. 1 5.
Tldrp©- Ihxi di/.seiT©- dTip[/.oyi awJS^^y©- %-
•S-pi), Norvig,
iuleivH liy xaVft) Xe^Tby >^ ^ UAeiAf <*p%o-
/u&fioy, Greg, Nazianz.
3. This His Being was truly Divine, S. Joh.
i, 1 , 2. I S. Joh. V. 20. Rom. ix. 3.
Ouod efent foliti ftato die ante lucem con-
venire, carmenque Chrifto quafi Deo di
cere, Plin. Epift. ad Trajan.
4, This His Divine Nature was the fame
with the Father's,' P/);7, ii. 6, 7, Ifa.
xl, 23.
5. This Chrift received of the Father, S.Joh.
V. 25,
Pater vita in femetipfo, non a F'll'io; Filius vita
in femetipfo, fed d Fatre, S. Auguft.
&ioi la 05K, ip^i =* ipaToi, -iTttTwp /jiW ydf '£bv 5
irifO) n fl) i(p tIw ifj.o'iAv icuuTM <pv(siy t£u>
dfyluj 'UA^.^dy, S, Bafil.
2, He

Thefaurus Theologicus. 325

2. He is Man as wefl as GOD.
I. He had a Body, Hebr. ii. 14. S. Joh.i. 14.
S. Luk. xxiv. 39- I S. Joh. iv. 3.
Simon Marus, Saturnus, Ifiiorus, Secundus,
Mareofians, Heraclionlta, Ophia., Cer don,
Marcion, &c. thefe were J'oKttldi !) ganA-
ffiAToi, fuppofing Chrift to have no real
Body.
2. A Soul, S. Luk, ii. 52. S. Matth. xxvi. 38.
S. Lui. xxiii. 45.
Arius and Evnomius faid, Q-'oTids, '^uyj'i
IvifyiKiyAt tIw -xj^aAy , Theodoret.
3. This Soul and Body He had by the Power
of the Holy Ghoft, S. Luk. i. 33. and
iii. 23.
3. He is both GOD and Man, and yet but
One Chrift or Mediator.
O Aoj/©-, 0 //ol'©- dy.(pii/ Qi'si T5 }q at'9pe)T©",
Clem. Alex.
So that,
I. His Natures were not mix'd
2. Nor changed one into the other.
A(TtjyyyT&>; , dTp'nr]ai, dJ'lAfi.Tu;, a;;^<yeir«)f,
Concil. Chalced. AB. xx. 28. Ifa. vii. 14,
S. Matth. i. 23.
n. This Chrift is the One Mediator between
GOD and Man-
I. GOD and Man are at odds, i?ow V. 10.
2. No Man can reconcile them, i S*j/w. ii. 23.
5^oHx.32,33. 3. Hence Chrift alone could do it, as alone
G O-D and Man.
I, On GOD's Part, Hebr. v. i.
I, By Satisfying, Hebr. ii. ro. i Tim. iv. 5.
AVTtAVTg^y liTTip ii-dvTav
X 3 2. By

326 Thefaurus Theologicus.
2. By Interceding, i 3, Joh, ii. i . Hebr. vii,
23,
2, On our Part, by giving us his Spirit, Colof.
i. 19. S-Joh. i. 16.
Uses.
I. Comfort, iS. [jfoWi. I. Rom. viii. 33.
2. Exhortation.
I. Blefs GOD for this great Mercy.
2. Often think of Chrift.
3. Rejoice in Him with Spiritual Joy,
1 S. Fet. i. 8. S. Luk. xlvi. 47. and
ii. 24.
Doctrine II.
Chrift, as GOD-Man, was our Mediator, and
therefore was anointed to be a Pricft, a Prophet,
and a King.
I, Chrift was a Prieft, Pfal. ex, 4. Hebr. vii,
1 3 , &c. Here I might fiiew,
I . That He was the only Prieft that offered
Sacrifice upon the Altar for our Sins,
asGOD-Man.
2. He was the Sacrifice, that was offered
upon the Altar, Ifa.liii. 10. as Man.
3. He was the Altar, upon which the Sacri
fice was offered,P/e^r.xiii. 10. asGOD.
But I fhafl rather fhew you what Chrift
was to do, and did for us, as He
was our Prieft. ¦
I. He made Satisfadion to GOD's Juftice
for us.
Now, there were two Things wherein
GOD's Juftice fliould be fatisfied.
1. It required Punifliment of our paft
Sins. 2. Per-

Thefaurus Theologicus. 327
2. Perfedion of our future Life.
Now, Chrift, as our Mediator, did
both thefe Things for us.
I. By His paffive,
2. By His adive. Obedience, By the
firft. He fatisfied GOD's Juftice :
By the fecond. He purchafed
His Favour for us.
I. His paffivc Obedience, which
was His undergoing afl thofe
Puniftiraents, which were due
to us for our Sins. He fuf
fered,
I. In His Life, S. Matth. iv. 2.
S. Joh. iv. 5.
2. At His Death.
I. In His Body, S, Matth.
xxvii, 30, 38. Gal.'iii. 13.
2. In His Soul, S. Luk. xxii.
44, Ifa. Iiii, I o. S. Matt.
xxvii. 45.
And afl this Chrift did not
fuffer for Himfelf, but for
us ; and though He fuf
fered but as Man, yet
feeing the farae Perfon
that fuffered, was both
GOD and Man, it thence
foflows, that His Suffer
ings were more .than if all
the Men in the World had
fuffered for ever.
Uses.
I. Loath thyfelf for Sin.
2. Admire the Love of Chrift.
X 4 3, As

328 Thefaurus Theologicus.
3. As Chrift died for Sin, do
you die to it. Let not
that Sin live in you, that
forc'd Chrift to die for
you.
4. As Chrift died for you, do
you live to Him.
2. His adive Obedience, S.^<«rr. iii.
I 5. As by His paffive Obe
dience, we are freed from
the Guilt of Sin ; fo by His
adjve Obedience, we are
invefted with Righteoufnefs.
By His Sufferings, He was
made Sin for us ; by His
Obedience, we are made the
Righteoufnefs of G O D in
Him, 2 Cor. v. 21.
Uses.
Then let us not only lay hold
upon what He fuffered ; but
likewife, upon what He did
for us.
2. He maketh Interceffion for us, Rom.
viii. 34.
I- He maketh Requeft for us-
2, Pleads our Caufe, iS.Joh.ii.i.
3. Prefents our Prayers to GOD.
4. Covers our Sins from GOD-
USES.
I. Then we need not fear fafling
away frora Grace.
2. We may go with Boldnefs to the
* Throne o( Grace. -¦--¦¦ 2, A

Thefaurus Theologicus. 329
A Prophet, Ifa. Ixi. i.
1, To reveal the Wifl of GOD, S, Matth.
xi. 27. S, Joh. XV. 1 3.
2, To expound it,
3. To make us underftand it.
Uses,
1 , Hearken to Chrift,
2. Lead your Lives according to His Pre
cepts and Example,
A King, Ifa. ix. 7.
I . Where is His Kingdom ? He hath one,
¦ I, On Earth,
2. In Heaven, S. Joh. xviii. 35.
2, How came He to this Kingdom ?
I. By Donation.
2, By Purchafe.
3, Who are of His Privy-Council ?
. I . GOD the Father, Srjoh. xii. 30.
2. The Godly His Children, Pfal. xxv.
14.
4. What are the Laws of this Kingdom ?
I. Repentance, 2 Tim. ii. 19.
2. Faith, Rom.iii. 27. S.Mar.i. i 3. i S.Joh.
iii. 23.
5. What are the Penalties annex'd ?
I. The Wrath of GOD, S. i^<«r. ix. 44.
2. The Worm of Confcience.
d. What Judges try afl the Caufes, and fen-
tence the Offenders in this Kingdom ?
I . The King Himfelf, S. Joh. v. 22, 27.
2. The Saints, i Cor. vi. 2.
7. When doth this King bring His Subjeds '
to the Bar ?
I. At the private Seffions of every Man's
Death, i. At

330 Thefaurus Theologicus.
2. At the general Aflize, the Judgment-
Day, S. Matth. xii. 35.
8. What are the Honours, which He wifl be-
ftow upon His faithful and loyal Subjeds?
I. They fliafl live in His own Court,
S. Joh. xii. 25. and xviiw 24.
2. Eat at His own Tabic, S. Luh xxii.
30.
3. And be themfelves, as fo many Kings
and Priefts in Him, and with Him,
Rev. i. 5.
Uses.
I Information. Is Chrift a King ?
I- Wo to unbelieving, rebellious Sin
ners, I Sam. XV. 23.
2. Then bleffed be afl belicviflg Saints.
2. Exhortation. I . Honour Him, i S. Pet. ii. 1 7.
2. Obey Him, S. Joh.xv. 14.
3. Subrait to Him.
4. Pleafe Him, i Thef.iv. 1.
5. Love Him, confidering 'tis He,
I. That bought you.
2. That governs you.
3. That proteds you.
4. That fupplies you with Necefla
ries here.
5. That rauft crown you with Glory
hereafter.

Tim.

Thefaurus Theologicus. 3 3 i

I T I M. iv. 8,
For bodily Exercife profiteth little ; but
Godlinefs is profitable unto aU Things,
having Promife of the Life that now
is,, and of that which is to come.
Doctrine.
Godlinefs is profitable to all Things. 'EvaiCeict
'S{)i 'SAvIa djIiKllJiii ^y.
I, What is meant by Godlinefs ?
It implies,
I, The Conformity of the WiU of Man to the
Wifl of GOD, iS.Per.l. 15.
2. Of the Life of Man to the Law-of GOD,
Pfal. cxix. 24.
I . In its Principles.
2. In its Matter.
3. In its Manner.
4. In its End of our Adions.
, II. How is it profitable for all Things ? That is.
It is the Way whereby -we may attain whatfo
ever is reafly Good to us, and fo it is profi
table, X
I . For the Soul.-
I. In its Underftanding and Judgment.
I. By drawing it from Errour.
2. By fettling of it in neceffary Truths.
J. In its Wifl, by undeceiving of it, and
by fixing it upon what is reafly ,
and not only apparently, Good, and fo

332 Thefaurus Theologicus.

fo in the right ordering 6f its Affe
dions.
1 . Love and Hatred, Pfal. cxix. 113, Amos
V. 13.
2. Joy and Grief, Ecclef. vii, 14.
3. Defire and Abhorrence, Pfal. cxix, 153.
4. Boldnefs and Audacity, Prov- xxviii. i.
- ^ ' Pfal. xlii. 3.
5. Fear and Hope, Ifa. viii. 13.
5. Anger, Ephef. iv. 26.
2. To the Body.
I. In this Life, by preventing Difeafes ; for
as Sin is a formal Sicknefs to the Soul,
fo it is the Caufe of Sicknefs to the
Body ; fo that there ' had never been
s any Sicknefs in our Bodies, had there
never been any Sin in our Souls- And
befides, the Judgment of GOD upon
fome Sins, do of themfelves, under
GOD, raife Difeafes in our Bodies, as
Adultery, Drunkennefs, Intemperance.
2. In the other World, Phil. iii. 21. i Cor.
XV. 42, 43, 44.
3. To our Names, Prov, x. 7.
I. By taking of our Ifl-Name from us.
2. By putting a Good-Narae upon us, Ifa.
Ivi. 5.
4, To our Enjoyments.
I. By improving what we have here, Frov.
X. 22.
2. By affuring what we fliafl have hereafter,
Prov. xxii. 4, which indeed are truly
cafl'd Riches, I Tim. vi. 5.
I. They arc true Riches, Prot/. xxiii. 3-
S. Luk. viii. 1 8.
2. Suitable. 3. Satif-

Thefaurus Theologicus.' 333
3. Satisfying, i Cor. vii. 31. FfdiXvH. i^-
4. Certain, Prov. xxiii, 3-
3. Neceffary.
5. Durable, Prov. viii. 18.
Uses. ^ r
I. Inferences. Hence obferve,
I. How fearfully worldly-minded fen arc
miftaken in looking after Riches.
2. Sin is good for nothing.
2. Example. Signs,
I. Sincere eying the Wifl of GOD more
than any Thing elfe in .what we do ;
more than,
I. Our own Wills, S.Luk. xxii. 42.
2, Our own Profits.
3. Others Perfuafions, AB. iv. 19. and v.
29- 
4. Our own Reafon, Hebr. xi. 8,
2, An holy Fear of offending, and Care of
pleafing GOD in what we do.
3. Spiritual Performance of holy Duties,
I S.Joh. iv. 13,
4. Growth in Grace, S. Joh. xv. 2.
3. Exhortation.
Motives. Confider,
I. Who commands it,
I. The Great,
2, Good, GOD. j|'
2. How oft 'tis commandea, Ifa, xxviii. 10.
3. Wherefore 'tis commanded , not for
GOD'S, but^your Good, principafly.
4. What it is that is commanded.
5. How,

334 TTiefaurus Tbeobgfcus.
5. How many Obligations GOD hath laid
upon you to be godly : 'Tis His End
in every Thing He beftows upon you,
Rom- ii. 4-
I, He fent His Son. *
2. He vouchfafes His Ordinances.
3. Mercies.
4. Judgments, and afl to work it in you.
5. How miferable you wifl be without it,
Hebr. xii. 14.
Miferable,
I. In this Life.
2, In the Life to come.
7. How you win one Day wifii you were fo j
they that defpifed Holinefs here, wifl
admire it hereafter-
8- When Holy, you wiU have afl Things
you can defire.

I T I M. vi. 6.
But Godlinefs with Contentment is great
Gain.
I. ITT HAT is Gadlinefi?.
VV I. Negatively,
I . Not avoiding of Sin only,
2. Nor a bare Profeffion of Religion,
3, Nor pcfl^ming outward Duties.
2, Pofitively.
But the Conformity of the Heart and Life of
Man, to the revealed Wifl of GOD.
1. Of the Heart, and its Affedions.
2. The Life, and its Adions, II. To

Thefaurus Theologicus^ 335

II. To be fo, is great Gain ; we gain,
I. Riches.
I . The Son of GOD our Redeemer.
2. The Spirit our Comforter.
3. The Word our Counfeflor.
4. The Promifes our Supporters.
5. The Angels our Minifters.
5. GOD to be our GOD.
Use.
Labour after this Gain.
Confidering,
I. Thefe are true Riches, others deceitful,
S. Matth. xiii. 22. Ecclef. iv. 8.
2. Thefe are neceflary Riches, others imper
tinent and unprofitable, Prev.xi, 4.
3, Thefe are conftant, others uncertain,
Frov. xxiii, 3,
4. Thefe fafe, others dangerous, 2 Tim. iv.
10.
5, Thefe durable, others fading, Prov. viii.
18,
5. Have thefe firft, and you are fure of the
others, fo far as they are good for you,
S, Matth. vi, 33,
2, Honour, i Sam. ii. 30. Prov. xii. 25. Numb^
xiv. 24. I S. Pet. ii, 7. Tdii S'l 'srirdiniriy « t/^jJ.
3, Pleafure,
We muft add Contentment to Godlinefs.
^ I. What is Contentment ? A gracious Di^ofi-
tion of the Soul, whereby it refts fully fatisfied
with whatfoever Condition GOD is pleafed to
place it in : To it is requifite,
I. That we be not carkingly careful about
the Tflings of this Life, S, Matth, vi. 25. 2, That

J36 Thefaurui 'Theologictis^

2. That we do not murraur at any Providence
that befals us.
3. That we acquiefce in afl GOD's Difpcnfa
tions towards us, i Sam. iii. 1 7.
4. So a§ to give GOD Thanks for every
thing, I Thef. V. 18. Job i. 21.
Motives to it.
Confider,
I. GOD's Sovereignty, Pfal, xxxix. 9.
2. His Wifdom.
3. The Mercies thou haft, are more than thou
deftrveft. Lam. iii. 39.
4 The Judgments are no more than thou
deferveft, ibid.
5. They are far lefs,
5. By Difcontent, thou makeft thy Condition
miferable ; it is a Mifery, as wefl as Sin.
7. By Contentment, thou mayft make it
happy. 8. By it, thou raayft raake a Vertue of Ne
ceffity ; fubmit thou muft.
9. Whatfoever Condition thou art in, it is
for thy Good, Rom. viii. 28.
10. Godlinefs itfelf is no Gain, without Con-'
tentment.
Means.
I. Often bethink thyfelf of the Vanity of the
World, which thou haft no Caufe to trouble thy
felf fo much about.
2. Accuftom thyfelf to ufe the World, as if
thou ufedft it not,, i Cor. vii. 30.
3. Think more of what thou haft, than of what
thou haft not.
4. Often meditate upon the Fulnefs and AU-
fufiiciency of GOD.
2 Ti M^

Thefaurul Theologicus. 337
 ' — .—  -;  — , — I
2 Ti M. ii. 19.
„,-,,,, And let every one that nameth the
Name of Chrift., depart from Iniquity:

E

Ftry one that nameth the JSIame of Chrifi, fiiould
depart from Iniquity.

I. ; What is it to nAme the Name of Chrift?
I. To be baptized in His Name.
2. The Profeffion of Faith in Him.
I . As our Saviour, AB. iv. 1 2.
2. As our Mafter, S. Joh. xx. 28,
3. As our Mediator and Advocate, i Tim.
ii. 3.
II. What is Iniquity? The Trangreffion ofthe
Law, I S. Joh. iii. 4.
I. Not the ceremonial,' AB. xv- 24, 25, 28.
2. Nor the judicial,
3. But the moral, Law, Deut. iv. 1 3.
III. What is it to depart from Iniquity.''
I. We are born in Sin, Ffal. li. 5. Ephef. ii. 3*
2. Sin is natural to us, and always prefent with
us, Rom. vii. 17, 18.
3. When we leave Sin, we depart from it;
which we are to do,
I. Whofly, from afl Sin, i Thef. v. 22.
2, Conftantly, Prov. xxiii. 17.
3. Obedientially, Gen. xxxix, 9.
IV, Why fliould Chriftians depart from S.'n ?
I . Becaufe we promifed it in Baptifm.
Fol. III. Y 2. Chrift

338 Thefaurus Theologicus.
1. Chrift died on Purpofe to fave us from Sin,
AB. iii. 25. ,
3. The Sins of Chriftians are greater than the
Sins of other Men.
For they are,
I. Againft greater Lights, S.Joh. i'H. 19.
2. Greater Mercies, Ifa- i. 2, 3, 4,
3. More frequent Reproofs, Prov. i. 24, 2v
4. They more diflionour GOD and Chrift,
Hebr. vi. 6.
5. They grieve the Spirit of G OD more,
Ephef iv. 30. ¦ ,
Uses.
I . Repent of your former Sins.
i_, Univerfafly, Pfal. li. 3, 4.
2. Cordially, Joel ii. 12, 1 3.
3. Conftantly, Jer. viii. 5.
2. Depart from Iniquity.
[ . Motives. Confider,
I, What a precious Soul you defile by it^
Tit. i. t 5.
2. What a glorious GOD you offend, Jer.
xliv. 8.
Who is,
I. Great, Ifa. iii. 8. Jer. v. 22.
2. Juft, Exod.xxxiv. 7.
3. Powerful.
4. Merciful, Pfal. cxxx. 4.
3. How -little Good. you get by Sin.
I. No real Pleafure.
2, No real Profit, Powz. vi. 21.
3. No real Honour.
4. How many precious Mercies it de
prives you of.
I. The Favour and Acceptance of
GOD, Ifa. lix. 2. 2. The

Thefaurus Theologicus. 339
2. The Anfwer of your Prayers, Ffal-
Ixvi. 18.
3. The Peace of Confcience, Ifa.xlviVu
22.
4. True Joy and Communion with
GOD, 2 Cor. i. 12.
3, Ho'v many Curfes and Miferies it
brings upon yOu,
I. Upon what ye are,
2. Upon what ye do.
3. Upon what yop have, Mai. ii. 2.
Dent, xxviii. 15, 1 5.
c. Whom you imitate by Sin, Satan,
S. Joh. viii. 44.
7. Unlefs you depart froin Sin, you moft
depart from GOD, S. Matth. xxv.
41.
8. What dreadful Torments are provided
for fuch as continue in Sin, S. Matth,
xxv. 45. 2 Tloef. i. 9,
. Means.
I. Meditate often on thefe Motives.
2. Beg of GOD Grace to do it.
3. Lay hold on the Merits of Chrift, AB.
iii. 25.
+. Live always as under the Eye of GOD,
Pfal. cxxxix. 5, 7, 8.
5. Often think ofthe Judgment to come.
5. Avoid the Occafions of Temptations
to Sin.
7. Employ yourfelves continually in what
is Good, fo as to live like Chriftians,
Ephef. iv. I . tolof i. I O.

Y 2 2 T

IM.

340 Thefaurus Theologicus.

2 Ti M. iv. J, 8.
Ver. 7. / have fought a good Fight.
I haiJe finijhed my Courfe^ I have kept the
Faith. Ver. 8: Henceforth there is laid up
for me a Crown of Righteoufnefs., which
the LORD the righteous Judge fhall give-
me at that Day ; and not to me only., but
unto all them alfo that love His Appearing.
ST. Pad was now near his End, at leaft in his
own Apprehenfion, ver. 5.
Hence he refleds upon his Life, Ifa. xxxviii, 3.
and finds that he can give a good Account of'itj
and fo expeds Happinefs. / have fought a good
Fight. '
TheWords contain a Defcription of a Chriftian's
State in this Life and the next.
I. In this Life. The Chriftian's Life is a War
fare •, and,
I . He fights a good Fight ; Good, becaufe in a
good Cauie, and becaufe it is well fought.
A good Fi^bt. A. Chriftian's Life is frequently
compar'd to a Warfare,
Chrift, the Lord .of Hofts, our Captain, Hebr.
ii. 10, w,e are lifted under Him at Baptifm.
We fight For
GOD and our own Souls. Againft

Thefaurus Theologicus. 341
Againft
The Flefh, Gal. v. 17. Ram. viii. 7. S. Jam. iv. I.
The World, i S. Joh. ii. 1 3, i5.
The Devil, Ephef vi. 1 2.'
Our Armour defcribed, £/)tey;vi. 13, 14, 15, i5,'
This Fight every Chriftian fights well, accord
ing to the Rules and Methods that our Captain
h'ath taught, us.
2. He finijlieth His Courfe, or Race fet before
Him, I Cer. ix, 24, 23, 25,
Going through,
I. Afl Duties, Ffal. cxix. 5.
2. Afl Rdations,
' 3. Afl Conditions, according to the Rules of
the Gofpel, S. Joh. xvii, 4. Phil. ii. 1 2.
3. He keeps the Faith, which may be under
ftood, I. Of His faithful Difcharge of His Truft.
F'ldem fufcepti ofcil infinem vfquefervare.
Hieron.
2. Of Faith objedively. He continued
Sound and Orthodox in His Faith,
Ephef. iv. 14.
3. Of Faith fubjedively. He always kept
His Faith and Truft fi.x'd upon GOD,
Rom. iv. 20.
II. In the other World, (the Reward of this
Warfare) where the Apoftle w*s fufly perfuaded.
He fhould be recompenc'd and happy, 2 Cor. v. 4.
Rom. viii. 37, 38.
Of which Happinefs, He gives us,
I, A Charader or Defcription,
I., It is a Crown, which being accounted the
greateft Thing upon Eartii, is often
ufed to exprefs the Greatnefs of Hea
ven's Glory, S. Jam. i. 12.-- 1 S.Per. v. 4.
Y 3 Lt

342 Thefaurus Theologicus.
It is made up ofthe choiceft Jewels :
I. Perfed Freedom from Sin and Mifery,
Rev. xiv. 13.
2. The Company of the beft Creatures,
' Hebr. xii. 23.
3. The Prefence of Chrift, S.Joh.xvii 24.
4. The Love and Favour of GOD.
3. Afl Happinefs in Him.
5. Eternal, i S. Fet. v. 4.
2. A Crown of Righteoufnefs, perfed Right
eoufnefs, the beft Jewel, the Pearl of
Pricey Hebr. xii. 23.
3. Laid up, from the Beginning of the World,
S. Matth. xxv, 34. S. Joh. xiv. 2.
4. For me. Gal. ii. 20.
2. The Author.
I. His Title, the Lord, Chrift, S.Matth.
xxviii. 5. Ephef. i. 20, 21. '
2. His Office, a Judge, 2 Cor. v. ro.
3. His Faithfulnefs in His Place, Righteous,
Gen. xviii. 25.
4, His manner of beftowing this Crown, by
Way of Gift, Rom. vi. ult.
5. The time when, at that Day, AB-xvH.3 1 .
3. The Largenefs and Extent of this Crown ;
given, not only to me, but to afl thofe alfo that
love His Appearing,
I, To afl true Chriftians, here defcribed by
thofe that love Chrift's Appearing.
I, That love and prefer Him before afl
Things in this World, S.Matth.x- 37-
2. Defire and long for His Appearing,that
they may fee Him, and live with
Him, Phil. i. 23.
•3, Prepare themfelves, fo that they may
be always ready for it, S. Luk. xxi.
34- ¦ '¦
TlT.^

Thefaurus Theologicus. 343

Tit. ii. 11, 12.
Ver. II. For the Grace of GOD
that bringeth Salvation., hath appeared to
all Men.
Ver. 12. Teaching us., that denying
ungodly and worldly Lufts., we fhould live
Soberly., Righteoufly., and Godly, in this
prefent World.
Doctrine.
IT is the Grace of GOD that bringeth Salvation.
Ewdyei ;^ t\uj cut'iav S'lit.tuAv, S- Chryfoft.
I. What is the Grace of GOD ?
Grace is taken fometimes,
I. For the Grace of GOD in us, 2 Cor. xii. 9.
2 S. Pet. iii. 18.
2. For the Grace of GOD towards us, Rom.
iii. 24.
3. For the Dodrine of the Gofpel, AB-xx. 32.
thefe two laft come both to one, and may be both
underftood in this Place.
II. How doth this Grace bring Salvation ?
I . Negatively.
I . Not fo as to exclude Chrift's Satisfadion,
I S. Joh. ii. 2.
2. Not fo as to exclude our Duty,
2. Pofitively. Soas to be the fole Caufe of our
Salvation ; fo that what was done in order to our
Salvation, was only from Grace •, as,
Y 4 I- To

344 Thefaurus Theologicus.
I. To fend Chrift, i S.Joh. iv. lo. S. Joh.
iii. 1 5.
2. Satisfadion, 6al. ii. 20.
3- Eledion, .Root. xi. 3, 5. £ffce/I i. 3.
4. Vocation, 2 T/wi. i. 9.
5. Regeneration, i S. Per. i. 3.
5, Juftification, .Row. iii. 24.
7. Sandification, 7?r. iii. 3.
8. Glorification, P^w. vi. 23.
U s e s.
I . No Place for Merit.
2. Afcribe afl to GOD's Grace.
I. That He begins it in us.
2, Carries ic on for us.
3. Gives the Perfedion of it to us.
3. Be you as dutiful to GOD, as He is inercifal
to you.
II. This Grace hath appeared to aH Men now.
1 . Under the Law, it appeared but to fome.
I. To Adam, Gcn, iii. 15.
2. Abraham, Gen. xvii. i , 2.
3. Mofes, Deut. xviii. 13.
4. The Prophets, Ifa. Iiii.
5. The Children of Ifrael only, AB. xiv. i5.
2. Under the Gofpel, afl arc made acquainted
with it.
I- Men of afl Nations, Gal. iii. 28. Colof. iii.
II.
2. Men of all Ages.
3, Men of afl Conditions, (?<»/. iii. 28.
Use.'
Blefs G O D, that it tjath appeared to you,
S, Matth. xi. 25. -^^ HL This

Thefaurus Theologicus. 345

III. This Grace teacheth us to deny Vngodlinefs
and tftirldly Lufts.
I. Ungodlinefs.
I . What is it to deny Vngodlinefs ? This
Denying, according to, S. Chryfoftom.,
denotes WxaIuJ tIu* i'id<rAistv, sokH tS ft7-
ff©-, -woaaIu) tLJ ATOTe^lw.
I . A Diftance off of it.
2,. A Hatred againft it,
3. An Averfion frora it.
2. What is Vngodlinefs ?
I , That which is againft GOD's Word.
'Ae'iCeutv.Td J^'oyfiAJA ipnirt, S. Chryfoftom,
2 S. Pet. ii. I.
2. Againft His Worfliip.
I. Ignorance of Him, Hofiv. 16.
2. Impenitence, AB. xvii,' 30.
3. Unbelief, S. Mar. i. 15,
4, Idolatry. Secpnd Commandment.
5. Supcrftition, Co/oj(7! ii, 23,
5. Taking His Name in Vain. Third
Commandment.
7. Prophaning His Sabbaths. Fourth
Commandment.
8, Contempt of His Word and Ordi
nances.
9- Hypocrify, i S. Per. ii. i.
10. Defpair, Ifa.lv. 1,7. S, ^^^rr^. xL
28.
Uses.
T. Hence fee the Errour of the Antinomtans,
Rom. iii. 31. '
2. Let us fofloi* the TcKhings of Grace.
Confidering,
|. This Grace hath appeared to you.
2, U

:._ta..W""'-'^i''W«

346 Thefaurus Theologicus.
2. It appeared to this end, that we raight
deny Ungodlinefs,
3, Unlefs wc learn the Leffons which Grace
teacheth, wc fliall not enjoy the Happi
nefs which -it proraifes.
3, Let us live according to it.
II. Doctrine.
\And worldly Lufls.
'AtriCetAV Td J^'oyixAJA ipnisi, 1^ M^tiiKAi cm^vixiAi, -liv
^ih Tiv iVAy».
What arc ungodly Lufts? i S. Joh. ii, i5.
I. The Lufts of the Flefli. .
I , Uncleannefs ; forbidden in the Seventh Com
mandment, S. Matth. V. 28. Jab xxxi. i.
I . It is a burning Sin, i Cor. vii. 9.
2. An infatuating Sin, Hofiv. 11. Prov. ii.
18, 19.
3. Polluting, I Cor. vi. 18.
4. A facrilegious Sin, i Cor. vi. 19.
5. Injurious to others.
5. A beaftly Sin,
7. An heathenifli Sin, i Cor. iv, 3.
8. Peculiarly provoking, Rom. i. 24.
9, It is the Root of other Sins, Rom. i- 29.
Ilapcei* and 'Woy^etA.
10. It is a Sin, that will certainly bring
Vengeance upon the Soul.
I . Spiritual, Rev. xxii. 11. It wafteth the
Body, and diCjuieteth the Confci
ence, Pfal. li. 8.
2. Temporal ; upon,
I . The Body ^ witnefs the ftinkipgBreath,
loathfom Botches, enflam'd Blood,
putrified Flefli, -and fpeedy Age,
and oft, fliort Life of the Guilty.
2. Name,

Thefaurus Theologicus. 347

2. Name, Prov. vi. 33.
3. Eftate, Job xxxi. 72.
3. Eternal, P/e^r, xiii. 4- Prozi. ix. 18.
2. Drunkennefs,
• I. What is it? The immoderate Drinking of
any Liquor, to the depriving ourfelves
• of the Ufe of Reafon, Hof iv. 1 1 . Ifa. v.
U.S. Lvk. xxi. 34.
2. How great a Sin ?
I. It deprives us of Reafon.
2. It unfits us for Duty, S^Lvk. xxi. 34.
3. It razeth out the Image of GOD, and
ftampeth the Image of Beafts upon
us.
4. It is the Womb of afl other Sins.
3. It is a "frequently threatncd Sin, Ifa. v.
I T. Prov. xxiii. 29, 33. Ifa. v. 22.
5. , A Body-diftempering Sin.
7. A Soul-damning Sin, iCor. vi. 10.
II. The Luft of the Eye, or Covetoufnefs.
I. What is it?
Avaritia eft plus velle quam fat eft, S. Aug;
It is the inordinate Love of Riches -, which
may be committed,
I . In divitlis appetendis. Command. 1 0.
2, Acquirendis. ; aS,
I. To the Matter; when we get what wc
ought not, as in Oppreflion, Simony,
Extortion, i King.xx'i. 2, 13.
2. The Manner of our getting them, Troy.
X. 2. and xxviii. 8.
3. Our carking Care in it, Ifa. v. 8. fo
as to negled our Duty.
4. The End -, only for themfelves, or fome
evil End, S. Jam. iv. 3.
3. In retinendls, i Tim.vi. 17, 18.
2. How

348 Thefaurus Theologicus.
2. How great a Sin is it ?
I . It turns off our Love frora GOD, i S- Joh.
ii. 13. 1
2. It is grofs Idolatry, Ephef v. 3. Colof.
iii. 5.
. 3. It renders a Man's Life miferable and un
comfortable, I Tim. vi. 10.
4, The Root of afl Evil, i Ttm. vi. 9, 10,
As the Apoftle' joins Thieves and
Drunkards together, iCor. vi. 10. And
therefore, he that maketh hafte to be
rich, fhafl npt be innocent, Prov. xxviii,
20,
5. It wifl hinder us from looking after bet
ter Riches, I Cor. vi. 10, 11, Firft flee
Earth, then follow Heaven, S. Matth.
vi, 19.
6. It wifl keep us out of Heaven, i Cor. vi.
IO.
7. It wifl throw us intoHefl, Rev. xxi. 8.
III. The Pride of Life.
There is a Twofold Pride to be denied.
I. Againft GOD, Mic. vi. 8- S, Jam. iv, 5, 7.
So as,
I. To look upon ourfelves as nothing in
Comparifon of Him, Ifa. xl. 5, 13, 1 7,
2. To admire the wonderful Works of GOD,
Rom.xi. 33,34,
3. To acknowledge ourfelves as guilty be
fore GOD, PoCT.iii. 19. S.Luk.xv'Hi.
II.
4, To fubmit to the Judgments of GOD,
I Sam. iii, 18. Job i. 21. Rom.ix. 20,
5, To afcribe afl our Mercies to the Good
nefs and Grace of GOD, i Chron. xxix.
14. Deut. viii. 14, 17. 5. Holy

Thefaurus Theologicus. 349

5, Holy Fear and Dread in the Prefence of
GOD, Gen- xiiviii. 10,17, With an
Apprehenfion of our own Vilenefs, Gen.
xviii, 27.
2, Towards Men,^
I, Not to affect'high Places, S. Matth. xxiii.
2. Not to carry Ourfelves above our Degrees,
S. Matth. xxiii. 12. Rom. xii. 3.
3. Not to commend ourfelves, .2 Cor. x, 1 2.
4, Patiently to undergo Reproaches, 2 Cor.
xii. lO,' 2 Sam. xvi. lot
5. An efteeming of others better than our
felves, Phil. ii. 3.
5, Not to afpire at high Things, Pfd.
cxxxi. I.
III. Doctrine.
And live foberly.
What Duties we owe ourfelves, our Souls efpe
ciafly. I. Love, Some love,
I. Sin, above themfelves •, as,
I. The Swearer, Job xxxv. 3.
2. The Impatient, Ecclef vii. 8, 9.
3. Malicious, Ifa. Iii. 3.
2. Their Lufts, as the Adulterer and Drun
kard.
2<y9£?o'i''ci) i ma (jLoeoy ^ 75 'sropctietj «tVi-
Xi^c", rtAA* 3^ ^ AOITTUV <5rtt6fcy '^((,7©- S£),
b. Chryfoft.
3. The World, 'O x?it^dTay i^Zy i (Tfi/'fpac. As,
1. Such as think more, S. Matth. vi. 21.
2. Work more, Pfal. cxxvii. 2.
3. Are troubled more, about the World,
than their Souls.
2. Care, to keep ourfelves from Evil and Dan
ger. 1. Sn

350 Thefaurus Theologicus.
I . Sin , Lam. i. 5.
2. Satan, I S. Per. v. 8.
3. The WrathofGOD, P/e^r. V. 29.
3. To furnifli ourfelves with true Riches.
I. Rich in Chrift, Ephff in. 'i.
2. Rich in Grace, S. Jarh. ii. 3.
3. Rich in good Works, i Tim. vi. 1 8. Rev.
xiv. 13.
4. To advance ourfelves to true Honour and
Dignity, //^. xliii. 4.
5. To a flow ourfelves true Pleafure and De
light, Phil. iv. 4.
I, In the Promifes, Pfal. ii. 2. Ifa- xliii. 2, 3.
2. In the Properties of GOD.
5. To provide for ourfelves for the future,
S. Matth. vi. 20.
Iv. Doctrine,
Righteoufiy. Under which are contained the
Duties we owe to our Neighbours.
I. Thou flialt love thy Neighbour as thyfelf,
Xe-:/. xix. 18, S, Matfh. xxii, 39. Gal. v. 14.
That is,
1 . That we wifli not our Neighbours more
Hurt than ourfelves.
2. That we wifli them as rauch Good as our
felves.
y. That we do alfo endeavour to do them
Good, as much as in us lies. Gal. vi.
10.
4, That afl this proceeds frora ai fincere Af
fedion to thera.
2 Love your Enemies, S. Matth. v- 44^
Confidering,
I. GOD loved you when Enemies, R6m. v.
8, 10. 2. Unlefs

Thefaurus Theologicus. 351

2. Unlefs f ou love your Enemies, ye do no
more than Heathens, S- Matth. v. 45.
3, The fame GOD commands this, as com
manded other Things.
3. Wherefore, putting away Lying, fpeak every
one the Truth with his Neighbour, Ephef. iv. 25.
Confidering,
I. Every Lye proceeds frora the Devil, S.Joh.
viii. 44.
2. It is juft contrary to the Nature of GOD,
Ttt. i- 2.
3. It is a Sin againft Nature, the Tongue
being Index anltni.
Non aliquando commlttet Chriftianus ut lin- '
gua Interpres animi a fenfu & cogitatione
difcordet, Ladant.
4. Lying Lips are an Abomination to the
Lord, Prov. xii. 22. and vi. 17.
3. They wifl certainly be puniflied, Prov. xit.
5,9.
5. They are particularly marked out for
Hefl, Rev. xxi. 8. and xxii. 1 3,
7, For we are afl Brethren, Ephef. iv. 25
4. Reftore what thou haft taken wrongfufl^
frora thy Neighbour, Lev. vi. 2, 3, 4. For,
I , We have Examples of it, Jacob, Gen. xliii.
1 2, ZacheuS, S, Luk. xix. 8,
2, He that will not reftore what he got by
Sin, ftifl lives in the Sin he got it by,
not repenting of it.
Cafulfts fay, Non remittuntur peccata, donee
reftltuuntur ahlata.
3. Thou flialt not hate thy Brother in thy
Heart, thou flialt in any wife rebuke thy Neigh
bour, and not fuffer Sin upon him. Lev. xix. 17.
S. Matth. xv'Hi. 13, I. Other-

352 Thefaurus Theologicus.
I . Otherwife thou makcftif hyfelf Guilty of
the Sin.
Xeifvfy'tA '^ •} 'i-^X'if iTA8uy.
2. Hereby thou mayft fave a Soul, S. Jam.
V. 20,
3. Charity itfelf commands it, Exod. xxiii.
4, 5
4. Thou fhalt be rewarded for it, Frov. xxiv.
23, Dan. xii. 3.
ObjeB. I, They may be angry.
Anfto. Better they thaii GOD.
ObjeB. 2. Thou mayft do thera no Good. ,
Anfw. Thcu knoweft not that.
ObjeB. 3. We rauft. not eaft Pearls to
Swine, S. Matth. vii. 5.
Anfw. Not if they'fl turn again and rent
. you.
5, Receive Reproof
I, Patiently, Hebr. xiii. 22.
2, Thankfully, i Sam. xxv. 32. i Thef. v. 13.
3, Effeduafly,
Motives,
I, He that hateth Reproof, is brutifli, Prot'.
xii. I. whereas he that regardeth it, is wife, Proz'.
XV. 5. 'K.vydi 3 hnaJj^A Tci oy d^iCeid. (^cSyTA! dvidTO, ^
S. Chryfoft.
2. He that defpifeth Reproof, defjpifeth the
Ordinance of GOD, Frov. i. 30.
3. It is a good Sign of a gracious Heart, for a
Man to take Reproof wefl, Ffal. cxli. 3. Provxv.
31, 32.
4. You muft anfwer for the Reproofs you have
had, Hof. V. 2. Prov, i. 24.
3- He

Thefaurus Theologicus. 353
 '-¦
3. He that hateth Reproof fliall die, Trov.xv.
10. and xxix. i. and therefore faid the Prophet to
Amadah, 2 Chron. xxv, i5,
5. He that regardeth Reproof fliall be honour
ed, Prov. xiii. 1 8.
7. I exhort therefore, that firft of afl. Prayers,
&c, 1 Tim. ii, I , S. Matth. v. 44.
8, Do to others, as you would have others
do to you, S. Matth. vii, 12. S, Lui, vi. 31,
Quod ergo tibi nonvis fieri, noli alteri facere ;
judicM enim malum efe in eo quod patl non
vis. Et hoc te coglt nofe lex int'ima in tuo
corde confcripta, S. Auguft.
9. Be not angry at thy Brother, fo as to fin
againft GOD :
I. Without Caufe, S. Matth. v. 22.
2. Too highly. Gen. xlix. 7.
3. So as to break forth into Curfes, Pfal.
cvi. 33.
4. To a wrong End, Prov. xxi. 24.
5, Be not long, Ephef iv, 25,
10. Pafs' not ralh Judgment, that is, without
Caufe, S, Matth. vii,, 7.
I . It is a Sin againft Nature.
2. It is a robbing thy Neighbour of the
good Opinion he hath Right to, tifl
forfeited.
3, It is an ufurping the Power of G O D,
Rom. xiv. 10. Pfal. I. 5.
u. Do not reproach one another, Rom. ix.
II. r. This is forbidden by GOD, S. Jam. iv.
II.
2. It is robbing thy Neighbour ofthe choiceft
Jewel he bath, Ecclef vii. i, Prov.
xxii. I,
Fol in. Z 12. Re-

354 Thefaurus Theologicus.
12. Revenge not thyfelf •, for,
I. It is forbidden, Prov.xx. 22. Rom.xii.
17-1 Thef V. 1 5. I S. Per. iii. 9.
2, This is alfo an ufurping the Power of
GOD, and His Prerogative, Deut.
xxxii. 33. Rom. xii. 19.
13. Offend not thy weak Brother, S.Matth.
xviii, 7. But, »
I . For fear of Offence, you muft not oreit
any Duty, S. Matth. xv. 1 2.
2. Nor commit any Sin, Rom. iii. 8.
3. In indifferent Things, we muft be fure
not to fcandalize them, i Car. viii. 13.
Rom. xiv. 21,
14. Thou flialt not kifl, Exod.xx. 13.
1. Not to do any thing, that may endanger
the Health or Life of another. Lev.
xix. 14.
2, Not be angry at hira, S. Matth, v, 21,
22,'
3. Not to hate him, i S. Joh. iii. 1 3.
1 5. Thou fhalt not fteal, Exod. xx. 13.
That is,
I . Not deal falfly, Lev. xix. 11, 33, 35.
2. Not to defraud another, ver. 13. Or
over-reach in Bargains.
3. Not lye. Lev- xix. 1 1.
1 5. Thou flialt not covet. He is covetous,
I. That takes too much Thought about the
World, S, Matth. vi, 23, 33, S, Lui.
xii. 22, 23, 29.
2. That grudges GOD any of his time, Amos
viii. 5.
3. He that had rather hoard up his Eftate,
than lay it out for GOD, Prov.xix-
17.
4. He

Thefaurus Theologicus i 355
4. He that had rather part with Chrift^
than his Eftate, S. Matth. xix. 22.
2 Tim. iv. 10.
5. He that omits any Duty, or commits
any Sin, for the gaining ofthe World,
Ifa. V. 8.
5, He that is more knowing in the World,
than about his Soul, Jer. iv, 22.
7. Whofe Heart, even in holy Duties, is
about his Covetoufnefs, Exjek. xxxiii.
31,
8, Who makes it his Bufinefs to get the
World, contrary to Chrift, ^^?. x, 38.
For the avoiding this Sin,
I. Meditate of the Vanity of the World.
2. Think oft of Eternity, S. Luk.xH.21.
3. Pray to GOD to draw off thy Heart
frora the World, Pfal. cxix. 35.
4. Study the Promifes, Hebr. xiii. 3, 5.
Doctrine V.
Godly. Which contains under it our Duties to
GOD. I. Know thou the GOD of thy Fathers, i Chron't
xxviii. 9.
I . He that knows not GOD, is like a Brute,
Pfal, xxxii. 9.
2. Worfe than a Brute, Ifa. i. 3.
3. Ignorance is the Mother of Mifchief,
I Cor. ii. 8. Therefore do you no?
fear and love Him, becaufe not know
Him.
4. Until thou knoweft Him, thou canft never
ferve Hira.
Therefore, fo know Him, as to have no
other Gods before Him, Exod. xx. 3.
That is. Acknowledge Him to be
2 2 GOD,

1

356 Thefaurus Theologicus.
GOD, Exod. XX. 2. The only GOD,
£)eut. iv. 39. Wherefore, ferve Him,
and Hira alone as GOD
2. Submit yourfelves to GOD, S. Jam. iv. 7.
I Sam, iii. 1 8.
Confider,
I. His Sovereignty.
2. His Wifdom, 2 S. Pet. ii. 9.
3. His Goodnefs.
3. And. thou flialt love the Lord thy God with
afl thy Heart, Soul, Might, Deut. vi. 5.
I . So as to prefer His Love before afl Things,
Phil. iii. 8.
2. Never to offend Him for the Love of any
Thing elfe.
3. So as to love nothing in Comparifon
of Him, S, Matth. x. 37, S. Lui. xiv,
25.
4. So as to be more troubled at the Lofs of
His Favour, than any Thing elfe.
5, To be more grieved for o«hers offend
ing Him, than ourfelves, Pfal. cxix.
1 35.
6, So as to keep His Coraraandments, i S.Joh.
V. 3. S. Joh.xiv. 13. and xxi. 13, i5.
Love GOD, Confidering,
I. How Good He is in Himfelf, S. Luh
xviii, 19.
2. How Good he hath been to you, Pfal.
cxix. 68.
4. Let Him be your Fear, and let Hira be your
Dread, Ifa. viii. 1 3, Frov. xxiii, 17.
I. Negatively,
I . Not fo as to run frora GOD, Gen. iii.
8, 10, .
2, Not only His Wrath, S. Jam. ii. 19-
R^m. viii, I 5. 2. Pofi-

Thefaurus Theologicus. 357
2. Pofitively.
I, To fear the Majefty and .Excellency of
GOD, Gen. xxviii, i5, 17.
2. To fear the Lofs of His Favour, Pfal.
xxvii. 9.
3. To fear, fo as to hate, Evil, Tro^. viii.
13. and xvi. 5, Even to fear to of
fend Him. ^ ' .
4. So as to keep His Coraraandments,
Ecclef xii. 13,
5. So as not to baulk any Duty for fear
of Men, Jer. i- 7, 8, 17. i S- Pet. Hi.
14. S. Matth. X. 28.
5. So as never to fpeak of Him, but with
Fear and Reverence, Dear, xxviii.
58.
5. Ye that fear the Lord, truft in the Lord,
Pfd. cxv. II.
1. So as to rely upon Him for Salvation
through Chrift, S- Matth. xH. 21. '
2- So as firmly to exped the Accompliih-
racnt of afl His Promifes, Pfal, cxix.
42.
3. So as to make ufe of the Means, how-
foever, that GOD hath appointed, i/el'.
X. 22, 23, 24.
4. Yet fo as not to truft in thefe Means,
Efth. iv. 14.
3. So as to prefs boldly through afl Diffi
culties, that lie in ourWay to Duty,
I Cor. xvi. 9.
5. Rejoice in the Lord always, and again I
fay, rejoice, P/;//. iv. 4.
I. So as to rejoice in Him, in the midft of
afl our Troubles, Hab. Hi. 18.
2. To rejoice in Him, in the midft of all
our Comforts. Z 3 I. In

358 Thefaurus Theologicus.
I . In His Properties.
2. His Promifes.
I . What He hath promifed upon Earth,
pfd. Ixxxiv. 1 1 .
2. In Heaven, i Cor. ii. 9.
7, Whether ye eat or drink, ©r whatfoever
ye do, do afl to the Glory of GOD, i Cor. x. 3 1,
IL Thou flialt not make to thyfelf any graven
Image, Efcod. xx. 4.
That is,
I. Not to make any Image of GOD with our
Hands, or in our Minds, Z,et/, xix. 4. and xxvi. i.
2. Not to worfliip any Iraages raade by 0-
thcrs.
'O S'ijTieyi itiKdjfi i^fi^ivoi e^KoVA ^dx 'mmnffAy^Ai
'Tn^a-KvvSy, Flav. Jofeph.
py TlfJiAf/^ T* dyAKfidlJA, Orig.
Quare non efi d«bium, 'quin religio nulla eft, ubi-
cunque fimulacrum eft.
3. To perforra external and publick W^orfhip
to GOD alone.
III. Thou flialt not take the Name of the Lord
thy GOD in vain, Exod. xx. 7.
I . Not to fpeak of GOD without Reverence,
Deut. xxviii. 58.
. 2. Not to fwear by it, Jer. iv. 2.
I. Vainly, S. yl/^rr^. V. 34.
2. Rafhly, E^l^f ix. 2.
3. Falfly, Jer. v. 2.
, 3. Not to profefs Religion vainly, 2 Tim. ii,
19.' ¦ ' • - ¦ .
IV. Remeraber the Sabbath-Day, to Ice^p it
^oly, Exod. XX. 8. I. Gene=

Thefaurus Theologicus. 359
I. Gencrafly. Dedicate it whofly to the Ser
vice ofGODi for it is Moral, yea, one of the Ten,
yea, before Mefis, Gen. ii. 3. Hence, tbe Hea
thens could fay,
"Ee^o(i.i\ iie)v «M*P> Hefiod.
'Ef/o//t*T» <fC HT«T* x.«.THAu9sf h^v H/nap, Homer.
nse2 ¦i' If J^«//iHj M/zegStj vie Wrlsj «c9p«'3ro/ it'o/xd-
l>sat, Theophil. Antioch.
But now it is the firft •, Dies ceremonialis quies
moralis. It is. Remember the Sabbath.
T? h'aik «;-i4foi, Juft.
2. Particularly.
1. Not to mind worldly Bufinefs, Ifa. Iviii.
13.
2. To be prefent at the Publick Worfliip
of G O D.
3, To fpend the reft of the Day in Prayers,
Meditations, Reading, holyConference,
and the like.
Use.
Live Godly.
1. What Godlinefs ?
I , Scriptural, Num. xv. 40,
2. Obediential, i Sam. xv. 22.
3. Sincere, 2 Ttm. i'H. 3,
4. Univerfal, i S. Pet. i. 1 3. Pfal. cxix. 6.
S:Luk..i. 5.
$. Conftant, Pfal.-cxix. 20. and Ixii. 8.
2. What Means muft we ufe?
I. Search the Scriptures, S. yofe. V. 39.
2. Above afl Keepings, keep thy Heart,
Prov. iv. 23.
3. Set the Lord always before thee, Pfal.
xvi. 8.
4. Pray without ceafing, 1 Thef, v. 17.
Z 4 3. Watch

360 Thefaurus Theologicus.

5. Watch daily at Wifdora's Gates, and wait
at the Pofts of her Doors, Prov. viii.
34-
What Motives ?
I, Godlinefs is profitable for afl Things,
I Tim. iv. 8. and vi, 5.
2. The Lord hath fet apart hira that is
Godly for Himfelf, Ffal, iv- 3.
3. Be ye holy, for 1 am holy, i S. Pet. i, i5..
Lev- xix. 2.
4. Without Holinefs, no Man fliafl fee GOD,
Hebr. xii. 14.
5. The Righteous fliafl go into Life eternal,
S. Matth. XXV. 45.
5. The Grace of GOD hath appeared, &c.
Tit. ii. 12.

T I T. ii. 1 3.
Looking for that bleffed Hope., and the
glorious Appearing of the Great GOD^ '
and our Saviour Jefus Chrift.
TH E Expedation of Glory promifed in Hea
ven, fliould ftir us up to perform the Duties
enjoined us on Earth.
I. What is the Bleffednefs ?
I. Freedom frora Evil.
1. Of Sin.
I. Guilt,
2. Strength, Hebr- xii, 23. 2. Punifli-

Thefaurus Theologicus. ¦ 361
2. Punifliment.
I. The Wrath of an offended GOD.
2. The Temptations of a fubtle Devil.
3, The Gnawings of a guilty Confcience,
S. Mar. ix. 44.
4. The Company of damn'd Spirits ,
S. Matth. XXV. 41.
3. The Fear of future Mifery.
2. The Enjoyment of Good.
I . GOD-, fo as,
I . To know Him perfedly, S. Joh. xvii. 3.
2. Love Him.
3. Rejoice in Him perfedly.
2. Chrift, S. Joh. xii. 25. and xvii. 24. Rev.
iii. 20.
3. Glorified Saints and Angels, Hebr. xii.
23.
II. This Glory may be expeded •, for,
I. GOD propounds it as a Motive to Duty,
Rev- ii. 1 o. S. Matth. v. 1 2, S. Jam. v, 7.
2. The Saints have ftifl done it, S. Paul, PhiL
iii. 14. I Cor. ix. 27, Mofes, Hebr.xi- 25.
3, Our Saviour Himfelf did fo, P/ei^r. xii. 2.
4. Confider, the Nature of Glory is Grace and
Duty. IIL How muft we exped it ?
I. Not as merited by ourfelves, but purchafed
by Chrift. OJcTeJj j55 toicwtIuj amJ^eiX.vv^ 'suKithav l>zi ^a-
<r/A«*j d^ta^nyat, S- Chryfoft.
OvK '^ [/.l&if %fyuy Yi ^AfSiKuA ^ igcf.ym, dhKd
%dexi J^imiTX isi^dii i'iKoii riT0lyjta-/j^ii ,
Marc, Herem.
Quid enim funt merita noftra ad tantam glo
riam f S. Bernard. 2. Not

362 Thefaurus Theologicus.
2. Not as of De{)t, but Gift, Rorn. vi. 23.
3. Not in this, but the Life to come. '
4, Not doubtfufly, but believingly and cer
tainly, Rom. iv, 21, and viii, 31,
IV. What Influence hath this upon our Lives ?
1. Informing, >t xxi, 1 3,
2. Attradive,
3. Moral. Afl the Reafon a Man fliould win,
before he wears, the Crown ¦, and who would not
perform any Duty for fuch Glory ? Confidering,
I. Our Duties arc- imperfed. Glory per
fed.
2. Our Duty for a time. Glory eternal.
Uses.
I. Reproof; that thofc that exped Heaven,
live fo loofly.
2. Exhortation.
I. You that exped Glory, perform Duty ;
for there is an infeparable Connexion
betwixt thefe two.
I. From the Word of GOD, Hebr. xii.
14,
2. From the Juftice of GOD,
3. From the Reafon of the Thing.
2. You that would perform Duty, exped
Glory, Hebr. xii. 2.
3. Do ye all fet upon your Duty now, fee
ing there is fo much Happinefs pre
pared for you.
L Chrift is the Great GOD.
UiyAV 3 Qih dyoi/.A^ei ^ XvTov, Theodoret,
n« eifiv OJ TO 'TTAJ(ji i\AT]oyA T Hot }Ayoy']i< ;
S. Chryfoft. It

Thefaurus Theologicus. 363
It appears,
I, In that the fame Names are attributed to
the Father and the Son.
I. COD,S.Joh. i. I. and xx. 28. AB.xx. 2S.
I S. Joh. V. 20, Athanaf. c- Ar. Rom-
ix. 3.
Interea de falvatione dicit, qui eft fuper omnia
Deus benediBus infecula. S. Ambrof
2. LORD, Ifa. xl. 3- S. Joh. i. 23, Jer. xxiii-
5,5.
2f The fame Properties.
I . Eternity, Rev. i, 1 7, 1 8, Ifa. xliv, 5.
2. Omnifcience, S. Joh. xxi. 17.
3. Omniprefence, S Matth. xviii. 20.
4, Omnipotence, Rev. i, 8.
3. Works.
1. Creation, S. Joh. i. 3. Colof i. i5.
2. Prefervation, Hebr. i. 3. Colof. i. 17.-
3. Redemption, i Tim. ii. 5.
4. Forgivenefs of Sins, S. Mar. xxv. 7, 9,
4, Honour, S, Joh. v. 23. and iv. i.
Uses.
I . Chrift, as GOD, not Inferior to the Father,
though begotten.
2. Arians, Cerinthians, Photinians, Socinians, er
roneous. 3. Honour the Son as GOD.
II. He is our Saviour, S- Matth. i. 2 1 .
III. He wifl glorioufiy appear.
I. That He wifl, AB. i. 11.
2.. How, S, Matth. xxiv. 30. i Thef.iv. 16.
3. Why.
I. To raife the dead, S. Jeh. v. 28. i Thef.
iv. 15.
3- To

364 Thefaurus Theologicus.
2. To gather thera together, S. Matth. xxv.
32.
3. To examine their Adions, Rev.xx. 1 2.
4. To judge, and pafs a final Sentence upon
them, S. Matth. xxv. 41.
IV. Seeing He wifl thus appear, we fliould
live foberly, &c.
Oh, how can that Man but live Soberly,
Righteoufly, and Godly, that believes,
I. He muft die, 2 S. Pet. iii. 11.
2. Rife again. Job xix. 23, 25.
3. Be furamoned to appear before GOD.
4. Haye afl his Adions reviewed, S. Matth.
xxv. 42, 43.
5. Be judged according to thera, 2 Cor. v. 10,
II. 5, He muft live in Hefl, if he doth not,
S. Matth. ^ XXV. 45.
7. In Heaven, if he doth, live foberly, &c.
U S E S.
I . Get your Faith in thefe Things increafed.
2, Think often of them,
S'lve comedo, five bibo, five allquid facia, femper
vox ilia terribilis fonat in auribus mels, Sur-
gite, mortui, venite ad judicium, S, Hieron.
Sive leges, five fcribes, five vigilabis, five
dormies, hac tibi femper buccina in auribus
fonet,f ibid.

Tit.

Thefaurus Theologicus. 365

T IT. ii. 14.
Who gave Himfelf for us., that He might
redeem us from all Iniquity., and purifie '
unto Himfelf a peculiar People., zealous
of good Works.
Doctrine I,
I. XliTHO; Chrift, GOD-Man, GOD and
VV Man,
II, Gave.
I. Truly.
'Aa«9»? d-Tri^AVi, !s J^omffB, « <pav']a(s'ia^ S. Ignat.
2, Voluntarily ; what He did was afl volun
tary. .
I. Incarnate,
2. Betrayed and apprehended, S. Joh. xviii,
4, 5, ^v
3. Condemned, S. Joh. xix. 1 1.
4, Crucified, S- Jo^- x. i8.
Emifit fpiritum, non amifit, S. Ambrof
Splritum cum verbo fponte demifit, Tertufl.
Non eum deferuit invitus, fed quia voluit
quum voluit, & quomodo voluit, S. Aug,
Use.
Serve Hira voluntarily.
HI. Himfelf, not Gold, Silver, Calves, Men,
I S. Pet. i. 18, &c.
IV. For vs. That is,
I . Jlefpeding the End ; for our Sins, Gal. i. 4.
2. In our fteads, i S. Fit. viii. 4. Rom. v. 8.
V. For

366 Thefaurus Theologicus.
V. For us, not Himfelf, not Angels.
Uses.
I. Give yourfelves to Him.
2. Let this b^ a Motive to deny Ungodlinefs.
Doctrine II.
That He might redeem us, 5cc
I. What in Iniquity?
1. The Guilt.
2. Punifliment. Confidcr,
I. GOD gave Man a Law.
2. Conformity to it is Holinefs, Contra*
riety Sin.
3. Holinefs had Rewards promifed. Sin
Punifliment threatncd. Gen. ii. 17.
4. Man breaks it.
5. The firft Breach defcends to Pofterity,
Rom. V. 18, 19,
6. Afl break it aduafly, Ecclef. vii, 20.
I S. Joh. i. 8. fo we ftand obliged to
bear the Punifliment.
8. We being unable of ourfelves, Chrift
gave Himfelf to redeem us frora it.
2. How doth He redeera us ?
I. He became Man.
2. Submitted to the Law perfedly.
3. Underwent the Wrath of GOD, and
great Mifery, Jfa. Iiii.
4. This He did for our fakes.
3. He thus fuffering for us, we have fatif-
fied the Law in Hira, i Tim. ii. 5.
'Al'7lAt/T£?r.
5. And fo we are redeeraed frora Iniquity.
3. How doth it appear ?
I. From Scripture, S. Matth. i. 21. AB.
iii. 25. •
2, Reafon,

Thefaurus Theologicus. 367
2. Reafon •, for He is our Saviour, to re
deem us frora Hefl, which He doth
by redeeming us from Sin.
4. How from afl Iniquity ?
I. Of afl Kinds.
I. Original and adual.
2. Omiffion and Commiffion.
3, Open and fecret.
4. Wilful and ignorant.
2. Of afl Degrees.
3. Afl Ages.
Uses.
I, Adraire god's Goodnefs, in accepting of
Chrift our Surety, who raight have come upon
ourfelves,
2, Blefs Chrift for giving Himfelf.
3. Forfake Sins, feeing Chrift died for them,
2 Tim. ii. 19.
4. Haften to Chrift.
3. Live foberly, righteoufly, and godly.
Doctrine III.
And purify ta himfelf, &c.
One End of Chrift's Coming was to make us
Pure and Holy,
L What is it to be Pure and Holy ?
I. There is an outward and federal, i Cor. vii.

14.

An inward and real, Holinefs.
Confifting,
1. In the forfaking of Sin, i Thef. iv. 3.
I . With true Humiliation for it.
2. An hearty Loathing of it.
3. Stedfaft Refolutions againft it, Ffal.
xvii. 3. and xxxi.x. i. 4. Strong

368 Thefaurus Theologicus.
4. Strong Defires to be perfedly freed
from it, Rom. vii, 24.
2. In the Performance of Duty, or doing
whatfoever is commanded.
r. Obedientially.
2. Sincerely.
3. Univerfafly, Pfal. cxix. 5. S. Luk. i. 6*
4. Conftantly, Ffal. cxix. 20. and evi- 3.
IL How doth it appear, that Chrift came to
make us Holy ?
I. From exprefs Scriptures, P/i^e/ v. 25, 25.
AB.iH.26. I S.Per. ii. 24. I S.Joh.'i.f. Rev-'i. <).
2. Frora neceffary Confequences from it.
For,
1. He came to fave us frora Sin, S. Matth.
i. 21.
2. Frora god's Wrath, Rom. v. i,
3, To bring us to Heaven, i Thef. v. i o.
But,
I , Without Holinefs, we'fliould not enjoy
Heaven, though we could.
2. We could not, thoiigh we might.
III. How doth Chrift make us Holy?
I. In general, by pouring His Spirit upon
us. 2. Particularly, by His Spirit.
1. He redifies our Judgments.
Mentibus non minus necefariam efe illu-
minationis gratiam, qudm oculis lumen.
S. Aug.
I. About GOD, S. Luk. xviii. 19.
2. Sin.
3. Holinefs, Prov. Hi. 17.
4. Earth.
5. Heaven. 2. He

Thefaurus Theologicus: 369
2, He mends the Wifl, £x,el. xViii. 31. in
clining it, ,, !
I. To hate what the Judgment redified
, fays is Evil.
2. To love what it fays is Good.
3. He orders the Affedions, enabling us to'
love, hate, grieve, defire, &c. the'
Right, 2 Car. V. 17,
4, He direds our Lives, Jer. x, 23.
Uses.
t. Information.
I. Holinefs is not of ourfelves, S, Joh^
XV. 3,
Dei eft vt bonum facere velimus, & ut bo^-
num facere vdeamus, S. Auguft.
Deus ergo qui homini pcenitentiam dat^ ipfe
mutat hominis veluntateni, Fulg.
2. The Exceflency of it.
2. Exhortation.
I. Labour after Holinefs ; which,'
I. Is the Image of GOD.
2. The Perfedion of the Creature, Ephef.
iv. 24,
3. The Beginning of Happinefs here.
4, The only Way to Happinefs here
after,
5, The End of all GOD's gracious Difpen-"
fations towards us.
I,. Of His Eledion, Ephef. i. 4.
2. Vocation, i Cor. i. 2.
3. Poffeffions Spiritual and TeraporaL'
4. Rederaption.
2. Go to Chrifi for it, i Cor. i. 30.
Confider,
I. None ever got it without Chrift, AB2
iv. 12.
Fol. III. A a 2. None

370 Thefaurus Theologicus,

2. None ever miffed of it in Him.
But go by Faith ; applying,
I. The Vertue of Chrift's Death to the
kifling of your Sins, fetching Mo
tives from His Death.
2. The Power of His Refurredion, to
the quickning you to Holinefs.
Fetching Confidcrations,
I . From the efficient Caufe, Rom. viii.
II.
2. The End, to make Interccffion for
us, Phil. iii. 20.
Doctrine IIL
To Himfelf .
Thofe that Chrift purifies. He purifies to Him
felf i they are His own.
1 . Man was created in a free Eftate, without
Subjedion to any but GOD.
2. He fold himfelf to be a Slave.
I. To Sin, Rom. vi. 17. 2S. Per. ii. 19, Rom.
vii. 14.
2. Satan, 2Tim.ii. 26.
3. The World.
4, The Flefli,
3, He is not able to redeem himfelf, but
freely chofe his Slavery, as S. Paul rejoiced in his
Bonds. 4. Chrift therefore gave Himfelf as a Ranfora
for him, I Tim. ii. 5.. 'AvjiKvJefy. l Cor. vi. 20.
3. Thofe He thus redeemed, afl the Reafon
they fliould be His Servants j for,
I. This is the only End why He redeemed
them.
2. The only Recompence they can give. •3. AH

Thefaurus Theologicus. 371

3. Afl the Reafon they fliould be His, feeing
He made Himfelf theirs.
4. It is in the Nature of all Purchafes
and Redemptions, that they have the
Thing.
Uses.
I. We are not our own, I Cor. vi. 19, 20.
2. We have nothing of our own.
3. Therefore,we ought to live whofly to GOD,
and give to Him, i Cor. vi. 20,
I, What we are,
' I, Soul.
2. Body.
2. What we have.
3. What we do.
4. What we fuffer.
Doctrine IV.
A peculiar People.
AAsy '^i'Tiov. Populum novum, as the Syriack, '
Deut. vii. 5. nTJEp ^xy. -s^tV/oc, Deut. x'lV. 2. Pfal.
CXXXV. 4. 177.^9 • Ek 'j^do-iae-y-iv. Aquila e1( •^s/-
fw. Symmach. ^aJpi-niv:
1. Called by peculiar Titles-.
I. Kings and Priefts, Rev. i. 5,' i S. Pet. ii. 9;
ifa. Ixiv. 2.
2. Honoured with peculiar Relations,
I. GOD, their Father, IJer. xxxi. 9. S. Zw/f,
xii. 32.
2. Husband, Ifa. liv. 3. Hof. ii. i5.
3. The Church, their Mother, Gal. iv. 26.
4. Brother, Chrift, S. 5'ofe. xx. 1 7. Pow. viii.
29.
3. Inverted with peculiar Privileges. ^
A a 2 I. GOD's

372 Thefaurus Theologicus.
I. GOD's Ear is always open to them,
S. Matth. xxi. 22.
2. Afl Things work together for Good,
Rom. viii. 28.
4, Endowed with peculiar Interefts.
I, In afl the Promifes ofthe Scripture.
2. The Properties of GOD.
3. The Merits of Chrift.
4. The Influences of the Spirit.
3. The Prayers of the Saints.
3. Inftated in a peculiar Inheritance, a King
dom, S. Jam. ii. 3. eternal Life, Tit. iii, 7, of
GOD, Hebr- xii, 22.
Uses.
I. Honour them in a peculiar Maqner, Gal.
vi. 10.
2. Live in a peculiar Manner,
I , Love GOD with afl thine Heart, Deut.
vi, 3.
2. Love your Enemies, S. Matth. v. 44,
3. Be in the Fear of GOD, afl the Day
long, Prov. xxiii. 17.
4. In every Thing give Thanks, i Thef
V. 18,
5. Whether ye eat or drink, do afl to the
Glory of GOD, i Cer.x. 31,
Doctrine V.
Zealous of good Works.
I. What arc good Works ?
It is neceffary,
I. The Matter'be good that is commanded, as
Sin is dyofj-'iA.
Non credimus, quia non legimus, S. Hieron,
I, From

Thefaurus Theologicus. 373
I. From Scripture , to do what is not com
manded, is forbidden, Deut. xii. 8, 32.
Num. XV. 39. S. Matth. xv. 9.
2, Reafon ; there is no Obedience where no
Comraand ; fearch therefore the Scri
ptures.
2, The End be good.
I . Negatively. Never is itaque non ofciis fed finibvs d vi-
tiis d'lfcernendas efe virtutes, S. Aug.
I. Not only to keep up a Cuftom.
2, Not to be feen of Men,
3, Not to merit any Thing from GOD,
I. No Works thou doft, but there is
Sin in thera.
2. Afl Good frora GOD, S.Jam. i.
17-
Tua peccata funt, merita Dei funt,
S. Aug.
Merita omnia Dei dona funt, & ita
homo magis propter ipfa Deo debitor
eft, quam Deus homini, S.Bernard.
2, Pofitively.
I. To obey GOD.
ABio bona debet fieri fub ratione boni.
2. To glorifie G O D, i Cor. x, 3 1 . PfaL
xvi. 8.
3. The Manner of Performance.
I, In Judgment, Rom. x. 2. Jer.iv. 2,
2. In Righteoufnefs.
3. Faith, Rom. xiv. 23,
4. Obedience.
5, Zeal,
II, What to be zealous ?
''Epyav i^.^Uu Ti ]^ ^tiKurlw, Thcodoref-
A a 3 oCx.

374 Thefaurus Theologicus.
OvX ATKuf ffyay, dKhd ^kaotW, TXTiTi (a{Ia <a0-
^uiAa( -sroAAMf Ix' outIu) joc7« rUu dftTluj //.{jd
oipoit'efTtfj©- -f 'srs^enKxem, S. Chryfoft.
It implies,
I. To be willing to do thera, i Tim.vi. i8.
fo as to love them, Pfal. cxix. 1 27.
2, To be defirous of them, Pfl. cxix. 131.
3. To ftudy for them. Studlofum bonorum 0-
perum, i Tim, vi. 18.
4. To rejoice in them,P/k/. cxix. 143, and evil r,
5. To ftir up others to them, Hebr. x. 24.
III. Motives.
I . Afl Works that are not good, are evil ; and
all evil Works are,
I. The Works of the Devil, i S, Joh. iii. 8.
S. Joh. viii. 44. AB. V. 3.
2. The Works of Darknefs, Ephef v, 1 1,
I. Becaufe committed without Light and
Knowledge i did you know their
End, you would not do them.
2. Becaufe committed without Fear and
shame.
3. Becaufe rewarded with utter Darknefs,
S. Matth. xxii, 13,
2. To do good, is to do as Chrift did, AB.
X. 38. '. ' .
3. Like GOD, PfaL cxix. 58.
4. Good Works will foflow you into another
World, Rev. xiv. 1 3.
5. Confider the vaft Difference there wifl be
betwixt good and bad, at the Day of Judgment,
S. Matth. XXV. 23, 30,
5. Do well here, and receive wefl hereafter,
PfaL xxxvii. 27.
7. It was one End of Chrift's Death, to make
us zealous of good Works. '
' " ¦¦' '¦ IV.

Thefaurus Theologicus. 375

IV. Means.
I. Get Faith.
OvS'iv ^v %^u iff'tTitix AyA^'oy,.S. Chryfoft.
Quicquid fine fide prafumitur, nulla eft anlmi.
folida virtus, fed ventofa quadam inflatio,&
tumor inanls, S. Bernard.
Fides namque eft bonorum omnium fundamen-
tum, S. Aug.
2. Keep thy Heart with afl Diligence, Prov.iv.
23. S. Matth. xii. 35.
3. Walk always as in the Prefence of GOD,
PfaL xvi. 8.
4. Think often upon the laft Judgment and
Review.

A a 4 Heb

R,

376 Thefaurus Theologicus.
Hebr. vii. 25.
Wherefore., He is able alfo to fofve them to
the uttermoft., that come unto GOD by
Him., feeing He ever liveth to rnake In
tercefion ftir them.

I

Doctrine L
T is by Chrift, that we come to GOD.

II. They that thus come to GOD by Chrift, He
is able to fave to the utmoft.
III. Becaufe He ever lives to mah Intercefion
for us.
I. It is by Chrifi, that we come to GOD.
I, Who is that GOD, to vyhora we came by
One whofe Effence is Perfedion, mn% Exod.
iii. 14. and in whom afl Perfedions are
concentred. One of Infinite,
J. Wifdom, I Tim.i. 17. Hebr. iv. 13. PfaL
cxxxix, 7.
2. Power, Job ix. 4, and xi. 7. S. Lui. i. 37.
3, Mercy, PfaLlxxxvi. 3, 15. Exod.xxxiv. 6.
4. Juftice, Exod. xxxiv. 5.
5. Goodnefs,' S. L«i xviii. 19.
5. Duration, PfaL xc. 2.
What is it to come to GOD?
It denotes,
I, Our coming from Sin, from afl Sin.
'¦ •-'-' •- '' . ¦¦ ¦¦• ' ' '¦ ¦- 2, Our

Thefaurus Theologicus. 377
2. Our giving up ourfelves whofly to GOD",
and fo,
3. Coming into the Favour of GOD.
3, Who is that Chrift, by whom we muft thus
come to GOD?
I, There is one GOD.
Phocybid.
2, Three Perfons.
3. This one GOD and three Perfons made
aU Things.
4. After other Things, He raade Man, and
that after His own Image, Gen. i. 25.
5. This Man fefl from that Eftate of Hap
pinefs, into Sin and Mifery, Ecclef
vii. 29.
5. Of himfelf, he was unable to get out of
it again.
7. Therefore, to manifeft His Love to him,
one of the Perfons, viz.. the fecond in
the Trinity, undertook to fuffer for his
Sins, and fo redeera him to Happi
nefs.
8. But feeing, as GOD, He could not fuffer,
Himfelf became Man.
9. He fo became Man, as ftifl to remain
GOD.
10. And fo is GOD and Man in one Perfoh,
Ifa. vii. 14.
4. Why is it only by this Chrift, we can come
to GO D ? S. Joh. xiv. 6. Becaufe He alone was
GOD and Man, and therefore by whom,
I . Our Sins can be pardoned.
2. Our Perfons juftified, (7<«/.ii. 15.
3. Our Hearts purified.
4. Our GOD reconciled, Rom. v. i.
"i
Uses.

378 Thefaurus Theologicus.

Uses.
I. Blefs GOD.
-I. For fending Chrift to die for you, and
for afl He did.
2. For revealing Him to you, as at this
time.
2. Come to GOD.
I. Motives. Confider,
I. GOD hath found out a Way, whereby
ye may come unto Him.
2. GOD Himfelf came to you, that you
might come to Him.
3. Unlefs you come unto Him, you can
not exped a Bleffing from Him.
4. Unlefs you come unto Hira here, you
muft go from Hira hereafter, S.Matt.
xxv. 41.
$. Corae to Him in Time, and live with
Hira to Eternity, S. Matth. xi. 28.
2. DireBions. Come,
r. Sincerely.
2. Refolvcdly, PfaL xxxix. i .
3. Hurably, Mich. vi. 8.
4. Whofly.
5. Incontinently, PfaL xcv. 7.
5. Believingly ; come in Chrift, believing
that through Him, ye fhafl be ac-
c;epted.
Doctrine II.
Chrift is an Afl-fufiicicnt Saviour, or dUe te
fave us to the utmoft.
I. What is it, to fave to the utmoft ? eU tb
I. To the Endj in <tter»um, as the 5yr. 2. Per-

 "¦' \  — — — — — ' 
Thefaurus Theologicus. 37^

2. Perfedly ; ad e.vtremitatem perfeBionis, as the
Aiiab. fo that afl comes from Him ; He can,
I. Begin it, Hebr- xii. 2.
2. Carry it on.
3. Perfed our Salvation, Hebr. xii. 2.
II. How ro the utmoft? He faves,
I. From afl Evil.
2. To afl Good.
I. Frora the Evil,
I. Of Sin.
2. Of Mifery.
I. From theEvilofSin,S, y^4rr^. i. 21.
AB: iii. 25.
2. Evils in Sin.
I. Guilt.
2. Strength. Chrift faves ^-om both,
I. From the Guilt.
I. What is Guilt? Know and
confider, that Sin,
I , Depriveth thee of former
Innocency.
2. Pofluteth with Filth, S.
Matth. XV. 20,
3. It turns the Soul from
GOD.
4. It offends G O D.
5. It tranfgreffeth the Law,
I S. Joh. iii. 4.
5. It deferveth Punifliment.
7. It aduady obligeth a Man
to the bearing of it,
and this is that wc call
Guilt, when a Man is
aduafly obliged to Pu
nifliment,
¦; How

380 ThefdUfus Theologicus.
2. How doth it appear, that Chrift
laves us from the Guilt of Sin ?
I. Becaufe in Chrift wc are pardon
ed, which properly lies in ta
king away the Guilt of Sin, or
its adual Ordination to Punilh-
mcnt, Ephef. iv. 32.
2. GOD is reconciled in Chrift, Rom.
V. I.
3. Our Perfons are juftified in Chrift,
GaL ii. i5.
3. How doth Chrift do this to fave us
from Guilt ?
By bearing the Punifliment which our
Sins obliged us to. .
For the opening of this, confider,
t. Chrift was GOD and Man,
2. Both in One Perfon,
3. This GOD-Man fuffered, Ifa.
Iiii. 3.
1. In His Life,
I. From Satan, S. Matth. iv.
2. From Men.
2. At His Death-, yea,
I . A cruel,
2. A curfed, GaL iii. 10.
3. An ignominious, Ifa. Iiii. 3.
4. A voluntary Death ; for He
caufed them to live, whilft
they brought him to Death.
4. Seeing tlie Perfon thus fuffering
was G O D as wefl as Man,
thefe His Sufferings were more
and of a greater Value, than
if afl the Men in the World
had fuffered. 5. Thefe

Thefaurus Theologicus. 381
5. Thefe Sufferings were only up
on the Account of Men, //*.
Iiii. 4i 5-
Not,
I. For Himfelf, Hebr. ii- itf-
2- The Angels.
3, Dcvils-
6. Such as believe in this Chrift,
GOD accepts of His Suffer
ings, as undergone for their
Sins,
7. The Punifliment of their Sins be
ing thus undergone, their Ob
ligation to it is taken away,
and fo Chrift faves us from the
Guilt of Sin.
Uses.
Infarmation-
1 , See here the odious Nature of Sin, Ffak
V- 9- Prov. XV, 8,
2. The Juftice, Mercy, and Wifdom of
GOD, in the Pardon of it.
, Exhortation.
I. Bewail thofe Sins that Chrift fuffered
fb much for.
2, Endeavour to turn from them.
3. Lay hold upOn Chrift for the Pardon
of thera.
Confidering,
I, You are guilty of raany and great
ones, Ezxa ix. 5,
2. There is not the leaft, but deferves
Hefl.
3, There is no way for thera to be
pardoned, but by Chrift.
4. Come to Chrift, and He wifl fave
you from them.
Doctrine

382 Thefaurus Thedogicus.

Doctrine IIL '
But I farther to explain the Afl-fufiiGiency of
thrift to fave us, let it be confider'd,
J. That Chrift is able to make us Holy. •
1. What is Holinefs?
It is a fincere and conftant Obedience to all
the Commands of GOD.
I. It is the Obedience-, to which is re-.
quired,
1. The Knowledge of what is com
manded.
2. The doing of what wc know to be
fo commanded.
3. Our therefore doing it, becaufe com
manded. Believe, quia ipfe dixlt^
obey, quia ipfe voluit.
2. It is fincere •, for,
I. It is not neceffary it fliould be perfed-
2- But it is, that it fliould not be hypocri
tical ', fo that, if it be not fincere,
it is not Obedience •, to Sincerity is
required,
I. A right Principle.
2, Right Ends.
3, Conftant, PfaL cxix, 1 1 2,
4, To the Commands of GOD, not Men.
.5. To afl the Commands, PfaL cxix. 5.
I. Of the Law.
I, Ofthe firft Table.
¦ 2. Of the fecond Table.
2, Of tfie Gofpel, S, Matth. v. 44,
2. How doth it appear, that Chrift can make
us Holy ?
I. He is our Sandification, iCor. 1,30,2.
2. He came on Purpofe, AB. iii. 25. 3. He

Thefaurus Theologicus. 383
3, He can bring us to Heaven, Hebr. xii. 14.
3. How doth Chrift do this for us ?
Know,
I. Afl are Sinners,
2. None can make himfelf Holy.
3. Chrift undertook it for us.
4. And therefore jjours forth His Spirit
upon us.
I , To enlighten our Minds, S. Joh. xiv.
26.
2. To redify our Wifls and Affedions.
Uses.
I. Confolation, S. Matth, xi, 28.
2. Exhortation. Endeavour after this Holinefs.
Confidering,
I. What Obligarions GOD hath laid upon
you to do it.
I. He made you.
2. Preferves you.
3, Provides for you,
4. And afl to engage you to Holinefs.
2, What Means He hath given you for the
Attainment of it.
I. His Ordinances.
2, His Providences, Hebr. xii, lo,
3. How much Chrift hath done to purchafe
it for you.
4. How miferable you are until you have i,t,
5. How happy with it.
I. Like to GOD.
2. A Title to afl His Promifes.
3. An Intereft in afl His Properties, Ifa..
xiv. 24.
4. And Heaven your Portion for ever,
D o c T R Ks a

384 Thefaurus Theologicus.

Doctrine IV.
IL Chrift is able alfo tO make us Happy.
I. What Happinefs?
I, In this World.
I. The Pardon of Sin, i S. Joh. ii. i,
2. Strength againft Corruption.
3. Power againft Temptatiori, S. Luk. xxii,
32.^
4, Protedion from Evil.
5, Diredion in afl Conditions, Jer. x.
13.
5. A Bleffing in afl Difpcnfations.
7. Increafe of Grace, 2 S, Pet. Hi. 1 8.
8, Accefs with Boldnefs to the Throne of
Grace, Hebr. iv. \6.
, 9. The Favour of GOD, Ffd- Ixiii. 3- anrf
XXX. 5.
I o. The Confolations of the Spirit.
2. In Heaven.
I. Perfed Freedom from afl Evil, Rev.
vii. 17.
2. A perfed Subjedion and Death of afl
Sin.
3. A Perfedion of afl Grace.
4. Perfed Vifion and Fruition of GOD,
I Cor. xiii. 17-
2. How doth it appear ?
Becaufe He ever lives to make InterCeffion
for us. Where confider,
I. How appears it, that He makes Inter
ccffion ? Ifa. Iiii. 12. Rom. vui. 34-'
I S. Joh. ii. I.
2, How doth He intercede ? Know,
I. Chrift died.
2. After, He rofe again*
' 3. After

Thefaurus Theologicus. 385
3. After forty Days, He afcended up to
Heaven.
4. There He hath been ever fince, and
is now.
5, He is not there for nothing, but per
forming Part of His Prieftly-Office,
interceding for us.
I . Making Requeft for us, fliewing His
Blood He offered, Hebr. ix. 24,2,5,
25.
2. Defending us from afl Accufations.
3. Supplying us with His Spirit, Ram'.
viii. 25.
4. Prefenting our Prayers to GOD,
and making them acceptable.
Rev. viii, 3, 4,
5, Preparing a Place for us, S, Joh.
xiv. 2.
Uses.
I. See the Way to Happinefs, S. Joh. xiv. 5.
2. Blefs GOD for fliewing it you.
3. Take Comfort in it.
4. Be advifed to look after it, even go to
Chrift. Confidcr,
I. Nothing can make you Happy without
Hira.
2. Nothing can make you Miferable with
Him.
E M Q^u 1 R Y L
L How rauft we get an Intereft in this Chrift?
I. Repent i which confifteth,
I. -In the Convidion of Sin, S. Joh. xvi. 8.
I. Of its own Filth.
2. Our Guilt, Pfd.li.:^.
ySL.m. B b 2. Con-

386 Thefaurus Theologicus.
2. Contrition for it, PfaL li. 17.
I. Hearty.
a. Univerfal.
3, Proportionate.
3. Refolution againft it, PfaL xxxix, i, and
xvii, 3. .
I. Stedfaft.
2. Hurable,
3, Continued.
4. Converfion from it ; fo as,
I. To leave undone our former Sins,
Ezxk. xxxiii, 11.
2. To do our neglcded Duties, Zach.
i, 3.
2. Go out of yourfelves.
I. Renounce your own Righteoufnefs and
Merit, 7^. Ixiv. 5.
2. Your own Strength and Power, 2 C«r.
iii. 5.
3. Believe in Chrift, AB.xrl 30.
I. What is it we are to believe concerning
Him?
I . That He was the Son of the Liwng
GOD, S. Matth. xvi. 1 5.
2. That He became Man, i Tim. ii. 5.
3. That He died, i Cor. ii. 2.
4. Rofe again, AB. ii. 24.
5, Afcended, AB. i. 9,
5. Now fits at the Right-Hand of GOD,
making Interceflion for us.
7. That He fliafl come to be our Judge,
2 Ttm. iv. I ,
8. That through Hira, we may have Par
don and Juftification, Rom. v. i.
9. That in Him, wc may have Grace alfo,
and Sandification, i Cor. i. 2.
10. That

Thefaurus Theologicus. 387
10. That through Him, and Him only, we
can come to Heaven, jiB. iv. 1 2.
2. What is it to believe thefe Things ?
1. To know them, S. Joh. xvii. 3.
2. To affent to thera.
3. Appropriate them to yourfelves, S-Jok
XX. 28.
3. Why fliould we believe thefe Things ?
I. Becaufe it is only by Faith in them^
that you can partake of thera, S; Jok
xvi. 3.
2. Becaufe we have the Word of GOD
for them.
I. Recorded in Scripture.
2. Preached by the Miniftry.
3. Becaufe they were confirmed midft by
Miracles, S. Matth. xi. 21.
4. We arc comraanded alfo to believt,
S. Mar.i. 15.
E N Q_U I R Y II.
L How rauft we attain this Faith ?
I, Pray,- S. Jam.i. ,%.
I. Earneftly, PoOT. jtii. II.
2. Spirituafly, i Cor, xiv. 13.
3. Underftandingly, i Cor, xiv. 1 5.'
4, Humbly, S, Lui. xviii. 13,
5. Believingly, S. Jam. i. 5. S. Mattk xxi.
^ 22.
5. Conftantly, i Thef. v. 17- Colsfiv.i.
2. Hear.
I . Attentively.
2. Faithfufly, Hebr. iv. 2.
3, Meekly, S.5^-«w». i. 21.
4. Refolvcdly, rcfolving,-
i. To repent of the yins you hear re
proved, AB. ii. 37.
B b 2 2. To

388 Thefaurus Theologicus.
2. To perform the Duties you hear en
joined, S. Joh. xiii, 17.
5, Frequently, 6. Luk. iv. 1 5.
5. Now, at this prefent, Pfal. xcv. 6, j.
3. Receive the Sacraments,
I. What is theSacraraent ? An Ordinance,
wherein under the Signs of Bread and
Wine, the Body and Blood of Chrift,
with afl the Merits of His Death and
Paffion, are reprefented to us.
2. What is requifite to our right Receiving
of this Sacraraent ?
I . Knowledge of,
I , One GOD. 'o -arp^TiV '^ -^ aAwflBj
S-iO(SiCeiAs yvdeiey^A.
2, Chrift.
3. The Nature ofthe Sacraraent, i Cor.
xi. 29,
4. Our own Hearts, i Cor. xi. 28, Jer. •
¦xvii. 9.
2. Senfe of Sin.
I. Original, Pfal. li. 3.
2. Adual, PfaL Ii. 4.
3. Faith in Chrift.
I . For the Pardon of thefe Sins.
2. The Acceptance of our Perfons.
4. Love to our Neighbours, S.Matth.v. 23.
3. Refolutions of future Obedience,
3, What are the Motives, whereby we fliould
ftir up ourfelves and others to the re
ceiving of it ?
I. god's Command, S, Luk. xxii. 19.
I Cor. xi. 25.
2. The Apoftles Example, AB. ii, 42.
3. The Saints Experiences.
4. Our own Neceflities, which may be
here fupplied ; as, I. Pardon

Thefaurus Theolo^cus. 389
I. Pardon of Sin, AB. ii. 38.
2. Strength againft Corruption.
5. Increafe of Grace.
What Graces are to be exercifed in
the Sacrament ? Or how muft we
receive it ? "With,
I . Fear, Frov. xxiiL 1 7.
2. Repentance,
3, Defire,
1 , Of Grace and Communion with
GOD.
2. Glory, Phil.i. 23.
4. .Faith, S. Joh. vi. 47.
I , That GOD as reafly confecrated
His Son from Eternity.
2. That He as reafly died.
3. Is as reafly offered.
4. Wifl as reafly nourifli our Soulsf;
;S. Joh. vi. 33- as the outward
Signs reprefent it.
5- Joy-
6. Love, Rom- v. 8.
7, Thankfulnefs.
I . For His Birth and Incarnation,
S. Luk- ii. 14.
2. His Life and Converfation.
3. His Death and Paffion.
4. His Merits and Mediation.
How muft we thank Him ?
1. Negatively. Not by finning
againft Him.
2. Pofitively.
1. By praifing Him in our
Hearts, S. Luk. i. 45.
2. By glorifying Him in our
/ Lives,
B b 3 Hebr.

390 Thefaurus Theologicus.

Hebr. ix. 27, 28.
Ver. 27. And as it is appointed un-f
to all Men once to die., but after this the
Judgment :
Ver. 28. 5*0 Chriji was once offered
to hear the Sins of many ; ar^d unto
them that look for Him fhall He appear
the fecond time^ without Sin., unto Sal
vation.

I. r-p! H E «e?T*iwf.
\ i. it is appointed ta die once-
I, Todie, C»«.ii. 17.
2. Once.
I . Ordinarily, i Cor- xv. 5 r .
2. I^aturaUy.
3. Teraporally, Pei;. ii. ii.
2,. After that the Judgment.
I . Private, or Particular, Ecclef. xii. 7.
Where,
I. Our Lives fhafl be reviewed.
2. Our Repentance, 0-c. examined.
3. Our Perfons judged accordingly.
2. General.
I . Afl Perfons fliafl rife, i Cor. xv. 52.
2, Appear perfqqafly, 2 Cor. v. 10.
3 Before Chrift.
4. Who wifl pafs a final Sentence,
• I, Of Abfolution on the Juft, S. Matfh.
xxy. 3^, ' 2. Con-

Thefaurus Theologicus. 391
2. Condemnation on the Impenitent,
S. Matth. xxv. 41.
II. ATiJ^rtf,
I, Chrift's Oblation.
I. He was offered, :Ro»».v. 5.
2. Once, I S, Pet. iii, 13.
3. To take away the Sins of many, Ifa. Iiii.
5,5.
2. His fecond Appearance.
1 . He fliaU appear, AB. i, 1 1 .
2. Without Sin imputed.
3. Unto Salvation.
4. Unto them that look for Him.
I. Patiently.
2. Faithfufly, or believingly, S. Luk.
xviii. 8.
3. Watchfully, S, Mar. xiii. 34, 35, 35,
37,
Use.
Prepare for Death, Judgment, and the fecond
Appearing of Chrift.

B b 4 Hebr.

392 Thefaurus Theologicus.

Heb r. X. 38.
Now the Juft fhall live by Faith. ——
Doctrine
THE Juft jhall live by Faith, Hab. ii. 4.
Rom. i. 1 7. 2 Cor. v. 1 1 .
. Who is the Juft ?
I. Negatively.
I. Not any fcandalous Sinner, Drunkard,
Swearer, Adulterer.
2. Not any fecret Sinner that lives in any-
known Sin, be it never fo fecret ; whe-
"ther of,
I. Commiffionj Covetous, Proud, Cenfo-
rious.
2. Omiffion, S. Mhtth. xxv. 42.
3. Not every civil, moral Man.
2. Pofitively. Such as are juftified,
I. By Faith before GOD, Gal. Hi. 1 1,
2, By Works before Men, S. Jam. ii. 25.
I . Works of Equity, Tit. ii. 1 2.
2. Works of Charity.
I. To our Neighbours in general, S.Joh.
^ xiii. 34.
2. Our Enemies in particular, S.Matth.
V. 44.
3. The Saints ^bove afl, GaL vi. ro.
I. By the Spirit of GOD.
2. In the Manner of GOD.
3. To the Glory of GOD.
II. What Faith ?
I. The Subftance. of Things hoped for, P/e^r.

XI. I.

I: The

Thefaurus Theologicus. 393
I. The Merits of GOD the Son.
I . His Life, Rom. v. 1 9.
2. Death, i S. Joh. i. 7. Hebr.ix. 14.
3. Rcfiirrcdion, Co/ojT^iii. I.
4. Afcenfion, ibid.
5, Interccffion, P/eir. ix. 24. i S. yofe.
ii. I.
2. The Favour of GOD the Father, PfaL
xxx, 5, and xxxvi, 3.
3. The Graces of GOD the Spirit-
I- Enlightning, ^er. xxxi. 34, '
2. Sandifying, Pow. xv. i5-
3. Quickning, S. Joh. vi. 63.
4. Direding, Jer. x. 23. Ifa. xiv. 13.
5. Confirming, i Cor. i. 8.
4. The Enjoyment of Fathes, Son, and
Holy Ghoft.
2. The Evidence of Things not feen.
I. The Glory of GOD i Wifdom, Power,
Juftice.
2, The Mediation of Chrift, S. Joh. xx.
29.
3. The Sinfulncfs of Sin, Ram. vii. 13.
4. The prefent Mifery of a Sinner.
5. Thejudgment that fucceeds Death, Ecclef.
xii. 7. 2 Cor. 3. ;o. P/e^r. ix. 27,
6. The Eternity that wifl come after Tirae.
III. What is it to live by Faith ?
I, GOD's Proraife ; and fo they fliafl live,
I . The Life of Grace here,
2. The Life of Glory hereafter, S, Joh. Hi.
36.
2. Man's Duty ¦, live,
I. In the conftant Perfuafion of them,
2. In a conftant Reliance upon them.
5- In a conftant Endeavour after them- IV. Why

39+ Thefaurus TheohgicUs.

IV. Why live by Faith ?
X . Faith is GOD's Glory, Rom. iv. 20.
2. A Chriftian's Life, GaL ii, 20,
3. Duty's Perfurac, Hebr. xi. 6. Ifa. Ixvi. 3.
4. The Heart's Support, PfaL xxvii. 1 3.
5. The Saint's Comfort, i S. Pet. i. 8.
6. The Way to the Soul's Happinefs, AB.
xvL 31- U s E s.
I. Walk by Faith.
, 1 . In the Performance of Holy Duties.
I. Pray.
2. Hear. '
3. Rteccive Sacraments.
4. Meditate by Faith, i Tim. iv. 1 5.
2. In ftudying the Word.
3. In the midfl of GOD's Defertions, Ifa.
liv. 7-
4. The Devil's Temptations.'
5. Thine own Corruptions.
6. The Confluence of earthly Enjoyments.
7. When thou haft nothing clfe to live
8. At the Hour of Death.
2. Live like one who believeft,
I. That thou haft a Soul, as wefl as Body, to
look after, S, Matth. xvi. 25.
2. That there is a GOD thou oughtft to
ferve, Ephef. ii. 12.
3. That thou art not thine own, but His;
by,
I. Creation.
2. Prefervation.
3. Redemption, i Cor. vi. 20. 4. That

Thefaurus Theologicus. 395
4. That He always looks upon thee, Ffd.
cxxxix. 2, 3, 4, &c.
5. That He is angry at every Sin ; and fo,
that every Sin is Mortal.
5. That the Scriptures are GOD's Word,
2 77wi. iii. 1 5.
7. That the Lord Chrift died for Sin, thy
Sin.
8. That true Piety is the beft Policy, i Tim.
iv. 8. The only way to be rich, ho
nourable, comfortable.
9. That thou muft one Day die, Hebr. ix.
27.
10. Come to Judgment, Hebr.ix. 2^. 2 Cor.
V. 10. »
1 1 . There is a HeU, S. Mattb. If V, 45.
12. A Heaven.

H

£ B R.

3 9 6 Thefaurus Theologicus.

Hebr. xi. 5.
— ^— ..-For, before his Tranflation., he had
this Teftimony., that he pleafed GOD.
TH I S Chapter may wefl be cafl'd F^dei enco
mium ; A Chapter raade in the Praife of
Faith. In the firft Verfe, there is the Nature of
Faitlr defcribed '; in the fecond, the Defcription
of Faith confirmed •, in the reft of the Chapter,
there is this Confirmation illuftrated by the In-
dudion of ftveral E.xamples of GOD's Wor
thies undefllthe Old Teftament ; what noble
Exploits thy did, by the Vertue of this Grace of
Faith. Some Examples he brings of thofe that
lived before the Flood, others of thofe that lived
after the Flood ; before the Flood, Abel, Enoch,
Noah. 'Tis Enoch that is the Perfon fJ5oke of in
my Text, and therefore paffmg by the othefs, let
us fix our Meditations a little upon hira, and for
the better Cognizance of him, I would defire you
to turn unto the fifth of Genefis, where you have
a Catalogue of the Patriarchs that lived before
the Flood; and amongft the reft, in the 21, 22,
23, 24, ver. you have a brief Hiftory of this
Enoch, wherein are two Things confiderable, that
conduce to the explaining of my Text.
I. His Life, his Converfation, his Walk.
n. His Change, Tranflation, or Reft.
I . His Life ; His Walk was always with GOD,
which you have explained. Cap. vi. 9. both which
Places Onkelos, in his Chaldee Paraphrafe, explains it

Thefaurus Theologicus. 397

it by .i^n^m3 T|Vn;/^n ^ And he walked in the
Fear of GOD , and fo Jonathan and T H. ex
pound that in the Sixth ; but concerning Enoch,
n^pi'''; CZJl}?^ «ipi^Mp3TI"iJnj And Enoch worfliipped
GOD In Truth, Chap. V. 24. But the great Que-
ftion is. Where Enoch had this Teftimony, fpoken
of in my Text, that he pleafed GOD? To this I
anfwer. That the Bible that was moft comraonly
in ufe in our Saviour's and the Apoftles Days,
was not the Original Text, but the Greek Tran
flation, or the Septuaglnt; and therefore it was, that
the Evangelifts and Apoftles, in quoting the Old
Teftament, do not quote it according to the He
brew Text, but Greek Tranflation ; efpeciafly, fee
ing that they wrote in Greek, an^fo, if they
would have quoted it according t^the Hebrew
Text, themfelves fliould have been at the Pains
to have tranflated it, which would have been raore
than needs, they having fo good a Tranflation fit
ted to their Hands, and fo gencrafly receiv'd a-
,mongft them, as the Septua?;mt TranH^tioa was;
and therefore it was, that in raoft, or afl their
Quotations of the F. T they raake ufe of the
Greek Copy, not the Hebrew Text,, as I could fliew
you by the Indudion of the Place? themfelves,
was it either neceffary or pertinent to the Truth I
intend to handle. And truly, ifl had under
taken it, I needed not have gone far for a Proof;
for my Text itfelf is a pregnant Example
of it. In Gen. V. 22, 24. lUn !J?nroi c-nV nm
And Enoch walled with GOD.^ which the Septua-
glm tranflates, 'Et/Mper«o-s 'E;vj;^ ttJ Qia; and fo
the Syriack, And Enoch pleafed COD. And hence it
is, that the Apoftle, in citing the Teftimony which
GOD gave of Enoch, cites it not according to
to the Hebrew Text, but Creek Tranflation, And he

398 Thefaurus Theologicus.
he pleafed GOD:, which likewife feems to me a
fufficient Argument to prova, that this Epiftle
to the Hebrews was not written, as fome would
have it, originafly iat\ie Hebrew, but Creeyl Lan
guage ; it feeming altogether improbable, that
the Apoftle fliould make ufe of any Tranflation,
if himfelf had ufed the Language that the Text
itfelf was written in ; this would be to tranflate
a Tranflation into that Language, ffom which that
Tranflation was firft tranflated.
2. His Change, onbs mx Dpb' D UJ'^KI. Jind
he was not, for GOD took him.
And he was not ; not fimply he was not in be
ing, for he was the fame after, which he was
before his Tranflation ; but as the Targ. Jori.
>\ ><n oy ^n yWl_ «ni nj;]». And behold, he was not
with the Generations upon Earth, he was not
any longer with the Children of Men in this
lower World, for GOD took him, viz. unto Him
felf, and that, as it feems, not the comraon way
of Death, but by an extraordinary Tranflation of
hira i which may appear,
I , In that it is not laid of him as of the reft,
2, Onkelos in his Chaldee Paraphrafe faith ex-
prefly, ^V\ '^^^^ **7 ^"^: '^y^% '• ,
And he was not, but GOD did not kifl
hira.
3. The Apoftle faith plainly, MsljT&fln n
(i» //«»- ^dydHov, That he fliould not fee
Death.
But I come not hither to Day, to preach
Controvcrfy, but to preach Duties ; 'tis
not ray Intent, to fifl your Heads with
notional Spceuladons, but, if poffible,
your Hearts with Affedions ; and there fore.

Thefaurus Theologicus. 399
fore, 'tis not how Enoch was changed,'
but how he lived ; not how GOD took
him, but how he pleafed GOD, that I
fliafl make the Matter of my Difcourfe
at this time.
He had this Teftimony, That he pleafed
GOD. Certainly, my Brethren, what
was Enoch's Teftimony, ought to be our
Duty, ahd what GOD comraands id
one. He coramands in afl ; and there
fore I ftiafl turn EnocVs Teftimony ii^-
to this
DOCTRINE-
'Tis every one's Duty to pleafe GOD-
Five Queries.
I. Who is this GOD, that we ought to
pleafe ?
2. What is it, to pleafe this GOD ?
3, How may vie pleafe this GOD?
4, -When?
5. Why fhould wc pleafe Him ?
I , Who is this GOD, that we ought to
pleafe ? Who ! the Great and Glo
rious Jehovah, the Being of afl Be
ings,
2, What is it to pleafe GOD? It is to
do that which this GOD may take
Pleafure in, that which GOD may
accept, and whereby we may keep
GOD's Favour and Good-wifl, i Sam.
xviii. 25. It pleafed David wefl, to be
the King's Son-in-Law ; that is, he
was glad of it. If fo, GOD Will
rejoice over thee with Joy, Zeph.
iii. 17.
2. How may we pleafe this GOD? I. By

400 Thefaurus Theologicus.
I. By Believing in Him, and His Son
Jefiis Chrift.
2. By Obeying His Commands.
4. When ? Through the whole Courfe of
our Lives.
5. Why fliould we pleafe Hira ?
I. It is His Comraand ; and there
fore,
2. Our Duty.
3. It is the End God made us for.
4. It is for His Honour.
5. It is our Intereft.
5, It is our Comfort here ; and
7. Wifl be our everlafting Happinefs
hereafter.
%

Hebr. xii. 10,
'-''' But He for our Profit., that we might
be Partakers of His Holinefs.
I /'^ O D doth not punifli us for His Pleafure,
VJ but our Profit.
I. Not His Pleafure ; as appears,
I . From Scripture, Lam. iii, 3 3 . Ezek. xxxiii.
1 1;
2. Frora Reafon.
2, But for our Frofit.
I. Not as if we always thought it fo.
2. Nor as if it did always reafly prove fo,
Ifa. i. 3,
3. But fo as that GOD intends oui- Profit.
. II. The

Thefaurus Theologicus. 40 ]

II, The Profit of Afflidions is, that they are
Means, whereby ipe are made Partakers of His
ffolinefs. I. What is Holinefs ?
2, Why His Holinefi ?
I. He is the Fountain.
2. Rule and Pattern.
3. Caufe.
I. Meritorious.
2. Efficient.
3. Final.
3, What is it to partake of H's Holinefi ?
I. Naturafly we are fufl of Sin,
2, When converted, wc arc faid to partake
of Holinefs,
4. What Profit is there, in being made Par
takers of His Holinefs ?
I, Gencrafly. It is profitable for afl
Things, I Tim. iv. 8.
2. Particularly.
I. U this World.
1. The Pardon of Sin.
2. The Favour of GOD.
2. In the World to come.
1. Freedora from afl EviL
2. The Enjoyment of afl Good.
5, How are Afflidions Means to our partaking
of Holinefs ?
I. To deaden us to the World.
2, Subdue our Sins,
3, To draw us to Duty, Hofiv. 15,
4. Put us upon the Exercife of Graces.
I, Repentance.
2. Faith.
3. Patience.
FoL III. C c 4. Truffe

402 Thefaurus Theologicus.

4," Truft in GOD-
5. Thankfulnefs.
5. Heavenly-mindednefs.
Uses-
I , Blefs GOD for Afflidions.
2. Improve thera aright.

Hebr. xiii. 5, 6.
Ver. 5.  For he hath faid., I
will never leave thee., nor forfake thee.
Ver. -6. So that we may boldly fay.,
the Lord is my Helper. '- 

¦H

ERE is a gracious Promife cited, Ou i^n
(Ti dya, b'J^' 8 //)) as iyx.ATAXi'Tra.
1. To whom was this Promife made ?
I . To all Ifrael in general, Deut. xxxi. 5,
2. To Jofiiua in particular, Deut. xxxi, 8.
Jofii. i. 3,
3. To afl the Children of GOD, Rom.iv.
, 13, 14, i<J-
So that, in order to our having this Pro
mife fulfifled to us, it is neceflary,
I, That we belieyc in Chrift, in whom
the Promifes are afl made and con-
¦ ¦ firmed to us, 2 Cor. i. 20. Ephef. iii.
5. GaL iii. 22.
2, That we apply the Promife to ourfelves,
and truft in G O D for the Per
formance

Thefaurus Theologicus. ¦ 403
formance of, it unto us, 2 Cor. vi.
1 5, 1 8.- and Vii» i. 2 S. Pet. i. 4,
Hebr. xiii. 3, 5.
2- What is the Purport of this Promife, i will
never leave thee, nor forfake thee?
That GOD will, be always with us, not only
by His effential Prefence, TfaL cxxxix. 7.
but by His fpecial Prefence, Ifit. xii. 10.
I . By His Wifdom, to direct us, Jfa. xxx. 2 1 .
Pfal. xxv. 12.
2. By His Spirit, to comfort us, S. Joh. xiv.
16, 17, 18.
3. By His Power, to proted and defend us
fironi Evil, PfaL cxxi. 7.
I. Spiritual, from. Sin and Temptations,
Jer. xxxii. 40.
2. Temporal, Ift.xYi.io. and xliii. 2.
4. By His AlLfufficiency, He wifl blefs ni
with afl Good, PfaL xxxiv. 10. and
Ixxxiv, II.
I. In the inward, Ezek. xxxvi. 25, 25.
Jer. xxxi. 33.
2. In the outward Man, S, Matth.vi. 33.
Hence obferve,
I. The Happinefs of afl thofe that
truly fear GOD, PfaL cxliv. 15.
2. What the Apoftle here infers thence,
fo that we may boldly fay, the Lord
is my Helper, I wifl not fear what
Man fliall do unto me. "flrg q-a'p-
1. That the Lord is our Helper, 7/^.
xii. 13, 14.
He helps us,
I. To prevent, PfaL cxxi j.
2. To bear, i Cor. x. 13, Ifa. xii.
10.
C e 2 3. To

404 Thefaurus Theologicus.
3. To improve, PfaL cxix. 71.
Hebr. xii. 10.
4. To overcome, our Troubles,
2 S- Pet. ii. 9. PfaL cxxiv.
I, 2, 5.
2. Hence we need not fear what
Man can do unto us.
I. What is Fear?
iiC&- 8?j aJ-wm T/f n T«^;)(^»| o«, ^etf-
TA^IAf /LtiAAOCT©- »«,»? ») ^firtp-
TiKv « Au-arnp?, S. Athanaf.
It proceeds,
I. Soraetiraes from tfie Judg
ment of G O D, Levit.
xxvi. 35.
2. Ordinarily from our own
corrupt Natures, and
guilty Confciences, Prov.
xxviii, I. Pfal. Iiii. 5,
3- From Want of Confide
ration and Belief .on
the Promifes of GOD,
I S. Joh. iv. 18,
Who is,
I . Free in making,
2. Faithful in performing.
His Promifes,' Tlr. i.
2, Deut. vii. 9.
2. Why need we not fear, if
GOD be our Helper ?
Rom. viii. 3 1 . pfd. cxviii, 5.
1. He is wifer thap Man ,
2 S. Pet. ii. 9.
2. More powerful, S. A/^rr/?,
xix. 25.
3. Man can do nothing with
out Him, AB. xvii.' 28.
4. He

Thefaurus Theologictii. 40 5

. He can turn Mens Defigns
againft themfelves, Pfal.
vii. 15, 1 5. and ix. 13.
. And make them work to
gether for our Good ,
J?o»f. viii. 28, As in Jo
feph, Daniel, &C.
Hence obferve,
I. Where our Help lies ,
Hof xiii, 9. PfaL cSxi.
I, 2. and cxxiv. 8.
2 chron. xx. i2,
2. Whom wc muft thank
for our Deliverances,
Ffal. cxv. I .
3. Fear not Man, S.jW^rr/?.
X. 28. Ffal. xxvii. i.
and xlvL 1,2,3. Hebr.
xiii. 5, 5.

C C 3 S. J A M.

406 Thefaurus Theologicus.

S.J

A M. L 5,

If any of you lack Wifdom., let him ask of
' GOD., that giveth to all Men liber ally ^
and uphraideth not ', and it fhall he
given him.

P

Doctrine.
Rayer is the Means to the Attairiraent of
fpiritual Mercies.

L What Prayer is. ,
It is a Holy Calling upon the true GOD, in
the Name of Jefus Chrift His Son our Saviour,
for the beftowing of fome Mercy that is defired,
the preventing of fome Danger that is feared,
or the removing of fome Mifery that is felt, by
ourfelves or others.
I. It is a Calling, which is either mental,
Rev. vi: 10. or vocal, S. Joh. xvii. i.
2. A Holy Calling, as we call upon a Holy
GOD, fo we muft cafl upon Him, in a Holy
Ma h aer.
3. Upon GOD, not upon Angels, nor Saints,
nor any Creature, becaufe they can neither know
what we ask, nor fapply what we want, 2 King.
x:;''. .''¦'•
4 Upon the true GOD, not only GOD in
cur !¦', ;cy, but in Reality, i King, xviii, 27. they
t 1 u,;o . a GOD, but a falfe one, and therefore
lu * ¦¦.¦^:d- Rom. x. 13, 14.
5. in tut Narne of Chrift, S, Joh. xiv- 13, 14.
¦v.o' .-'.', I-- a lid xvi. 24, 25.
6. For

Thefaurus Theologicus. 407
. — „.  .  -il
5. For the beftowing of fome Mercy, that is.
lacking, 7. The preventing of forac Danger, that is
feared ; or,
8. The reraoving of fome Mifery, that is
felt, • 9. By ourfelves or others, i Tim. ii. i. and
with much Faith, S. Matth. xxi. 22.
II. How doth it appear, that Faith is thiis a
Means to fpiritual Mercies ?
I, From G O D's Promifes, S. Matth. vii. 7,
and xxi, 22. S. ^okxvi. 23.
2. The Saints Pradices, who, whatfoever they
wanted, would ftifl addrefs themfelves by Prayer
tb GOD for it.
Uses-
I, Exhortation. To pray.
Mot'ives.
I, Confider what an eafie way this is to get
Mercies, but ask and have, S, Matth.
vii. 7. and 'tis not worth having, if not
worth asking.
2. How many Mercies we want: What
great Mercies.
3, It is a conftant Attendant of Grace, Zach.
xii. 10, AB. ix. II.
4. No Promife fliall be fulfilled to us, with
out our Prayer to GOD, Ezei. xxxvi.
37-
3. It is the chief way of our Worfliip we owe
to GOD, Gen. iv. 25. Pfal. Ixxix, 5,
. Ifa. Ixiv. 7.
5. It is the chief way of our enjoying GOD
in this World,
C c 4 2. Di'

4o8 Thefaurus Theologicus,
2. DireBion how to pray and ask of GOD.
Something is to be done before, in, and after
Prayer.
1. Before, iS. Per. iv .7. K« ca^fws hV t*?
va^dLxdf-
J. Meditation,
I. Of GOD's Glory, which wc are
then going before, thinking with
ourfelves. Well, I .am now going
into the Prefence of the Great
GOD, XTc.
2, Our own Neceffity, what we want
and ftand in need of; as, if the
King fliould make a Promife to
any of us, that whatfoever wc
would ask of Hira, He would
giye it us, we would prefently be
think ourfelves, what we ftand in
the moft need of, and that be
fure we fliould aslc, Efth. v. 3.
S. Matth. xiv. 7, 8.
2. Repentance ; we muft empty our
Hearts bf Sin, before GOD will
fill our Hearts with Mercy, Pfa^.
ixvi. 18,
3- Faith, S, Matth. xxi 22.
2. In Prayer, -
I- Call upon Hira under fome of ^hofe
Names and Titles, which He hath
given Himfelf in His Holy Scri
ptures, as in the LORD's-Prayer.
2. Do' not only raife up a Holy Fear
and Reverence of Him, at the firft,
by thofe Compellations, but keep a
lively and conftant Senfe and Appre
henfion of- thera in thy Heart, all
thi

Thefaurus Theologicus. 409
the while thou art praying to Hira ;
efpeciafly, in every new Petition, do
thou cafl in frefli Apprchenfions of
His Glory to whom thou makeft
them ; and thofe, fuitable to the Pe
tition thou art putting up; as, if thou
askeft Forgivenefs of thy Faults, ap
prehend Him as a GOD infinitely
merciful ; if Grace, as one juft to aU
his Promifes, &c.
. Then humbly confefs thy Sins to Him,
humbly defiring a Pardon from Him
of thy Sins, afl, original and adual,
&c. Ib far' as. thou canft remember
thy Sins; in particular, fuch and fuch
a Sin, I S. Joh. i. 9.
Bewail thy Corruptions to Him, and..
defire they may be fubdued by Him,
efpeciafly fuch as thou findeft moft
ftrong within thee,
. Having defired thy Sins may be fub
dued under thee, defire GOD's Grace
to be implanted in thee.
. Be fure to ask nothing of GOD, but
only in the Name of Chrift, S.Jeh.
xvi. 23, and therefore, I would have
thee put in, for the fake of Chrift.,
to the End of every Petition, tfio'
not with thy Voice, yet, howfoevcr,
in thy Thoughts, Pardon this Sin
for the fake of Chrift ; Give me
this Grace for the fake of Chrift,
&c.
'. Be fure to proportion thy Defires to
GOD's Promifes ; what He hath pro
mifed abfolutely, that 'mayft" then ask

410 Thefaurus Theologicus,
ask abfolutely ; what He hath pro
mifed conditionafly, that muft thou
ask conditionafly.
8. Afl the while thou praycft, apprehend
Chrift, as handing thy Prayers to
His Father, and defiring they may
be granted, Hebr. vii. 23. faying, as
S. Paul to Philemon for Onefimus, ver.
9, 10. nay, not only defiring, but
pleading for the Audience of our
Prayers, i S.Joh. ii. i.
9, Never pray for thyfelf, but remeraber
to pray for the Church too, PfaL Ii.
18. and cxxxvii. 5. HD^Q TU j^H^;
10. Never go to the Governor of Heaven,
but be fure to pray for thy Gover
nor upon Earth, i Tim. ii. i .
1 1 . Mix Praifes with thy Prayers.
1 2. Whatfoever thou askeft, be fure to ask
in Faith, S. Matth. ¦ xxi. 22. S. Jam.
i, 5,
3, After Prayer. So foon, therefore, as
thou haft prayed, thou fliouldft not
prefently remove thy Heart to thy
worldly Occafions, as fome wifl do ; as
if Heaven and Earth were fo near to
gether, that one might fiep frora the
one to the other ; but, as it is a good
while, before we can get up our Hearts
frora Earth to Heaven, fo it fhould be
a good while too, before we fliould
bring down our Hearts frora Heaven
to Earth again ; and queftionlefs, it
wifl be fo, if our Hearts be really
mounted up in the fiery Chariot of a
fervent Prayer to thofe Things that are
above ;

Thefaurus Theologicus. 4 1 1
above ; for to me it feems a thing im-
poffible, for one that hath had a View
of thofe unfpeakable Glories that are
in- Heaven, prefently to be taken with
thefe unprofitable Vanities upon Earth.
And therefore it is, that I always did,
and ever fliafl, 'fufped, that that Man,
whilft be prayed,was never raifed up to
• theThings that are above,who,when he
hath prayed, can imraediately fafl down
to thefe Nothings that are below : And
indeed. Prayer being the whole Work
and Bufinefs ofthe Soul for the prefent,
I cannot fee how we can pafs from it
to earthly Employments, if we would;
or howfoevcr, I cannot fee, how we
might, though we could ; for, I cannot
but look upon it to be a Chriftian's
Duty, to watch after, aS well as unto,
Prayer ; and that it is a great Miftake
in filly Man to think, that when he
hath ended his Praying, he hath no
more to do with his Prayers -, for if
we ferioufly confider ir. we fhafl find,
that the Uttering of our Prayers before
GOD is the leaft Part of our praying
to Hira ; and that our hardeft Work
begins, when our Prayer is ended :
And this is that,which,by the Affiftance
of my GOD, 1 fliall endeavour to di
red you in at this time; and the rather,
becaufe thoagh many have writ and
preached much concerning what wc
are to do, before, and in our Prayers ;
yet few or none, that I could ever fee
or hear of, have handled this great
Work the Soul haih to do after
Prayer,

412 Thefaurus Theologicus.
Prayer ; or howfoevcr, not fo fully as I
think it ought to be fpoken to ; which
therefore, that I may fomething dired
you in, let me advife you, fo foon as
your Prayer is ended, to paufe a while,
to be filent and quiet in yourfelves,
not fuffering other Things to come
into your Heart, nor your Heart to
go out to other Things, but reflcd
upon what you have been doing of;
and obferve thefe three Things :
I. The Manner.
2. The Matter.
3, The Returns of the Prayers you have
put up to G O D.
I . The Manner, and how ill, and how
well you have prayed, and for
that confider."
I . The Iraperfedions of your Prayers
to GOD, what ftrange Diftra-
dions, and vain Imaginations
poffefs'd your Spirits,and fo de
filed your Prayers ; what vain
Thoughts the Devil fuggefted,
and yourfelves indulged.
2. The Comraunications of GOD's
Grace to you ; as you arc to
confidcr what the Devil did
againft you, fo likewife, what
GOD did for you; what In
fluences of His Spirit, Incomes
of His Grace, and Difcoveries
of His Glory He vouchfafefl to
you-; and be humbled under
the former, and thankful for
this latter. 2. The

Thefaurus Theologicus. 413
2. The Matter ; wherein,
I . Confeffion ; which is a Part of
Prayer, Deut. ix. 4, and as we
are to confefs the Sins that were
committed by us, that GOD
might pardon them, fo we are
to remeraber the Sins which
were confeffed by us, that we
might forfake them ; without
which, we may confefs our Sins
to GOD, but GOD wifl never
pardon thera to us, Prov. xxviii.
1 3. and truly, without this, the
Confeffions of our Sins unto
GOD, wiflybut be the Aggra
vation of our Sins againft Hira.
2. Petition ; as we are to confider
what Sins we have confeffed be
fore Him,fo likewife, what Mer
cies we have defired of Hira ;
that fo,
I, We may exped them from Him,
PfaL V, 3. What Archer is
thcre,that wifl flioot, and not
obferve whether his Arrow
hit the Mark ? What Mer-
chant,that wifl trade, and not
look for the Return of his
Ships? Or Husbandman, that
wifl fow, and not exped the
Harvcft? And why fliould a
Chriftian, of afl People, work,
and not exped a Bleffing ?
Certainly, to defire a Mercy
of GOD, and never to look
for it from Him, is but to
mock GOD, making Him be
lieve

414 Thefautus Theologicus.

lieve we would have fuch a
thing, when we matter not
whether we have it or no,
2 Serve Providence in the Ufe of
Means, for the Attainment of
what thou defireft. Though
GOD hath proraifed to
give Mercies to His praying
People, yet He never pro
mifed to work Miracles ; and
it would be a Miracle, for
GOD to give Mercies with
out Means, when He hath
^appointed Means for the At
tainment of them ; G O D
wrought a Miracle for S.Peter,
in opening the Prifon-Door,
becaufe there was no-body
elfe would do it ; but S. Peter
muft knock, when he comes
where thcDifciples were met,
,' * AB. xii. 10, 13.
."^Thankfgiving; Reraeraber what
Mercies thou gaveft GOD
Thanks for with thy Mouth,
that fo thou raayft perfed His
Praife for them in thy Life.
_ And from this Confideration of
our refleding upon what we
have defired, I think, may be
raifed a Plea for the Ufe of a
Forra of Prayer, efpeciafly for
thofe of weaker Memories, who
cannot remember half the things
they prayed for, if any thing at
all, unlefs they have the Prayer
before them to confider after
wards. 3. The

Thefaurus Theologicus. 415
5. The Returns. Whether GOD give
unto thee what thou defiredft of
Him or no ; and if, upon dUigcnt
Search, thou findeft, GOD hath
given thee the Mercy thou de
fireft of Him,
I. Look upon it as the Return of
Prayer.
2. Be thankful for it, PfaL cvii-
3. As thou receivedft it from GOD's
Mercy, fb iraprove it for His
Glory, I Sam. i, 28.
4. Be encouraged thereby to be raore
frequent and conftant in thy
Addrefs to theThrone of Grace,
Pfal. Hi. 25,
If, upon diligent Enquiry, thou
canft not find thy Prayers an
fwered, nor thy Petitions grant
ed, there are- fome Things I
would have thee not to do;
as,-
I , Take not every Delay for a De
nial.
2. Think not GOD hath not heard
thy Prayer prefently, becaufe
thou doft not find He hath ;
thou mayft have the Mercy,
and yet not know it.
3, Look not upon every Mercy
- thou defireft of GOD, as a
Denial of the Prayer thou
madeft to Him : Though He
doth not give thee the Mercy
thou defireft. He may give
thee a Mercy thou more lack
ed ; though He doth not give ic

416 Thefaurus Theologicus.
I I.I ¦« I II
it thee in fpecie. He may in
genere, 2 Cor. xii. 8.
And fome Things there are, thou
fhouldft do ; as,
1. Confidcr the Matter thou pray-
cdft for ; perhaps, it raight
not be for GOD's Glory, and
thy Good ; and if fo,GOD an
fwered thy Prayers, in not gi
ving thee the Thing thou
prayedft for, Pfal. Ixvi. 18.
2. Confider the Manner of thy
Praying ; perhaps, thou didfl
not pray for the Mercy thou
thinkeft thou didft; thou
mightft defire it with thy
Mouth, but thy Heart might
be againft it, ready to call
back thy Words again; or
howfoevcr, perhaps, whilft
thy Mouth was fpcaking the
Words,thyHeart was about 0-
ther Mattcrs-and fo,tho' thou
didft ask the Mercy of GOD,
yet thou didft not pray for
it to Him ; for. Prayer is the
Work of the Soul, it is ele-
vatio cordis ad ccelum, & afcen-
fus mentis ad Deum^ and there
fore, thou canft not exped,
GOD fliould ever hear thy
Prayers, when thou never
madeft thera.
3. Confider, whether thou haft
raade ufe of the right Means
that GOD hath appointed
for the Attainment of it.
4. If

Thefaurus Theologicus. 41^
4, If thou findeft afl Things right,
and yet thou haft not the
Mercy, wait and pray, and
pray and wait, tifl GOD be
ftows it upOn ,thee ; and iif
thou canft do fo, be fure thy
Prayers are anfwered, tho',
perhaps, thou haft not the
Thing defired ; for thou haft
received a Mercy, as great a
Mercy as thou canft defire of
GODjOr GOD can beftow up
on thee, on this fide Heaven,
even an holy praying and
waiting Frame of the Spirit.
Frora thefe Diredions, I obferve,
I. How few there be in the
World, that ever pray.
2, How feldom they," that pray
the oftneft, do pray ; eve-.
ry Saying of our Prayers
is not a Prayer,
3. What fliort Prayers the beft
of GOD's People raake;
they raay fay many Words^
but alaSjthey pray but a lit
tle ; if we fliould take out of
thera every imperfed and
diftraded Petition, How
little little would there be
left behind, that could Jie
cafled a Prayer? fo that in
fix Words, a Man may pray
more, than perhaps another
doth, that is faying his
Prayers for a whole Hour
together.
Vol IIL Dd S Jam.

41 8 Thefaurus Theologicus.
S. Jam. ii. 1 8.
.!.iii^«^«.« jind I will fhew thee my Faith
by my Works.

W

Orks are the beft Sign of Faith.
I, What are we to underftand by Works ?
I. Negatively.
I. Not Works of Sin.
• 2. Nor Works of Morality.
2. Pofitively.
I. Works of Piety, 2 Tiw.ii, $.
I. Inward.
I. Knowing GOD the Father, Son,
and-Holy Ghoft, S. Joh. xvii. 3.
2. Acknowledging Him to be the only
true GOD.
3. Choofing Him for our GOD, Hebr.
viii. 10. Dear, xxvi, 7.
4. Worfliipping and ferving this GOD
alone, S. Matth. iv. 10.
1 . By fearing, Prov. xxiii, 1 7,
2. Loving, Deut. vi. 5. S. Matth.
xxii. 37.
3. Defiring, Ffal. Ixxiii. 25.
4. Hoping and trufting, Prov. iii. 3.
5- Rejoicing in Him alone, Phil.
iv. 4.
5. By meditating upon Him, PJl>«7,iii.20.
I. His Perfon and Perfedions.
2, Law.
• 3- Works. 5, By

Thefaurus Theologicus. 419
6. By praifing and adrairing Him,
Exod. XX. 7.
7. Sandifying His Sabbaths, Exod.xx. 8.
8. Growing in the Knowledge of, and
Obedience to Him, 2 S, Pet. iii. 1 8.
2. Outward.
I. Praying.
2. Hearing.
3. Receiving Sacraments.
2. Works of Equity.
I. GeneraUy, doing as we would be done
by, S. Matth. vii. 1 2.
2. Particularly.
I. Giving that Refped to afl, as is due
unto them, Rom. xiii. 7, 8.
2. Not defrauding or over-reaching
our ' Neighbour, i Thef. iv. 5.
Lev. xix. 13.
3. Speaking Truth to, and of afl. Lev'.
xix. II.
4. Endeavouring our Neighbours Good,
and rejoicing in it, Rom. xii. 15.
3. Works of Love and Charity.
I. Praying finccrely for their Good,
S. Matth. V. 44.
2. Reproving thera difcrectly for their
Sins, Lev.xix.\'^. Gal.vi. i.
3. Provoking them to good Works, Hebr.
X. 24.
4. Diftributing to their Ncceffitics.
I. Freely.
2. Proportionably.
3. Sincerely.
4. Vi^orks of Temperance and Moderation.
I. In refped of a Man's felf, that we do
not think too highly of ourfelves,
Rom. xii, 3. Dd 2 I. Of

420 Thefaurus Theologicus.
I. Of our Parts, Prov. xxvi. i, 2.
?, Graces, Phil.ii. 3. Ephef.iii.2. i Tim.
i. 15.
3, Degree in the World,
2, In refped of Meats and Drinks.
I, For the Quality.
2. Quantity, Ephef. v. 1 8. S.I.i'ixxi.34.
3. In refped of the World.
That wc be moderate,
I . In our longing for it, Frov. xxx. 8, 9.
2- Endeavouring after it,
3 . Enjoymient of it, i Cor. vii. 29,30,40.
4, Our grieving for it. Job i. 21.
II, What Qualificadons are requifite to thp
making a Work good ?
I. That we know our Duty.
2. Do what is commanded, Ifa. i. 12,
3, Obedience to that Comraand, PfaL cxix, 5.
4. Love to the Command, 2 Tim. i. 7.
5. That we do it chearfufly, Pfal. xl. 8.
5. Orderly and regularly.
I. As to Time, Ecclef. iii. i,
2. Place, S. M^tth. vi. 5, 5.
3. Perfons, S. M*tth. vii. 5.
4. Means, Pow. iii. 8.
7. Spirituafly, $. 5^0/7. iv. 24.
8. With all our Might, Ecclef. ix. i Q.
9, With Huraility.
I, So as to acknowledge, that what we dp
is not done by oqr own Strength, i Car.
iv. 7, I Chron. xxix. 4, 7.
2. That it comes fhort of what we ought to
do, S. Luk. xvii. 10.
3. And therefore, that we do not merit any
thing by v?hat we do. '
20. To right Ends. 1. Nega-

Thefaurus Theologicus. 421
I. Negatively.
I . Not that we my be applauded before
Men.
2. Nor that we may be, juftified before
GOD ; for,
1, The Covenant of Works is now
unable to juftify us, Rom. viii. 3.
2. Our beft Works are imperfed, Ifa.
Ixiv. 5.
3, GOD hath found out another wgy
for our Juftification, Rom. iii. 20,,
21, &c, GaL ii, i5,
2, Pofitively.
I. For G 0 D's Glory, Prov. xvi. 4.
¦ S. Matfh. y. 16.
2. The Furtherance ofthe Gofpel, 2 Thef:
iii. I-
3. To manifeft our Obedience and Love
to G O D-
4. To manifeft the Truth of our Faith-
, III- How are Works a Sign of Faith ? In that
there can be no good Works done without Faith :
For, I . Unlefs we believe, we can have no Strength
to do them-
2. It is only by Faith, that our Works are ac
cepted as good, and their Iraperfedions pardoned
by Chrift. Uses- - , ¦
.1 . How few have this fure Sign of their Faith ?
S. Luk. xviii. 8.
2. See what Comfort foflows, upon the Perfor- '
mance of good Works, Pfal. xix. 1 1 .
Confider,
I - What a rare Thing it is, to know that we
' are GOD's Children, 1 S. Joh. v. 19.
' 2, That

422 Thefaurus Theologicus.
2. That our Sins are pardoned.
3. That we have an Advocate in Heaven.
4. That afl the Promifes belong to us, Hebr.
xiii. 5, 5.
5. That we fhafl live in Heaven. Afl thefe
Things good Works evidence by fliew
ing our Faith, 2 Car. v. i .
3. Live like thofe that believe, and would
fliew forth their Faith by their Wprks, 2 Tim.
il. 19. i; Live like thofe that believe there is a
GOD.
2. Their Souls are immortal.
3. There is a Heaven and a Hefl.
4. That Chrift died for their Sins.
5. That they have a Title to everlafting
Glory,

S. Jam. ii. 26.
For as the Body without the Spirit is dead.,
fo Faith without Works is dead al/o.

F

Aith VDtthisut Works is dead.
I. What Faith?
•I. Hiftorical.
2. Dogmatical.
3. Miraculous.
4. Temporary, S. Luk. viii. 13.
5. Saving ; that is here fpoken of.
II. What are thofe Works, without which
Faith is dead ? i Theff i. 3. I. Works

Thefaurus Theologicus. 423
I. Works of Piety towards GOD.
I. Humility, Mic.vl 8.
2. Love, I Thef. i. 3.
I. To His Perfon.
2. Word.
3. Ordinances.
4. Saints, GaL vi. 1 o.
3. Joy.
4. Zeal, Rom. X. 2.
5. Patience, S. 7^w. i. 3-
6. Hope, Pow. iv. 1 8.
7. Thankfulnefs, £;)Aey; v. 20.
8. Heavenly-mindednefs, PhiL iii. 20.'
2. Works of Charity to our Neighbours.
I . Reproving their Sins, Lev. xix. 1 7.
2. Supplying their Wants.
3. Conquering their Unkindnefs with Love,
S. Matth. V. 44.
Ill, How dead ? It hath no Vertue or Ener
gy, as a lively Faith hath,
I. For the Pardon of Tranfgreffions.
2. The Juftification of our Perfons, S. Jam. ii.
24, GaL ii. 15, Juftified by Faith, 'Ex. -srWiui it'ovov.
3. The Acceptance of our Performances, Hebr.
xi.6. 4. The Subduing of our Corruptions, AB.xv.9.
5. The Sandifying our Natures.
5. The Comforting our Hearts, Rom. v. 2. and
XV. 13-
7. The Quickning our Spirits, Ram. i. 17.
8, The Reconciling of our GOD, Rom. v. i-
9, Conquering our Enemies,
I. The Flefli.
2. The World, 1 S, Joh. v. 4,
3. The Devil, i S. Pet. v. 9. Ephef vl 1 5.
10. The, Saving of our Souls, AB. xvi 3 1 •
Uses.

4^4 Thefaurus Theologicus.

Uses.
1. Inftrudion. Ho\^ little lively Faith !
2. Examine whether your Faith be a dead or
living Faith, or no, by your Works.
I. By the Principle.
2. The Manner, by Love, GaL v. 5.
3- The End of your Works.
3. Exhortations.
I. Ad Faith on Chrift.
2. Add Works to your Faith, Tit. ii. 1 2.
I. Of Piety to GOD.
2. Of Equity to others.
3. Of Sobriety to ourfelves.
Confider, A dead Faith
X. Wifl do you no Good.
2. Much Harm.
I. To increafe your Sins more.
2. Incenfe GOD's Wrath more;
3. Damn your Souls more.
Whereas,
I. Good Works are jJleafing to
GOD.
2. Conformable to Chrift, AB. x.
38.
3. Advantageous to others, i S.Pet.
iii. I.
4. Comfortable to yourfelves here,
S. Jam. ii. 1 8.
5. Profitable for your Souls hercf
after, Pei-.^iv. 13.

End of the Third Volume,

YALE UNIVERSITY LIBRARY

3 9002 08561 5038